Plurby Book 1 Complete

THE-GIFTS-OF-PLURBY-PART-ONE-THE-TIMELESS-JOURNEY-BEGINS-PAGE - 1
BY-DAVID-S-BERNSTEIN-aka-EVAN-CHRISTOPHER-KANE
THE GIFTS OF PLURBY (tm)
- PART ONE -
THE TIMELESS
JOURNEY BEGINS
By
David S Bernstein
P O Box 2018
Teaneck NJ 07666-2018
201-836-5348
COMPLETED: Sunday, October Twenty-Second, 1989

RETYPED AND REPRINTED: October 2003
DEDICATION
In service to all of humanity.
This book is lovingly dedicated with appreciation and

gratitude to: Yerba, Dromba, Seffia, and all the people of
PLURBY who helped make it a reality.
Also to: Lari Z; Peggy P; Lottie G; Gail G; Christine C, whose

help inspired me to continue my work
And to Joyce W, whose assistance on the inner and outer

has been most helpful in bringing this work to physical reality.
And to all those who also added something to inspire me to

write:
Suzanne A; Susan A; Antoinette B, Evelyn B; Frieda B; Gloria B; Leonard

B; Jack B; Rochelle B; Peter B; Billye B; Steve B; Marty B; Jeffrey B; Laura
B; Heather B; Terry C; Jack C; Terri C; Miriam C; Marge C; Ron D; Evelyn
E; Florence F; Steven F; Dorothy G; Bonnie G; Carol G; David G; Annette
G; Emily G; Michael G; Seymour G; Stacey G; Adam G; Jason G; Mark G;
Catherine H; David H; Tedd J; Christine J; Harold K; Marjorie K; Suzanne
L; Don; Till M; Dorothy M; Carol M; Rosemary M; Hughette M; E. P. M.;
Susan P; Rachel P; Bessie P; Anita R; Michael R; Susan S; Michael S;
Charlotte S; Maureen S; Thomas S; Jeanette T; Ariel T; Michael V; Dwight
W; Becky W; Lynne Y; Eve Z
and to the literally HUNDREDS of others whose names I have

forgotten over the years who have contributed to my learning.
And most of all to JOE and SUZANNE -

who taught me how to SEE!
INTRODUCTION
You now stand on the shores of your own personal, greatest,

most fantastic journey - one from whence you return you shall
never again be the same in this physical life. Come on a journey
with me across the veil of forever to a fabulous world of
imaginative reality!
All of what we can know, or will know, does not, nor will ever,
exist in the written form. There is a vast storehouse of truth,
wisdom and freedom at our disposal, and within the grasp of any
person. Some spend a lifetime trying to gather useless
information; others, much time in gaining knowledge by
application of that information and study of the results. Some,
seek wisdom in all its many forms.
This is a book about a journey, not unique in itself, rather

unique to the author. It is a journey into the deepest parts of my
being; a record of a journey to gain wisdom from the other side -
from the unseen dimensions that exist around us and within us.
This is a dimension we all have direct access to, though few find
the keys that unlock the door to enter into this realm of limitless
wisdom, where all things can be known!!!
This is a true account, as true as any subjective account of a

personal experience can be. You may accept it on faith, or
dismiss it as fantasy. You may also prove it to yourself by seeking
within the text, reading between the lines, as it were, to discover
the keys that can afford you the same opportunity to explore your
own inner worlds.
THE GIFTS OF PLURBY(tm) is the second piece of a trilogy

about PLURBY(tm). It is a continuation and enhancement of
PLURBY(tm) - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, which the
author helped bring into the physical, from the worlds of inner
reality. It is a game that is a personal gift from PLURBY, an
ancient, mystical and mythical kingdom that existed during the
time of the ancient civilization of Atlantis, and still exists today,
just across the veil of forever, in the land of imaginative reality!!!
You are always free to accept or reject anything you read in

this book, however, you are asked to read with an open mind,
and an open heart - reserving any judgement, even beyond the
final page; for when you arrive at the end of the book, you have
only just reached the beginning; the very approach to the doorway
of your own inner worlds.
Originally, the reality of PLURBY came to me in the form of a

physical game, which I realized was a hologram: a vision or
impression that is a piece of something, and which, of itself,
embodies the essence of the whole from whence it comes.
If you would also like to “EXPERIENCE” PLURBY(tm) in the

form of THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM(tm) in addition to
this book, you may inquire about it by writing to the receiver,
whose address is at the end of this book. The PLURBY(tm)
EXPERIENCE(tm) is an attempt to awaken the eternal dreamer
within each of us, to seek the inner realities that exist within us,
ALWAYS!
Some may say this is pure fantasy, others may become too
attached to PLURBY(tm), and use it as an escape from their own
true reality. The middle road of acceptance-with-doubt is,
perhaps, the more balanced pathway to follow in your quest for
understanding that is the true GIFT OF PLURBY(tm).
Set as an island kingdom, or “principality”, off the coast of

the continent of Atlantis, PLURBY(tm), while large in size,
stretching a thousand miles the length and breadth, has only a
small population of just over a hundred thousand people living
there.
The name PLURBY(tm) is trademarked and copyrighted so

as to reserve exclusive use by the author and his agents. This
modern-day necessity should not diminish the value of what you
may learn or discover, nor cloud your vision by planting artificial
obstacles in your mind.
PLURBY(tm), as an EXPERIENCE, is a state of being that

you can CREATE, if you wish, whenever you desire to do so. It is
through this EXPERIENCE, or state of being, that you can use the
keys to open the doors and tap into your own inner worlds, and
gain the true insight from within that we all can attain.
I wish you only one thing in your PLURBY(tm) adventure -

EXPERIENCE PLURBY(tm) with an open mind and an open
heart, having no preconceived or prejudged notions or
conclusions about what you think, feel, or believe, PLURBY(tm)
may or may not be.
Treat this book as both a delightful story and a deeply

inspirational guide to cross the veil of forever and enter YOUR
own world of PLURBY(tm).
EVAN CHRISTOPHER KANE

03/25/89-SA
THE GIFTS OF PLURBY(tm)

Part One
THE TIMELESS JOURNEY BEGINS
CHAPTER 01) GRAND ILLUSION OF LIFE
CHAPTER 02) MYSTIC SEER OF TRUTH
CHAPTER 03) LEGEND OF THE CRYSTALS
CHAPTER 04) IN THE BEGINNING
CHAPTER 05) INNER STRUGGLE
CHAPTER 06) ASCENDING THE MOUNTAIN
CHAPTER 07) VIEW FROM THE PRECIPICE
CHAPTER 08) TOTAL SURRENDER
CHAPTER 09) ABSOLUTE JOY
CHAPTER 10) DIVINE TRUTH
CHAPTER 11) ETERNAL LOVE
CHAPTER 12) THE TRUE SECRET OF PLURBY

CHAPTER ONE
GRAND ILLUSION OF LIFE
“All life is a metaphor. Words are but crude

representations of the symbols they try to describe. And in
time you will come to know in full consciousness, all that
we have taught you here, in the inner sanctums of our
world. And at the proper moment in eternity, after you
have been adequately trained and prepared, only then will
you be able to understand your mission, and present the
true Gifts of PLURBY to your modern day world.”
* * *
I awoke from this dream shaken, sweating - but could only
recall a small part of it. The words - “YOUR MISSION” hung in my
consciousness for several days. People I came in contact with
must surely have thought I was crazy as I muttered to myself
throughout the day - “My mission, my mission” in a feeble attempt
to discover the true inner meaning of these two words.
Suddenly, Brrring. The alarm sounded and I was thrust back

into my body at lightning speed. I awoke with a headache -
another day of work about to begin. I hadn’t yet learned the finer
points of returning gently to the physical body from my Soul
Travel ventures - or even how to consciously remember my

dreams upon awakening. The memory of the secrets of the
universe were wiped from my conscious mind! It would be months
before I could again begin to recall this priceless wisdom I had
received from the Masters of some mystical, far-off kingdom.
* * *
It was 06:07. I had time, though. The alarm rang two more
times, once at 06:16 and again at 06:25. I was really out of it. I
slipped back into my reverie, not yet willing to shed the mist of
sleep and dreams to awaken, even partially, into the so-called
world of reality - the waking state. A third ring at 06:34 summoned
the final call. After this - I was on my own.
I rolled out of bed, drearily dragging myself into the bathroom

to perform my daily routine, preparing my physical body so that it
could be somewhat presentable to those fellow human beings I
come in contact with Monday through Friday.
I was presently earning my living as a computer

programmer, a very mental job - and one that I could lose myself
in during the hours I was held hostage during the week. I really
didn’t like my job, and I guess I wasn’t very different from others -
since most of the people I worked with also didn’t like their jobs. I
wanted MORE from life. I wanted to earn my living as a writer,
and in a few other creative areas as well.
It seems I have always been a writer, of sorts, but it was only

in the last few years that I had begun to take it seriously, and the
inner urges to write became almost overwhelming.
I have had probably 30 different jobs in my lifetime, and until

recently I couldn’t even begin to understand why. My resume
looks like a bingo card, showing no consistency of either career

type or job length. I have visited in many different professions
from fast food management, to nursing, massage, and even real
estate. I also spent 18 months with the postal service, six weeks
in the US Army and Two weeks in the US Navy. OH, and I also
spent a few years in what I laughingly refer to, in hindsight, as
selling or “sharing” useful products with other to elicit money from
them.
I never made any money in jobs that were sales-oriented.

Somehow I always felt I was begging for money from others,
trying to sell them something they really didn’t want, or need. I
had to create that need. And, I was not to “sell” anything, merely
“share” with them the value of the product I was hawking.
Maybe I shouldn’t say I “spent” time here and there, for, as I

later came to understand, it was more like “investing” my energies
for some later experience, of which I had no knowledge of as I
was going through life. I was unable to see the significances of all
these varied job experiences.
So it was, as I prepared myself for work, this day was unlike

many of the thousands that had come before it. I was in this
particular profession for over two years, and had held this job for
just about a year. This was beginning to be a record; my friends
would joke about how long I was able to stay at this particular job.
Actually, at the one year mark it would STILL be the fifth longest
job I ever had. My life had been quite checkered, to say the least!
I spent my usual twenty minutes in the bathroom, ran

downstairs to gather my foods for the day, hopped in the car,
stopped off at the post office to pick up my mail then drove to
work. It was a rather long drive, 30 miles, whichever of two ways I
drove to get there. Not an unpleasant ride, though. I usually took
the scenic highway up and back. This allowed my mind to clear,

somewhat, and not focus on anything in particular.
I never listened to the radio, because my new/old car only

had an AM radio, so I became accustomed to silence - at least
from the radio. Some days my mind would go a mile a minute,
and I could hardly slow it down. Other days, I would talk out loud,
almost as if I expected someone to answer.
My daily routine continued, being broken up only by the

weekends. I would wake up, go to work, come home, do a few
things, then go to sleep so I could wake up again to begin the
cycle one more time. On weekends I generally slept until 08:00 or
so; not much longer. But I had become adjusted to this day
routine, even though I was really a night person by biological
cycle and personal choice.
About two weeks went by and some pretty weird things

began happening to me. Weird even for ME! I had always had an
inner desire to search. I was into many different spiritual
pathways, particularly those of the eastern types - favouring
reincarnation and karma, concepts I came to accept very naturally
even before I was ten years old!
Nothing in my prior studies, in this life, could have prepared

me for what was to begin to happen to me during the next few
months!
* * *
It was a day like many others. Summer, I believe. Yes, it was
summer. I remember because it was really hot, and I had to use
the air conditioner in the car.
I always spend too much of my time in “fantasy land”, or

“dream world”, as my relatives are so often quick to assess. Still,
there is a solidness about me, a regularity. Somehow, with all my
questionings, and almost lust for truth, sometimes I think I am
more balanced than most of those I have come in contact with
throughout my life.
I was twelve years old when I first started delving into the
arcane mysteries of life. I remember having cried myself to sleep
on many nights searching for the answers to life. I never seemed
to fit in; anywhere! I had few friends, and just never conformed to
the society around me.
As I prepared for the sleep period, this night, Rex, my dog,

seemed uneasy. He paced the room and whimpered, as if
expecting something to happen, but unaware of just what it might
be.
“Now, Rex, don’t worry. Everything is okay. Just relax.” My

words were mute to his concern and awareness of something
other-worldly. I took it as just “animal” idiosyncrasy. I ran from the
bathroom and jumped into my large king-sized bed. Rex usually
slept by my side on the floor. This night, however, he continued to
pace and whimper, but I was too tired to worry about him. I said
my good-nights, and drifted off into a deep, restful sleep.
* * *
The hour was about ONE A. M. Not twenty minutes later, I
was suddenly awakened by the loud barking of my trusted
companion, and guard, Rex. This was not the bark of fear, or
impending danger, but the bark of, “Attention, something is about
to happen.” I sat up in bed. Suddenly, the room was aglow with
some form of brilliant yellowish/white light. It hurt my eyes to look
at it, and I covered them with my hands until they became

adjusted. Had I left all the lights on in the room? It wasn’t my
usual thing to forget to turn them out.
Slowly, I opened my eyes fully, as my pupils became more

accustomed to the brilliance. There, in the far corner of the room,
stood a figure, a beingness, an entity of some kind; or so I
thought. It appeared to be a mass of glowing, pulsing light. I froze
in my bed, unable to move, yet entirely too intrigued by this
imposition of my personal space. The orb moved closer to my
bed, and I just sat there, motionless - not really frightened.
Rex had quieted down, as if he somehow recognized the

form. I felt no fear in him at all, as the unfamiliar life-form
approached. Somehow, it seemed larger than life. Perhaps ten or
twelve feet tall, barely touching the high ceiling in my bedroom.
After a brief moment, the being spoke, or so I thought. I perceived
words, or were they thought-forms? being impressed on my brain.
There was no logical reason, no sound at all seemed to emit from
the being who had so seemingly uninvitedly intruded into my life.
“I am Yerba. I have come to you from the Ancient Land of

PLURBY. You are the chosen one to hear my words.”
“What the ______” I thought. This stuff only happens in the

movies, not in “real” life. I was sure this was just a dream of some
sort - a figment of my imagination. “Fantasy often becomes reality
when we believe it to be so!” I heard a still, small voice within me
utter. I have always had a very active dream life, and surely this
was just one of those animated experiences. Maybe I’d even write
a little story about this one, I thought to myself. I couldn’t even
have mentally conceived what was about to happen to me!
“I have come in response to your request to know the

secrets of the universe, and the meaning of your personal life
here. You have been chosen, along with a handful of others
around the world, to hear our story. Your most modern advanced
technologies cannot even come close to perceiving our presence,
though we exist in a parallel universe. Your minds cannot even
conceive of our existence. I have come to grant you an invitation
to come to our land so that you may learn the necessary
information with which to carry out your mission.
“You are a chosen one,” he continued. “Your divine mission

is to find the Sacred and Holy PRIMAD crystal, hidden
somewhere deep within our kingdom.”
“What? Where do I look for this crystal thing?” I heard myself

think in response to his statement.
“In time all the pieces you need will unfold for you - be
patient and aware. Listen to the voices that speak to you both
inwardly and outwardly. Delve deeply into your being to discover
that which already exists within you.”
I knew this must have been a dream, a fantasy - because I

had never heard of this place called PLURBY, or this guy named
YERBA, and certainly I had never heard of a PRIMAD, or any
crystal, for that matter. Yet something deep within me knew that
PLURBY was not just a fantasy - some mythical kingdom created
by my own inner desires. It was a very REAL place!
“Hurry - there is not a moment to delay! You can allow

nothing to distract you from your mission!”
* * *
I courted with many paths in my search for truth, wisdom and

freedom. At age 12 there was yoga. At 18 there was
Transcendental Meditation, and at 19 I thought I had found the
ultimate - AMORC - Ancient Mystic Order Rosa Crucia, commonly
known as the Rosicrucians. But these paths, and dozens of
others I’ve even forgotten, were merely preparatory stepping
stones to a higher path - the ultimate path to reach my goal!
It would be several more years before this highest path

would be revealed to me. In the meanwhile, I continued my inner,
private search for the meaning of life - for the meaning of MY life.
I thought I was making good “progress” and was always

prepared for the next step. Little did I know the next step would be
to cross a deep, wide gorge, in the inner worlds; wider even than
the Grand Canyon is in the physical outer world.
Through all my days and nights the search continued. Where

was truth? Who could tell me - who could show me? I could not
have foreseen that I was being prepared to undertake the
greatest journey of my life - a journey to find the three greatest
Spiritual jewels - Truth, Wisdom and Freedom.
Glimpses - shadows - fragments of some distant lives. MY

distant lives, I would come to discover, constantly flashed before
my vision - but I was unable to make anything of these pieces -
the puzzle was not yet assembled. I couldn’t see the whole
picture, just yet.
With that, the light dimmed, suddenly, and I heard Rex

whimpering again. I was totally confused, and dumbfounded.
What had just happened? My mind was unable to comprehend
what I thought had just transpired. Was it reality? Only time would
tell.
I remembered something that one of my Spiritual Masters

had once said, “reality is something you’ll have to decide for
yourself.” I figured this was just a dream - a hologram of an
over-active imagination. I lived mostly in the “other” worlds of
imagination most of the time, anyway. Why not?
It seemed a logical explanation, and one that set fine with my

incisive mind. People who don’t live in the same intellectual level
that I do, have no idea how fortunate they are. In more instances
than not, my intellectual level proved to be a pain in the butt. Too
analytical, too questioning - always seeking answers to an
unending stream of seemingly useless questions the mind had to
ask.
The more emotional persons I had met were generally able

to be more understanding and accepting, less inquisitive.
Fortunately, my studies into the spiritual side of life had helped
somewhat balance the two, and my imaginative powers had
evolved past my mental powers. Often, I could imagine things that
my mind was unable to accept. Perhaps this was just one such
occasion.
I went to work and when I arrived home, I decided to begin

my periodic transcribing of tapes I kept with dreams on them.
This is a practice I had begun some years ago. I would wake

up during the night, and rather than write down my dreams, since
I have a particularly horrendous handwriting, I would record them
on a tape recorder. Usually, I was somewhat surprised to hear the
dreams I had recorded, although few of them were striking in
form.
It was a Friday, and I decided that now I would transcribe the

dream tape from about the last month or so. The first few weeks
were dreams of the usual kind - usual for me, that is. Dreams of
being with friends, having some sexual encounters, travelling -
nothing particularly special.
Then I began to hear things on the tape that almost

frightened me. I could barely believe it was me talking - the things
I heard were so incredible to me. I began my transcription:
“And I heard him say, ‘You have been chosen from among a
select number of people to fulfill a particular mission. You have a
valuable message to bring out to the world. Each chosen person
will present this message, or part of it, in a different and unique
way, since each of you are as different as night and day.’ “
I paused at the typewriter, wondering what this strange

dream was. I didn’t have any recall of recording it, nor did it ring
any particular chord of truth within me. But yes, when I thought
the word truth, that’s when something clicked. I wanted to know
more, but there was nothing else on the tape. All I could bring to
my conscious awareness was the phrase: “in time you will come
to know.”
Highly intrigued by this nagging phrase: “in time you will

come to know”, I wanted to know more of what was going on. I
wanted to know NOW what it was I would come to know. But the
waking state intruded on my fantasy world, and I soon became
involved in my daily chores of laundry, cleaning, eating, and
watching some television. I also read quite a lot, so my
“overwhelming desire” to find out what it was I would come to
know became overshadowed by other, seemingly more
“important”, certainly more immediate tasks that needed tending.
* * *
Not a week went by. It was a Wednesday night. I was
awakened at about three o’clock in the morning. I had had a
striking dream that shook me to the core. I was perspiring, and
thought I should have felt fear, but instead I had this pleasant
feeling that something wonderful had been experienced in this
particular dream. Why I was perspiring was not immediately
apparent.
Try as I might, I couldn’t recall the dream. I was frustrated,

and remembered uttering a few choice obscenities. Maybe I
forgot. Maybe I’d never know. Maybe it was all a game of some
kind, a mind trick. That’s it, just a mind trick. Nothing could come
of it.
Then the words: “there, you have it” popped into my mind,
and it was as if a doorway opened into another world. Being a
bold and adventuresome individual I stepped through that
doorway. My life has never been the same!
* * *
I came to know, in the ensuing months, that I had been
visiting PLURBY for nearly two years. And although I had no
conscious recollection, there were changes going on in my outer
life, as a result of having visited PLURBY and as a result of
having learned many new things there. Although I did not know
where these things came from, my outer life, as well as inner life,
was already changing.
I was living simultaneously in two parallel universes. Only

NOW I’m conscious of it, and that makes it much more real. The
reason I was not aware of it before, was that I was not ready for it.
I wasn’t ready to know that I had been going to this place for
nearly two years; and other places as well.
“And so, from time to time through the ages, we come to

re-infuse the knowledge that has been lost through change. The
knowledge of our true being, our true essence, often gets clouded
over duration, so it is necessary to re-infuse some special seeds
to re-enlighten a society to again help them become aware of that
which already exists within us.
“Remember - ‘There is nothing new under the sun!’ is one of

the few really accurate truisms - a trite statement of fact, though it
might have been more accurate to say - ‘All things exist and that
“original” work is an individual interpretation of what already
exists’.
“To say we create anything by ourselves, is a myth. To lay

claim to something an untruth. More likely, as individual units of
perfection we may hone our beingness to pull from the universal
bank things that may be uniquely expressed or configured only
through us as an individual vehicle for expression and
manifestation.
“Perhaps as we improve our own skills and tools and as we,

of ourselves, become more enlightened - more aware, more
developed and expanded in consciousness, we become more
adept at this action of seeming creation - or reality, interpretation
and presentation.
“Come with me on a journey of beauty and splendor. There

is much to learn. Have faith and trust. Look within yourself for you
know these words are truth!”
* * *
This was all so utterly fantastic! But I thought, why not humor
the guy. After all - It’s only a dream!
In the next instant I was conscious of being in a splendorous

city in some far-off kingdom. “Welcome to PLURBY,” he said.
“This is CENTRIA, the central city of our civilization. Let me show
you around.”
The fragrance of flowers was overwhelming - odors I had

never smelled before. Colors of flowers only dreamed of. Some of
the strangest shapes I had ever seen - all were magnificent in
their efforts to shine forth the simple beauty of nature. The sound
of birds was almost deafening to my ear.
“Ah, yes - the mating season, when all of life perks up to

begin the creative cycle anew! My favorite time of year. Can you
feel the electricity in the air!”
I had to agree, I felt alive; more alive than I had ever been in
my drab and dreary physical life. Several small animals ran past
my feet and it was then my attention was drawn to the alabaster
roadway we were walking on. The light reflecting off the surface
was nearly blinding to my eyes.
“This is the GREATWAY - it’s part of a remarkable road

system network that runs throughout our whole island. We
measure about a thousand miles across in any direction, so you
can see, this is no small place. We are divided into seven major
cities, including the central City of CENTRIA, which is where we
shall begin our journey.
“The six other cities lie in two rings - three cities are located
in the middle ring which lies closest to CENTRIA, and the other
three cities are located in the outer ring, or outer perimeter, which
lies furthest from CENTRIA. The inner ring is about 150 miles
wide and the outer ring is roughly 200 miles wide, which makes
our central city about 300 miles in diameter - no small city for its
30,000 inhabitants. You can see there is certainly plenty of space
for each individual in the land.
“Pay careful attention to detail, so that you may write about

us. Others will come for the knowledge they can get here - now
that they will know of us through your writings!”
Sometimes I wondered if I was really the seeker - or if I was

just being sought after for some reason. Hustled, if you will. Still, I
had this feeling deep within me, that I could trust this guy. That I
SHOULD trust him!
“You cannot know with any degree of certainty, what lies

deep within the heart of another. It is as much a mystery to you as
is your own inner beingness. There are no words that can truly
characterize the essence of a persons’ being. Life can be no more
or less than it is in this present moment.”
I wondered how it was that they spoke English here. Yerba

picked up my thoughts.
“Actually, we don’t speak English, but a language called

GRANA. It is the predecessor of your most ancient tongues,
especially those known as dead languages - those no longer
spoken on the planet.
“Our language is more primitive, that is, closer to its creative

essence in that each word is a symbol of something. We use less
words to describe and communicate because of the

consciousness of the language, and the perceptiveness of the
people.
“While your present-day English may have 150,000 words or

so, we have only about 12,000 yet our words are very powerful.
Each uttered sound is sacred. Words have spiritual significance
and to waste words is like wasting any resource.
“We also communicate by emotions and though-forms or

pictures. This is often a more accurate way to convey something
to another. We refer to these thought-forms as holograms or
facscimile-engrams.
“How can one accurately and adequately describe with

words the visual beauty of a sunset, the audible joy of music or
the glowing feeling of love?
“Special holograms may be perceived by another from

mind-to-mind. But this is a special kind of perception. It is the
same kind of thing as when you do a creative visualization
exercise or contemplation. You receive, or actively seek,
holographic impressions or facsimiles - or energy bits, that have
recorded on them the scenes of various kinds.
“Each scene already has imbued within it all the words,

thoughts, feelings, fragrances and visuals inherent in the scene.
Therefore, you have the ability to tap into a vast storehouse of
facsimile-holograms and experience truly, anything you desire.
“As you become more adept at this you will be able to not
only see and hear and feel in your imagination but actually smell
and physically be IN that situation. This is the physical
expression, or fulfillment, of any goal or desire.
“Why should a scene you hold to be true in imagination be

any less valid than one you believe you have experienced in the
physical, waking state? You’ll find your sleeping dreams and
imaginative visions are actually more real to you than you
previously thought.
“As an example of our language, the verbal phrase: LU-A

WAY-HE, which would be the pronunciation in English, would
roughly mean: ‘The sunset is radiant this evening as the orange
ball melts slowly into the ocean.’
“You can see our words are brief, yet they convey a vast
number of English words. Unfortunately, it is not possible for me
to tell you in words what would also have been conveyed along
with the words - in the inner; the thought-forms, emotional
feelings, fragrances, etc. All this is conveyed in the
facsimile-hologram conveyed at the instant of the verbalizing of
the words.
“Here, let me see if I can say the words again, in our native
GRANA and convey to you at the same time the
facsimile-hologram that goes along with it.”
I closed my eyes, and in an instant, I was transported. I

found myself on a beach, with white sand. I could smell the
ocean, hear the waves and the sea gulls. The weather was warm,
but not hot. It was evening. The sun was setting, and I could see
the large orange ball setting as if dissolving into the ocean. I
smelled beautiful fragrances I am unable to describe, for I have
not smelled them before in my waking life.
“All that from two words!!! That’s amazing!!!” I said.

“Well, there are many more amazing things for you to

discover. Are you ready to continue?” The question was
unnecessary.
“Bring down into the physical arena of experience only those

already-present experiences you want to have in the physical.
Play out your life as YOU want to, not as the mass consciousness
has seen fit to bestow upon you.
“Come now, let us show you some techniques to accomplish

this truly simple task. I say truly because you already have within
you all the tools to accomplish these. You just need someone to
help you find the key to open the door. All things that HAVE been
or ever WILL be already ARE! You have only to listen and delve
into the silence that provides all you need.”
My feet were already in motion as we almost glided back into

CENTRIA, for an afternoon of insight.
* * *
Always there is the seeker - the eternal observer and
participant of life; Soul’s journey on the Eternal endless highway
back to AHO - The Almighty High One. But how did I know this?
Had I always been the seeker? Yes! came the answer from deep
within my being.
I had always been the seeker. Always seeking money, fame,

power, love, attention, recognition, glory, sense-gratification, and
all those tricks set up by some unknown force, creating a vast
web of illusion. Now I had finally reached the juncture point. Not
just in THIS life, as I realized, but in ALL of my eternal struggles to
total awareness of who and what I really am!
There was always the inner knowingness that life was more
than it seemed. Not so much that it is more than it is in this very
moment, but that this moment is more than it appears to be! The
illusions of the lower worlds are what make it seem so frivolous;
so unimportant, and the journey so overbearing - why even bother
to try at all!
Each must go the journey alone, when the moment of

realization comes and the conscious decision is made, of our own
free will, to make this journey. It is the journey back to our own
beingness. A journey of personal, individual self-discovery. It is a
lonely journey - those that assist are usually not of the physical.
It was hard for me. Why had I made it so difficult? What was
my reason for being here at all? Why had I come back into this
physical life, at this point in eternity? There are no accidents, no
coincidences. All follows out the Divine Plan set into motion by the
individual, in ages past.
All actions lead the seeker back to the source of all

beingness. It is a slow, arduous journey. Every inch along the way
must be constantly won and re-won, everyday, every moment!
The tests come from all directions, even when asleep.
Why even write about it? I wondered. The answer came to

me - through the inner channels - “because each person needs a
different set of experiences, words, sounds or impressions to
strike that individual’s special chord that awakens the sleeping
divinity within them. Those that are able to have experiences of
the inner worlds and express them in the outer, physical worlds,
must do so, whether it is through music, dance, acting, painting,
writing, or any other form of expression that can cause another to
pause and say - ‘Yes, this touches my very heart center. This is
truth! I am awakened within.’ “
* * *
And so it is that I begin this journey and bring back, to
express in the written word, the wonders I have seen. These
wonders may not be as splendid as those more gifted artists are
able to convey, but for me they are real images, real experiences
that happened to me. Not of the physical, in the one sense, but of
another kind of physical dimension. A kind of dimension one
might call super-physical, or supra-physical, depending on where
you place the experience.
My outer studies had taken me quite far, I thought, in trying

to understand the allness of life. How naive I was to believe I was
so knowledgeable, yet how simple it all was, anyway.
“The secrets of the universe,” Yerba began, “may be

experienced by all those who desire to know truth. There is much
to learn, yet as complex as the mind tries to make it, to appease
itself, it is really very simple, though literally billions of words have
been written about it. Millions of paintings have been painted.
“All try to express the truths of AHO, the Highest

Consciousness, in one way or another. Some are more adept at it
than others. The only way to judge, or rather, assess, whether
someone has been successful in this attempt, if we must judge, is
to say that anything that touches our heart center, and becomes
truth to us, IS truth to us!
“Truth is one, though all may perceive it in a different way.

The physical worlds are full of many wondrous things, though
even the best the physical has to offer pales in comparison to the
glories of the inner worlds. Even the lower worlds, as grand as
they seem when compared to the physical, cannot even begin to

match the glories one can experience in the high realms of AHO.
“We come back to the physical time and time again

experiencing it from many different perspectives. As a male, then
as a female. As a rich person, then in poverty. As a Black person,
then as an Oriental, Caucasian, Hispanic, or the many other races
on the planet. And the cycles and combinations repeat
themselves until you cannot even remember a fraction of the
experiences.
“All is recorded in the great inner records of the individual. As

we are reincarnated into each life, a veil is dropped over virtually
all past experiences, closing them off from the present, allowing
us to live this one life with attention solely on it.
“Impressions slowly drift into the consciousness of times

past. Memories of the bits and pieces of the billions of
experiences we each have slip through the veil of the mind, and
we begin to recall things we aren’t sure we have experienced in
the present lifetime in which we are living.
“To many this is frightening. Some feel they are losing their
minds. For the most part, they aren’t. Sometimes, though, there
are cases where the mind is chemically imbalanced, and there
are true psychiatric problems. All-too-often, though, what one is
experiencing is just the bleeding through of events of some
bygone lifetime. Each lifetime is but a portion of the whole - things
are what you believe them to be!
“Reincarnation should not be so strange a concept anymore,

as so many people have begun to understand and accept its
reality as a certainty in their lives. Reincarnation simply means the
coming back, time and again, into the lower worlds. One can be
re-incarnated into any of the lower realms.
“These lower realms we refer to are those that are below the
high worlds of AHO, the Highest Consciousness, or God, if you
will. The lower worlds are those of the emotions, the mind and the
sub-conscious. These are the areas we travel in for what seems
like eternity, working out our problems, trying to gain some
understanding and insights into our own natures, and constantly
trying to balance the books - to understand and pay our karmic
debts.
“Karma - now THERE’S a word that has caused so much

confusion among people who don’t know what it is at ALL. Not
only confusion, but misconception. In its simplest form we may
think of karma as a system of credits and debits. That is, for
everything you do you get some kind of credit.
“I don’t like to use the words good and bad, but let’s just say
that each action has a plus or a minus attached to it. The plus or
minus could be positive or negative, it really doesn’t matter.
There’s also a neutral value, but we’ll discuss that at some other
moment.
“Anyway, we have this sort of bank account that adds or

subtracts all the points that are put into it. If we do something nice
for someone, with good intentions in our heart, we may get ten
points positive. If we hit someone in anger we may get 15 points
negative. Then, from these two actions we would have a negative
value of 5 points. This negative would be a debt that we had to
repay.
“When we left the physical world, we would generally have to

return at some point to try and balance out these books. If we
have too many points in the positive we may still have to come
back, not to be thought of as a punishment, but because we still
have a debt that must be repaid.
“We must change the thinking process here, because

whether negative or positive, any balance that is not zero is a
debt incurred. And each debt must be repaid. Now, let’s say you
have created a lot of ‘karma’, if you will, with another person. That
is, you interacted with another person in the physical and you had
a lot of points racked up.
“Maybe you did many harsh things to things to this person,

and when you finally crossed over (died) and came back here,
you still had this negative amount of points, or karma, to deal with.
At some point in the following lifetime, if you were aware enough,
and had begun to become an enlightened person, you would
begin to work off this karmic debt.
“It’s not likely you would always work out all the karmic debts
you had incurred with the exact beings you had incurred the debts
with, rather, in a more universal way you would work things out.
This is because of a particular way of viewing events that occur in
your life.
“All exists for the seeker. All events are for you, the
individual. You should begin to view the world in this way, and you
would instantly begin to change your attitude about many things.
When you hurt someone ELSE you are really hurting yourself.
When you steal from someone ELSE you are really stealing from
yourself.
“How can this be? It is because all things exist only as a part
of ourselves. All things are only outer manifestations of things that
exist within us. This does not necessarily mean if we perceive
some really horrible thing in our world, that we have not begun to
recognize as our own personal universe, that that thing is a part of
us.
“You are always free to dismiss anything in your universe. All

things are setups to try to deter us from our goals. All things we
accept as negatives in our universe are merely tests, illusive
obstacles set up to see if we have the strength to go through
them. They are illusions - so go through them. Don’t let any
obstacle stop you from reaching your goal.”
I wondered what he really meant by this. I mean, what if I

was poor, but wanted to be rich. What if I was ugly and wanted to
be handsome. What if I thought I was a good person but got
robbed, or stabbed, or raped, if I were a woman!
“Ah, I see your mind is already at work, my young friend!” I

guess it saves a lot of time and energy when another can just
KNOW what you are thinking, or feeling. It also seems to make it
easier to communicate by thoughts or visual impressions.
Anyway, I didn’t mind the fact that Yerba was able to read my
thoughts.
“What you believe yourself to be, is what you are. But what
you believe yourself to be is not necessarily what you TRULY are!
For example, if you have set a goal and are working toward it, you
must believe you have already accomplished the goal, even
though you may be unable to visually perceive the goal, as you
have perceived it to be in its finished state.
“Life is an ongoing process, and it is ever-changing. It never

stays in one place. Therefore, once you have set a goal, you must
know that it will be achieved, or rather, that it already IS achieved,
somewhere in some universe. All you need to do is bring it into
your own personal visual reality. It’s really a simple task, but the
world in which you live often makes these things very difficult
indeed.
“Some people are able to accomplish things in a remarkably

fast period of time, and with seeming ease. Some people appear
to be just plain lucky, or they are just obviously in the right place
at the right time. Or they must know the right people. That, after
all, is why things seem to just click for them.
“Don’t you believe it for an instant! All things happen to the

individual for a reason. Nothing comes without a price. If things
aren’t going the way you want them to go, or the way you think
they should be, look only within yourself for the answers. Do not
even attempt to blame another person, or situation, or
circumstance. All reasons lie within YOU, the individual.
“Again, let’s just say that all things occur in our lives for two
reasons, really. They occur primarily because these are the
situations we need to happen in our lives to allow us to learn the
lessons we need for our own personal growth, that is, of course, if
we can become aware of the lessons. The situations will occur
anyway.
“Secondly, all things that happen to us happen as a result of

our own doing. It is all according to the laws of karma, which are
precise unto the last, single point needed to balance the books. I
know this is often hard to believe, but why else is one person born
into riches, and another into poverty so heavy they cannot even
have one meal in each week?
“Do not feel sorry for another, whose circumstances you feel
are so harsh. For the circumstances are only the outer reflection
of the inner karma. But do not be callous, either. Rather, be
balanced in your impressions of others. The saying: ‘there but for

the Grace of God go I’ is quite appropriate here. It means, under
different circumstances it could be you. And in some past lifetime
it probably was!
“So if you feel strongly about giving to the poor, or becoming

involved in some cause that strikes your heart as important, you
may always feel free to do so. Ask first, though, before each
action: is it true, is it necessary, is it kind? Will this action take me
further along the path of Total Awareness and personal
unfoldment? And lastly, will this action hurt another, or prevent
another from moving along the Path to AHO?
“If you feel that the action you want to take is truly for your
own personal good, and the good of the whole, then by all means,
do it. Always seek within for the answers to questions about
actions to be taken. As you begin to develop the open lines of
communication with your own true spiritual essence, you will
come to instinctively trust it more and more, and the answers you
get back as to what actions to take, will come to your conscious
mind before you are even aware of having phrased the question!
“Rest now, my son; you have learned much this day. We

shall meet many more times, as you progress along your own
path of unfoldment. I will be with you through your journeys to
PLURBY. And when the moment comes that you have
progressed beyond what we can offer you here in PLURBY,
others will come and take you further along the path.
“For now, be content to fulfill the mission as it is revealed to

you in this moment. Always there is a greater mission to fulfill.
The little tasks fulfill the little missions, and the little missions fulfill
the greater tasks until in one seemingly distant moment you stand
on the shores of eternity - the place you have earned by your
moment-to-moment attention and diligence to the tasks presented

to you along the way.”
* * *
I drifted slowly back into my sleep state. I had but a dim
remembrance of the night’s adventures. Today was Saturday, and
I could sleep later than usual. I had time to recover from the
exhaustive evening of travel, and time to digest the mountain of
information I had received.
But I was fooling myself. For I knew this was not to be a time
of rest. It was to be a time of much study. There was a lot of work
to be done to fulfill the requirements of my mission. My MISSION!
I laughed as my eyes opened into the physical world - those
windows viewing a dreary, drab, brown-walled room. How dull it
all seemed compared to the brightness of PLURBY. But what had
Yerba said about not comparing and about karma? Had I already
forgotten what I had learned?
* * *
CHAPTER TWO
MYSTIC SEER OF TRUTH
“Living among the people who exist in the realms

below the worlds of AHO - the Almighty High One, are
those who are the gifted holy men; the Spiritually
Developed who carry the mantle of truth, wisdom and
freedom for the seeker. These beings are of the Earth, yet
although their feet walk on the soil, their Souls are planted
in heaven.
“It is these Divine Messengers of AHO that you must

find. Do not seek as one who stalks the animal for his
food. As your heart becomes pure, the Seer will come to
YOU - His presence will be known by you, in the outer and
the inner. Perhaps in a dream, in the smile of a loved one,
the laugh of a child, or the heart of a flower. The Living
Master is among you, always.
“Follow the high path to reach AHO - for I, AHO, am a

part of you, and you a part of Me. We are unable to be
whole without each other. My love for you transcends all
illusions or eternity. I await your return, after you have
been tempered, through the Living Master who will guide

you and assist you. He will teach you how to find and use
the tools that are yours - the tools that will help you realize
your true being - that which you truly are.
“ESCANA is the path back to AHO. It is the science

and study of the Eternal Spiritual Current which creates,
sustains, maintains and destroys all that lives in the lower
realms. It is the true path you seek - the road to AHO; the
road back home.
“Go now, out into the world. Live life fully. Observe life
intently. Speak little. Write much, if that is your skill. Make
judgement of no man, for you cannot know another, truly.
You do not even yet know yourself - you are but a babe
among the Great Spiritual Beings in eternity - those you
will one day come to known as brothers.”
“All of life is a Spiritual Experience. There are lessons

to be learned in each moment - in each situation. Look
beyond the seeming pettiness of each act and look for the
true lesson for YOU!!! For no other can tell you what only
YOU can learn through direct experience.
“It is through love and strength that you will reach

your highest goals. Pay attention to those seemingly
unrelated incidents that occur in your life. Be aware of the
great power of doing the little things in a perfect way; and
the impact this has in the ‘long-run’.”
* * *
I had gotten into a daily practice of sitting for about twenty
minutes, or so, and just focusing on blanking out my mind, trying
to calm myself from the stresses and strains from my life.
Sometimes I would even try to visualize some pleasant scene, or
hum a favorite word. On this day, I just sat back and relaxed, not
focusing on anything in particular.
Suddenly, I found myself in the company of this person

known as Yerba. He began to speak to me almost immediately.
“Let me tell you a story,” he began, “that you might enjoy.

Eons ago, before the land became densely populated, the Earth
was desolate in many places. Living things were sparsely
distributed, and the plants were few. In one area of PLURBY, the
city known as TOFURA, virtually no life existed.
“Trees and plants and other forms of vegetation were almost

non-existent. This place was worse than any desert now existing
on the planet. It was hot, dry, barren - a hostile place to live, if one
could exist at all. But someone DID live there.
“A man named Shiono and his wife, Mariara, took up

residence in the heart of TOFURA. Mariara thought her husband
crazy, yet she loved him dearly, and was bound to stay with him
in this life. Shiono and Mariara lived in a little hut they built from
wood they had carted from the distant forest of Diacin, high in the
mountains of a land far-distant from the city of TOFURA.
“Driven by a strong, personal, inner vision, he told his wife

they were to come to this seemingly barren land. Shiono was
given a great task to perform, a mission he acted on every
moment of every day from the moment he received the

awareness of duty.
“His mission was to plant trees in the desert! A preposterous

idea, his wife thought. She was certain he was crazy, but went
along with him, for she could not leave this barren place alone.
So, together they each planted seeds in the coarse, dry,
seemingly lifeless soil of the desert of TOFURA.
“Water was found by digging a well not even 10 feet from the
surface. This, Mariara found quite startling, for how could there be
such a wonderful gift lying beneath the surface of this harsh
place, when nothing was visible to alert the casual onlooker of this
gift?
“Still, she was happy that at least they had water to survive
on, and they had brought with them nearly a year’s supply of
foods. Though somehow she knew they would never starve, even
out here in the desert. Both Shiono and Mariara knew they would
be provided with ample sustenance.
“Day after day, month after month and year after year,
Shiono and Mariara worked tirelessly in the desert, planting seeds
and watering them, taking care to see that each seed was planted
in just the right way, not too close to another, and neither too
deep nor too far from the surface of the desert.
“Within weeks of planting, tiny sprouts began to grow from

the desert. These, Shiono watched carefully, he and his wife
treating them as if they were their very own offspring. For indeed
they WERE like children to them. They had given them love, and
care, and were completely devoted to see that they grew up
healthy.
“As time passed, Shiono and Mariara grew old, and tired.
They had lived many garn in the desert, fulfilling the mission of
planting trees. GARN is a measurement of time we use. Each
GARN equals twelve years. Never looking back, they continued to
plant the seeds that were somehow always present in their seed
sack. Many different types of seeds.
“One day, as Shiono was approaching the day of his

physical passing, he and Mariara stood outside their scant little
shack, out in the middle of TOFURA, out in the middle of a once
barren land. Much to their joyous surprise, they beheld a vast
forest of lush, healthy, green trees.
“The land was no longer barren; the soil dry and lifeless.
Now, the rains came almost daily to do the work of watering the
trees Shiono and Mariara were no longer able to, because of their
physical age. Then, one day, both Shiono and Mariara lay down
to rest, passing silently across the borders of the physical world,
into the inner worlds.
“Yet, even though they had come into this barren land,
virtually alone, as they left, millions of souls were there to witness
their passing. Although they left no human children behind them,
the millions of trees they had planted were a legacy to the future
of this great island. A future they would not live to see. This is the
Legend of Shiono.
“Tell me. What does this story illustrate for you?”
“Well,” I began, “I guess it means if you feel you must do

something, you should just do it and trust that it is the right thing
to do.”
“And what else,” asked my friend, in a kind of stern voice.

“Well, I guess these two people had some kind of mission, or

at least that’s what they thought it was. And they were compelled
to go as far toward completing that mission as they could, even if
they could never see the results of their work. In fact, I guess they
really couldn’t see the far-reaching effects they had on the
millions of souls who would pass through this now rich land they
had helped to create.
“They trusted that some higher power than THEY knew

better than they did, and so they followed their inner guidance and
were always provided for. Their life was very tough in the outer,
but it seems they were well rewarded on the inner, for their faith,
trust, love and devotion to the mission they were to perform.”
“Yes,” replied Yerba, happily. “I see you DID get the point of
this story. It is better that you learn as much as you can on your
own, without being told, otherwise the lessons that are there for
you to learn are often lost when someone else points them out to
you.
“Words are merely representations of symbols, concepts,

feelings and thoughts, which are all pieces of the holograms of
eternity. Language transcends time, and stories must ring true
from every direction - they must touch all. In this way, we
document the triumphantness of the Creative Essence of the
universe.
“This brings me to the point of YOUR mission!”
“My mission!” I shrieked. “What do you mean MY MISSION?”
“Well, each of us has some mission to perform. And those

beings who have consciously stepped out to follow the high path
to AHO, as you have, are offered various kinds of missions to

perform, that generally are in harmony with the very basic nature
of the individual.
“For example, it would be of little value if your mission were

to invest your time and energy in studying classical ballet if your
true nature is to paint. And it would serve little purpose to have
someone waste their talents, likewise, in other areas, when their
basic talents can be enhanced and used in the area that best
suits them.
“And so we come to you. What is YOUR mission? Why have

you been born? What are you to be doing with your life? Why
have you come to this land of PLURBY? Why have you even
begun to ask these questions of your own inner worlds?
“Well, let’s take it gently, so you won’t be shocked. You’ll find

that you have really only one ultimate mission, and that is what
you must discover solely on your own. However, I can tell you at
least TWO parts of the mission that will unfold for you but not the
third part, and final part. Some people do their mission by just
raising others’ consciousnesses by just living their lives. Others
take a more interactive role.”
* * *
I was eager to hear what this being had to say, even though I
was still a little doubtful about this whole thing. Well, actually, I
was a LOT doubtful about it, but I thought, ‘why not listen to him,
anyway?’
“Your journeys to PLURBY in what you recognize as the

past, and those yet to come, are not for your entertainment. They
are for your own development that you may unfold into the
fulfillment of your mission in life. Your first mission is to find a

sacred stone known as the PRIMAD crystal. Your second mission
is to write about your experiences, and compile them into a book
so that others may gain truth from the journey you embark on to
attain your first mission.”
He paused a moment and I turned to this person that I had

come to recognize as a Spiritual Adept, someone who would fulfill
a significant role in my life, and queried: “Me write a book? How
can I write a book? What do I have to offer anyone? Why would
anyone read a book I write?”
Yerba laughed, not in a mocking tone, but in a humorous

vain. “Oh, yea of little faith! Do not worry. The book will not come
from within your own mind. It will come from a realm beyond the
mind, though you may always tap the eternal memory vault for
experiences and examples you may need to fill in your journal
entries. Thereby it will have universal acceptance. Universal
usability. Just become totally committed to your inner ideal and
things will come together.
“Many millions of people, likely, will benefit from the words

you put down on paper, as they flow through your being direct
from our world to your world.
“If we BE who we are naturally, when we discover this, that

BEINGness will be naturally manifested in whatever we do as a
job. And the more we manifest this BEINGness, the more we
become IT.
“What do I mean by this? As an example: let’s say you work

as a waiter or waitress. But inside you KNOW you feel you are an
actor. How does this affect your work? How does this affect your
view of the world?
“Well, you begin to look at life as an actor. You begin to see

things as an actor. Perhaps you begin to see life as a great game,
as a non-reality. There’s a problem here in that perhaps you’ll go
so far over to the other side, and you’ll become unbalanced. You’ll
begin to see the world as a total unreality, and live in your own
self-created world of fantasy.
“This is not being balanced, or living in the moment. You can

view the world as a game, you can visualize it that way. You can
visualize it as being unreal only insofar as you are balanced about
that attitude, and outlook.
“When you go out into the world to be a waiter or waitress,

you view life as an actor. You are providing the service of being
the waiter AS an actor, in what you are doing in your profession.
“You are dealing with people, actually, and you are not on a
‘real’ stage, as you may think, but you are on the proverbial stage
of life. You are what Shakespeare stated: ‘All the world’s a stage
and all the people merely players.’
“You are performing a service for people in the actual job

function you are doing, but in addition to that, you are providing
them with an additional service by giving that flare, that acting that
comes from deep within you, and you are energizing your job
function with that inner beingness.
“People sense that. They derive great joy from that feeling,
and you have uplifted those people. Ultimately, if you make the
proper adjustments, you will become, in reality, that which you so
dearly seek, in this case, the actor, perhaps on stage, perhaps
not, but you WILL become the actor. You will take on that role of
being that actor - you will assume the role. And that’s how you
view life.
“Let’s take another example. Suppose you envision yourself

as being a great writer, but you are working in a job that is totally
unrelated to writing. Or you feel it is total unrelated, anyway. Let’s
say you are very involved in the computer field, as you happen to
be at this moment.
“It’s very easy to see that somewhere along the line you
would be able to write something about computers. Perhaps
some technical document that would help people. Perhaps it’s
only a paragraph explaining something. Perhaps it’s a twenty
page document, or even an entire book! It doesn’t matter which of
these you do.
“The thing is to be of service to people. And if your desire to

be a writer is deeply embedded within you, and you wish it to
come out and to express it, then you will! You will find a way. You
will work on it one, two, three, four or even only five minutes a
day, whatever it is. It’s your choice. And from that small
beginning, great things will happen.
“You cannot deny that part of you that is YOU. You cannot
deny what you are, what you should be, what you should express.
For if you do, you are truly functioning from an imbalanced state.
This is not healthy.
“It is not healthy Spiritually, creatively, mentally, emotionally,

physically or monetarily. You stifle your growth, and you are not
functioning at a hundred percent! When what you DO reflects who
you BE, your BEINGness begins to grow within you. And
naturally, it is the law of the universe, that the more you BE what
you are supposed to BE, the more you should DO and

consequently the more you will HAVE.
“Once again! The more you BE, or ARE, what you should
BE, you will naturally begin to DO more. BEINGness leading to
DOINGness, which naturally leads to HAVINGness. You only
have to make very slight adjustments in your life.”
* * *
His words sounded confusing to my ears, but I decided to
just take them in, and contemplate on them at a later moment. I
really didn’t want to stop his flow, or the truths he was offering me
for the taking.
“Let me tell you of a very special book that is of great

importance to us here in PLURBY. It is called the YOURN, and it
is known as a SACRED BOOK OF ETERNAL TRUTH. In it are
contained all that can be known. IT is the word of AHO, or God,
as you know IT to be. By experiencing the YOURN you can know
all that you need to know.
“To us, the YOURN is like your Bible. No other book is more
important than the YOURN. It has been passed down to us
through the misty dawn of eternity, and grows ever-greater as we
grow in consciousness. By this I mean, the YOURN is a living,
breathing Being. From IT are revealed to us all the truths of the
universes of AHO, yet it is ever-created anew. It grows as we
grow. We create the Living YOURN in our every action, in our
every thought, word and deed.
“You must come to love the YOURN, for it becomes as your

best friend. It is a source you may go to at any moment to gain
the insights you seek. Even to the smallest item in your life.
Before you do anything in life, you might ask: What would AHO
want me to do in this situation? Or, What insights can the YOURN
offer me in this situation?
“Each being will experience the YOURN in a different way,

and it may be different for each person each time IT is
experienced. In one moment you may read the words. In another
you may see a visual scene unfold before your eyes - like a
hologram. Look deeply into this hologram for it contains within it
all you need to know. It is a piece of the whole.
“In other moments you may receive only impressions,

feelings, colours, sights, sounds, smells. Some sessions you will
have only mental impressions, or a deep knowingness of what
has been availed to you. The YOURN is located in the many
Temples of Eternal Truth throughout the universes of AHO. Here,
in PLURBY, there are seven such Temples, and there are seven
portions of the YOURN located in PLURBY, in the physical.
“Five more portions exist in the inner worlds of AHO; those

regions we recognize as the dream worlds, or those areas not of
the physical. They are not the highest worlds one can reach, for
they exist above the physical, but below the true inner worlds of
AHO.
“Let me take you to the special room in the Golden Temple

of Eternal Truth known as ROMEGA. It is located here, in our very
own city of CENTRIA. IT should seem familiar to you, since you
have been experiencing IT ever since you have been coming to
PLURBY - though you did not know this is what you were
experiencing.”
* * *
I tried to recall some shred of truth in what Yerba was telling

me, and YES, I COULD remember the YOURN, although it
seemed more like a dream than a reality. A paragraph here, a
word there, a scene tucked away deep in my consciousness
somewhere, whose essence might be of value to me at some
later moment in my life. Yes, I was sure I had seen the YOURN
before. Or had I?
* * *
We approached a room in the Temple that was very eerie to
me. The entrance was large and inviting. There was no door.
There was a misty golden glow about the room, as if something
very special resided inside. I stilled my mind so as to sense what
was there for me. I saw the golden lights flickering in the room,
and I heard a sound emanating from there as well; a sound that
made me feel warm inside.
As we entered the room I saw IT! There, in the center of the

room, was a grand book, open somewhere in the middle, sitting
on a platform of solid gold. Nothing else was in the room, and it
was a very large room at that. I thought it seemed like a waste of
space, though PLURBY certainly has space to spare.
I approached the book, a little frightened of what might

happen. I didn’t consciously remember having had this
experience before. My fears were wiped from me as I approached
ever-closer. They were taken from me, and replaced with love. A
love so strong I could feel the tears dripping down my cheeks. I
tasted the salt as they entered the corners of my mouth.
“The HOLY YOURN - THE SACRED BOOK OF ETERNAL

TRUTH,” said Yerba, in a tone of deep reverence. “Approach, that
you may know truth!”
I walked closer, unaided by my dear friend, Yerba. Alone, I

was within six inches of the book. A shaft of light emanated from
the very pages, ascending high up to the ceiling and beyond, at
least a hundred feet and more. It created a tunnel of light that
seemed to go on for eternity. So this is it! I thought. The Light of
AHO, the Light of God!
I could feel the Divine Love come into my heart center, and I
felt cleansed. Nothing mattered at this point except a strong
desire to merge with AHO. I wanted to become AHO. Nothing
else seemed of importance. I bent my head backwards to drink in
the Light that was so over-powering. I felt at home here. Safe,
secure, loved and whole.
As I gazed down at the pages, I began to read from the

Sacred Book. I could see the chapter title: DIVINE MISSION OF
LIFE flashing in golden letters. I never actually read the words. It
was as if they just jumped from the page into my mind. I knew
there was more behind the words than the words themselves
could convey!
* * *
“Each being has a divine mission bestowed upon them by
AHO the Almighty High One. Every being in existence from man
to mineral has a unique mission that only they can perform.
Fulfilling this mission is the greatest act of service one can
perform for the Almighty High One. One is not always availed the
knowledge of what their individual Divine Mission is until they
have already made some progress along the journey back to
AHO. For it is only the sincere seeker that is worthy of having this
information revealed to them.
“Do not take lightly, oh seeker, the Divine mission you are
granted, the mission you yourself selected before your incarnation
into this life, or the very gift of having this mission revealed to you.
The mission is a bargain, an agreement between AHO and
yourself. In the end, you find your mission is, in itself, the journey
back to AHO. Nothing is more important in the life of the seeker
than the mission bestowed upon them.
“Seek within you, for only there will you find what your
mission truly is. No other can give you this information. It was
implanted within you before your birth. Only YOU, the seeker,
hold the key to unlock the door. Only YOU, the seeker, can enter
the door and see, with open eyes and a loving heart, what your
mission is in life.
“When your mission has been revealed to you, oh seeker, go

out into the world and live life fully. Every moment be consciously
aware of your mission and trust that every act you do is aligned
with it.
“When a bee looks at man it recognizes it as Divine, yet it

cannot do what man does. When a man looks at a bee it
recognizes it as Divine, yet it cannot do what the bee does. Each
recognizes the other as part of the same whole, yet they are
unable to perform the functions of the other. This is how God
looks at Soul. Soul is a piece of God, yet it is different and distinct,
yet they are each part of the same.
“Do not be jealous of others, for you have had all in lifetimes
past. You have been rich, and poor; powerful and weak; ugly and
handsome. You have been the male and the female. You have
been all things before. Search deeply within your heart to know
this is truth - always confirm it for yourself, so your mind may be
satisfied, as far as that is possible, that what you perceive is truth

to you.
“You will have in life anything you desire, so long as that

desire meets with the mission you are to follow in life. Only YOU
can make those decisions. But beware if you make the wrong
choices. Fortunate, indeed, is he who has the recognition of the
Divine Mahavana by his side, for it is HE, the Mahavana, who has
been entrusted with the secrets of the Universe - the secrets of
AHO. It is HE, and HE alone, residing in the physical, who can
help you in your journey back to AHO.
“Seek the TRUE ONE; seek the Mahavana, for HE is as

close to you as your very breath. He is My Divine Messenger. The
one who resides in the lower worlds. The One who has chosen as
His mission to live in the squalor of the lower worlds, to be always
of assistance to man. To show man the way back to AHO, that
many may avoid the countless pitfalls along the way. Always seek
truth. The Mahavana will show you the way.
“Go now, my Divine Son. Your mission awaits you. Be

always aware that I love you as I love myself. My love surrounds
you always. Follow the guidance of the Mahavana and your own
heart. For therein do I eternally reside.”
And with those final words, the session ended. I stepped

back from the platform, totally speechless. The tears were flowing
like tiny rivers down my face. They were tears of joy, happiness,
love. All the things that were AHO, all the things that were myself!
* * *
I was overwhelmed by all that I had just experienced. Yerba
was sensitive to my condition. “This is all I will tell you at this
moment concerning your mission. We shall meet again to help

move you along in the attainment of this goal. For now, let us walk
a bit, so you can see more of our little island of PLURBY, and
enjoy the many gifts it has to offer you.”
And with that, we walked into a beautiful park.
* * *
I heard lovely, familiar music in the distance. “Is that Bach, I
hear?” I asked, inquisitively.
“Yes, but not exactly as you know it to be. Sometimes things

are manifested in the lower worlds in only one place so that
subsequent manifestations will be easier. You will notice that what
you recognize as the music of Bach, is, truly that. Though we do
not label the composer. He or she is recognized at the moment of
performance, then slips away into oblivion to continue the art of
creation. The composer has gained the necessary insights from
the composition, and the audience participants, too, have enjoyed
the struggle, the process and the outcome. They have gained
many insights as well.
“All creations in the lower worlds, once exhibited, become

communal property, to be viewed or exhibited, often, only on
request of a single individual or group, generally doing research
on that particular artform. All already manifested artforms are
catalogued and stored for possible future use.
“Not all that can be manifested in the lower worlds has been
manifested here, though many things have. There is always more
to experience. Creation is an ongoing process without seeming
end.
“We all delve into eternity and borrow from the same eternal
warehouse. So it’s not surprising we may both have similar ideas
- you are drawing from us, and we from you.
“First you must have recognition of something and

acknowledge that situation or quality before you can begin to
manifest. After recognition you must request insight and
assistance.
“Have you noticed how sometimes something you want to

bring out into the physical world is easy? That is, sometimes the
pieces just seem to all be there and the process seems simple! IT
just flows, seemingly from start to finish. This can be attributed to
your level of consciousness, and the level to which you tune into
the Creative powers. This tuning in at a higher level can avail you
of great insight to avoid many pitfalls and unnecessary delays.
“This does not mean one who struggles has done something
wrong, and one who does not struggle has done something right.
The one who struggles may desire to look for greater insight, to
raise their state of consciousness, so that the next time any given
situation may go smoother. This depends on how well they have
learned the lessons, not by the blessings of the Gods.
“The person who does not seemingly struggle, in any one

particular situation, may have gained insights previous to this
situation that facilitates a freer flow of the creation. There may be
other times when this free flow is not so evident, as ever more
lessons are learned, and deeper insights gained.
“On the other hand, there are times when a creation seems
to just flow so easily, and there seems no accounting for it. We
can attribute this, sometimes, to the possibility that this particular
creation was previously manifested in the lower worlds, and its

second, or subsequent, comings, or re-creations, is easier.
“Remember all the times you did something for the very
FIRST time? At least, the first time you have conscious recall of
doing something. Most often, the first time was very difficult, and
as you learned lessons from the situation, or your skills became
greater, your doing of the thing became easier.
“There are also times when the first time you do something,
there is no seeming difficulty. Did you think the Gods smiled on
you in that situation? Did you think you were blessed? No, that’s
not what happened. Likely, you are repeating a situation you had
accomplished in a previous lifetime, or you have tapped into a
situation that was accomplished by someone else, at some other
moment in eternity - whether future, present or past, and your
ability to tap into this universal bank of experience allows you to
re-create this situation in a seeming effortless way.
“So-called ‘gifted’ composers, artists, athletes, writers,

dancers, actors, business people, product developers, psychics,
all seem to be blessed by the Gods with some special talents. Not
so! Likely, if the seeming ‘special’ talent, or talents, they exhibit
permeate their lives, they have likely been developing this talent
through many lifetimes, so it is no surprise they are incarnated
into one lifetime, or a series of lifetimes, when the manifestation of
this talent is seemingly extraordinary, and the person is labeled a
genius, or specially gifted.
“PLURBY is the physical outer arena in which we all work as

a group consciousness to explore and finalize the experiences
needed to heal all of our seeming past, and future, imperfections,
so to speak. Though we can never really be perfect here in the
lower worlds, we can work to gain the qualities we need to
continue the inner journey. We are a fully expressive society,

though in some areas we must practice a high degree of
discrimination and detachment.
“As citizens of PLURBY, we have collectively agreed that our

arena would be open to all who came with an open heart and a
true desire to know their inner beingness, and seek wisdom from
within.
“We each act as a mirror to the other, and become,

momentarily, that reflection of some quality within the other so
that being can finally see clearly what the lacks are and to
release, in a balanced way, those imperfections that are
hampering the journey.
“Further, we always do this with compassion and

detachment, in a holistic way. That is, we seek to view the lack,
understand where it exists within us, and then balance that lack
with the wisdom needed to attain wholeness with it.
“As a true seeker of this inner wholeness, you have been

chosen as one who may come to PLURBY to avail yourself of
what we offer as a gift to those who seek us out. Your mission is
twofold - first to come here and work out your destiny of
wholeness. Second - to write about your experiences here so that
others may come to know that which exists around them in a
parallel universe, or dimension, but which they are consciously
unaware of.
“All those who are true seekers along the path may come
here. We will show each how to come here, and you will write
down what we tell you so that these seekers have access to the
information they need to make the journey.
“As you will come to know within, there are two main tools
we use to allow one to gain this wholeness: one is by viewing
others who act as mirrors for us, and the other is by experiencing
a rather unusual physical external item that has been capsulized
into a game. That which you will come to produce as: The Eternal
Game of Freedom, is that which I speak of.
“Although a reality here in PLURBY, and of access to all who

have developed the skills and awareness to actually come to
PLURBY, we have already given you the necessary information to
produce the game, in reasonable facsimile, so that others in your
time period may have the physical manifestation, in their own time
period, to actually experience with a group, as we have so
directed.
“In your stay here in PLURBY, and through subsequent visits

here and further awareness of that which we have already taught
you, but you have consciously forgotten, you shall come to know
of the great depth this game has to offer those of your period. It is
a game like no other, and the writing of this book will elicit from
within the masses the desire to have the game produced, if that is
their will, otherwise the game shall exist in PLURBY, and come
out in some other time-period.
“Come, let me show you more of what PLURBY is about,

and what it can offer you in your trek of the inner journey to
wholeness and inner perfection.
“PLURBY has seven cities, and in each of the seven cities,

including, of course, CENTRIA, which you already have some
familiarity with, there are sacred places known as: Golden
Temples, also referred to as: Temples of Eternal Truth. In each of
the Temples of Eternal Truth, there is a portion of the YOURN.
“Presently, there are seven places in the physical where you

may experience the YOURN. One temple exists in each of the
seven cities of PLURBY. Each time you experience the YOURN it
may be different. One time you may read the words, another time
you may hear the words. At other moments you may see visions,
or lights, or actually see sounds, or hear lights.
“Each of these methods are unique to present truth to you in

different ways; through different methods of transmission. Truth is
one, yet we all perceive it differently because of our past personal
history, and that is why the YOURN will present to each of us that
which we need to experience in that moment we stand before the
YOURN, and in the way that is most befitting to us at that
moment, as well.
“Always remember though, you, the individual, in the human

form, are your own greatest instrument. No external item, crystal,
herb or book, can replace the Divine instrument you are as a
human being. For your very essence, SOUL, is the key to this
significance.
“While external items can serve as enhancement tools, all

tools and all keys lie within the being. They merely need to be
evoked. Crystals, herbs, chanting of charged or empowered
words or sounds, books, group meetings - all of these are devices
to help evoke from within each individual the awareness of the
true essence of their being.
“Once discovered, and the gap is bridged, one can instantly

tap into that Divine creative spark of imagination that resides
within each of us, at any moment, for insight. That is the first step
toward the journey back home to our eternal creator.
“There is a general schedule in PLURBY. Most people ‘work’

4 days at their chosen field, or craft. On two days, instead of
‘work’ they go to training for a new craft or field. One day is a
‘free’ day when there is no ‘work’ or ‘training’ of any kind.
“ ‘Work’ is between eight am and four in the afternoon, which

includes appropriate lunches. Some crafts, such as farming, may
require different hours, or longer hours. Training days are the
same as ‘work’ days in hours distribution.
“Professions such as the healing arts may not rotate in the

usual three-year period, because the training for this profession
takes such a long period of time. In fact, healing is a craft that
may take an entire lifetime to ‘perfect’, if ever there is such a
state.
“Generally we find that whatever craft one performs, it is

usually with the slant of the home craft. That is, the city we are
born into and grow up in, forms the basic matrix of our beingness
here in the physical world. If one is born into a community where
writing is the preferred medium of expression, virtually everything
one does from that moment on will be with the perspective of how
to put images and record things on paper.
“If one is born into the city of TOFURA, which is quite

physical, since everyone here is involved in farming, in one way
or another, one will instinctively look for how to express things
through physical means. So, if one is going to recite a poem, it will
include physical movement. If one is to serve food, one will serve
food with the inclusion of physical expression - possibly singing,
or reciting a story, along with the serving of food.
“Every night between the hours of eight and ten we have a

most significant event known as: Nightly Exhibition. This is a time
of creative exhibition in every city in PLURBY. The occasion starts

off with a five or ten minute Creative Visualization Exercise,
sometimes referred to as a CVE, and then a more ‘experienced’
performer usually begins; one who has performed in public many
times, and may have been asked to perform again.
“The ensuing performers are generally those that have some

experience, but not extensive experience, and are learning both
their chosen craft and their performing skills, to heighten them.
“Each city has, as its base, a different focus. For example, in

GIANIRA, the city of knowledge, where WRITING is the thrust of
the city’s trainings, and writing is the general performance in the
evening, we generally have readings of poetry or other writings.
However, also to be performed would be other types of creative
expression either by members of this community who are skilled
in other areas, or invited guests from other cities.
“All activities are considered for Nightly Exhibition, even

exhibiting a new plant, or something one has done with plants,
especially here, in the city of TOFURA, where farming, and
working with living plants, is the main expression of love and
focus of life.
“On rare occasion, a premiere exhibition may be telecast to

all cities simultaneously. This happens rarely, but does occur. For
example: a speech of some majour importance on a topic special
for all or a concert of special distinction.
“It’s important to keep in mind that the performance itself

holds a key. It is the act of the performance, or the process of
actually performing, that holds the key to some insight. One
performs for many reasons, and each audience is different. Even
the same group of people may be different each night, when they
function as an audience.
“You must work within the structure and framework of your

period. Observe all the laws of man. On occasion, when you
come up against a law that appears, on the surface, to go against
your nature, and what your intuition tells you, or restricts your
freedom, it is then you might want to try going within to seek some
new insight and a creative way to work with this law.
“Your mission is not to seek out injustices and champion the

causes of active change. Passive aggression and enlightened
awareness fare much better in effecting change. For change is
never permanent.
“What was, no longer is; what is, won’t always be; what will
be, is not yet. Still, all exists in the moment and you only become
aware of it as you focus your attention on it.
“PLURBY works, largely because we all have a consensus

and collective belief and support of the values and spiritual
principles we mockup, exhibit and live each moment.
“We are all aware that a chink in our chain could cause our
downfall in an instant, yet we do not live in mortal fear of this
eventuality for it is only another phase of a natural cycle.
“This gradual, or sudden, downward trend is the cycle you

are aware of in your awakened outer daily life.
“Your job presently gives you stability. Be patient. You will

soon make the transition to earning your sustenance through
more seemingly creative efforts - at least those that are more
germane to your nature. One caution though - BE PREPARED IN

ADVANCE FOR THAT WHICH IS TO COME INTO YOUR LIFE!!!
“All that matters is doing what you are supposed to do - all

else it illusion. A group consciousness can be very compelling -
always be wary. Beware of virtually all external experts and
authorities, who are mostly self-proclaimed. Trust your inner
guidance always! Also, beware of cliches and trite statements
used to trick and trap the mind into grooves such as has been
used by so many charismatic leaders. These points may bear
repeating.
“No one is above the law - ANY law. If you think because
you have reached some level of spiritual unfoldment that you
should be immune to the laws of your country you are sadly
misguided. Get in your car and drive much over the speed limit.
Go through every red light and pay no attention to stop signs. Do
this for about a week or so.
“You might also try taking various items you want from stores
you go into without paying for them. You’ll soon discover that
society has its almost immediate ‘penalty’ for disobeying the laws
of man.
“In the event you aren’t ‘caught’ by society, pay attention to

how your life ‘goes’ in the ensuing days and weeks. Many little
difficulties will crop up that would seem to have no reason - many
obstacles. Think back, though, to all those laws of society you
broke. The lords of karma are often quick to dole out the penalties
or rewards of every action.
“Wise is the one who can draw the parallel between an

obstacle or problem in life, and its karmic cause or origin. For if
anything is your life is not running ‘problem-free’ step back and
take a moment to contemplate. Go within to see the cause of this

ruffle in your lifestream. For truly, I say, all cause-seeds exist
within you.
“All obstacles and difficulties that may appear on the outer

have, at their base, a cause-seed you yourself have created by
some past action or for your present learning. But enough talk for
now. Let’s have lunch!”
* * *
Yerba and I walked into a small, open air cafe near the
center of the park, right next to the big fountain. As we entered, I
was struck with the ambiance of a malt shoppe I remembered
from my youth.
The place was empty except for a man and woman sitting in
the back at a round table with four chairs. I noticed the usual
round, cushioned stools by the counter, several padded booths
along the mirrored wall opposite the counter, and about eight or
ten tables, of various sizes, scattered throughout the place.
As we walked closer to the back of the cafe, I could see the

two people were engaged in an intense discussion, but as soon
as Yerba and I came close enough they both stood up to greet us.
Yerba and the woman hugged each other as if they hadn’t seen
each other in quite a long while.
Then, focusing on ME, she stepped back and said, “Ah, you
must be the young man I’ve heard so much about. Welcome to
PLURBY!!!” Her voice was soft, sweet and vibrant. She seemed
to be about twenty-five years old. She embraced me, and as she
hugged me, I felt a warm glow flowing throughout my whole
being. I felt healed of ailments I didn’t even know I had.
“Hi,” she said, stepping back. “My name is Seffia. And THIS,”
she pointed to the other man with her, “is our good friend,
Dromba. Say hello to our young friend, Dromba.” The man quietly,
almost meekly said, “HI”, and then sat down. I sensed he was her
boyfriend, or that they were married. He seemed like the typical
hen-pecked husband. BOY! was I wrong, as I later found out.
What a misjudgement of character I had made in this instance. I
vowed to never again make snap judgements.
“Please, sit down and eat. I know you’ve come here at least
for that. Ollie!” Seffia’s voice was assertive, but not offensive.
There was a caring in her tone. More than motherly - almost as if
she had some responsibility toward me.
“So,” she began, “have you learned anything since you’ve

come here this day?”
“I can’t even begin to tell you of all the wonderful sights, and
impressions I’ve gotten. I’d love to stay here forever!” I
responded.
All three laughed. Dromba had the heartiest laugh of all.

Seffia chuckled and spoke again, “I don’t know if Yerba has told
you but Dromba and myself are to complete the threesome of
your training group. We’ll become good friends, I’m sure. You
seem like a nice person. But beyond that, never forget you have a
mission to perform, and we’re here to help you. That is our only
concern!”
Her tone became stern, and I was a little put off by it.
Suddenly, though, she realized she had been a little too tough
and smiled at me. That melted all the harshness I felt inside. “I
didn’t mean to scare you. I must apologize. I guess I just wanted
you to understand the seriousness of your journeys here. You are

to come here to learn, and bring these truths back to your world. It
will come out to others through your writing.
“There is, of course, much more to it than that, but we don’t

need to discuss that right now.”
I wondered what she was referring to. She knew my

thoughts. “Well, you see, it all depends,” she began again. “We
really don’t know with certainty all that will come of what you do.
All that matters for you, anyway, is that you do your part in
fulfilling your mission, as I do my part, and as do Yerba and
Dromba.
“We each have many things to accomplish as part of our

missions, and one of those things is to help YOU accomplish part
of YOUR mission!”
I felt honored that anyone would want to help me at all. No

one had really helped me before. I mean, I had friends. I had
some really special friends, but I somehow sensed that my path
was a lonely one. That I had to make my journey through life
mostly alone. That no one would give me the secrets to the
meaning of life. I never ever thought I might have some important
Divine Mission to perform. And now, here I was sitting with three
very special beings, whose true greatness I couldn’t even begin to
comprehend at the moment, who were pledged to assist me in my
quest.
I was really awed. Why ME? Why would anyone want to help
ME? And especially these three people! They seemed like three
friends who would rather be lying on the beach taking in the sun,
or sailing on the ocean. Just taking life slow and easy. How could
I have been so naive? How could I have known the depths of their
commitment to me? A depth I myself might never reach!!!
“We’re aware of your inner feelings, my friend,” began

Dromba. His voice was deep, and friendly. I just knew I had
known him before. But before WHAT? “That doesn’t matter,” he
replied to my unasked query. “All that matters is the moment.
Nothing more nor less. No past, no future. There is only the
moment. As you begin to move into the awareness of this concept
of present-momentness, you will come to know that all exists only
in the present.
“All exists in this very moment. There can be no other

moment in which you will be aware of something except in the
present - in the NOWNESS of what you recognize as time.”
His words were simple, but his concepts were foreign to my

mind, yet deep within me, I knew what he said was truth. I was so
engrossed in the conversation, I hadn’t realized I had already
been served my food, eaten it, and couldn’t even remember what
it was I had ingested, not a difficult feat for me, since I was a
compulsive over-eater and rarely knew if I had eaten or not. It was
part of that syndrome.
“Don’t be concerned about such insignificant things. We’ll

work on that as well. Focus always in the moment, keeping your
mission always in your consciousness. Let no obstacle deter you
from attaining your mission.
“There are many things you need to know yet before you
return to your waking state. Let me see if we can be of some
assistance here.”
* * *
The four of us got up and exited the cafe. I had a strange

feeling these were to be my three closest friends throughout
eternity. Well, at least throughout the fulfillment of this mission I
was expected to fulfill.
We walked but a short distance, and I found myself again

standing in front of the Temple of ROMEGA. We walked up the
twelve white marble stairs and as we reached the top landing, I
somehow instinctively remembered to take a crystal from the
sacred chalice to the right of the door. I placed it in my pocket
without even looking at it. How did I know this was not only the
custom but the law here? You take this crystal and place it in your
pocket, or hold it, if you desire.
As you journey throughout the Temple the crystal aids you in

opening up your consciousness. It helps to purify the being, while
in the Temple confines, to be able to be more acutely attuned to
the truths imparted to one. The others took stones as well.
The high, wooden doors swung silently open, bidding us to

enter this Golden Center of Truth and Light. I didn’t know why we
had again returned to this Temple, though I knew there must have
been an important reason.
“We have come here,” Dromba stated flatly, “so that you may
experience the YOURN on the subject of the hierarchy of the
worlds. Pay close attention, for this is a subject you must be
aware of if your journey is to continue.”
I was already standing at the entrance to the YOURN room. I

hadn’t yet forgotten what I had to do. This time I entered the room
alone. As I approached the gold platform and gazed into the
YOURN, a scene unfolded before my eyes of unimaginable
beauty. The very creation of the lower worlds was unveiled to me,
as if like a movie on a screen, but more! I was actually
surrounded by the hologram being presented to me.
The whole room became the exposition of the truths and

information being imparted to me in this moment. I could feel what
was happening. I felt the struggle of conception, birth and growth.
I cried as I sensed death as well. The three phases - creation,
growth and death, were impressed on my mind. Also they were
known as creation, preservation and destruction, or
transformation, the three phases of all that exists in the lower
worlds - the worlds below those known as the High Worlds of
AHO, the Almighty High One.
As the scene began to fade, my eyes were once again

drawn to the pages of the YOURN, that I might read the words,
and comprehend the thoughts and impressions concerning the
hierarchy of the lower worlds.
“And so it was, after eons upon eons, I, AHO, the Almighty

High One, awakened from my sleep. And seeing that those Souls
I had created from deep within my being were engaged in all sorts
of folly, and paid no respect to their father, it was then the lower
worlds were created, those below the high realms of AHO.
“These lower worlds became created in the number of five -

one below the other. Each higher one created the one below it out
of necessity, that the light and sound of AHO could be toned
down in steps to allow the different levels of perception.
“Each lower level was a degree of vibration less than the one
above. And on each of the levels would be a ruler who had
absolute dominion. His mission is to test the seeker, that he may
not pass on into the higher levels until the tests have been
passed.
“First there is the Etheric Level, or Plane; that which lies

closest to the High Worlds, just below them. It is the area that
serves as the communication point between the lower and higher
worlds. The Lord here is known as Saguna. He has full charge of
this region and is the final authority on who passes on into the
Higher Worlds.
“Second there is the Mental Level, or Plane, that which is the

place of the mind. It is here we work with the thoughts of the lower
worlds. The lord here is known as Manda. Pay him great homage,
for He will teach you much.
“Third there is the Causal Level, or Plane, that which you are
least aware of. This is the place of storage, where all the
impressions you have had are stored. You may come here to
seek out the cause-seeds of all that you need insight on. You may
think of this as the great encyclopedia of all your collected
lifescenes.
“Fourth there is the Astral Level, or Plane, that which you are
aware of as the emotional area. This is the place you come to
when you are working out emotions. The lord here is known as
Kanwal.
“Fifth, and lastly, there is the Physical Level, or Plane, that

which you are perhaps most aware of. The Lord here is Elam.
And there is yet another element in the physical. This is the world
of duality. And you have your Great Mother Earth, the feminine
element. This does not mean to imply that there is no feminine
element in the levels higher than the physical world.
“There is always duality below the highest levels of AHO.

And there is always the masculine and the feminine energy. In the
highest realms their is NEITHER male nor female. There is only
the neutral; the final synthesis of the male and the female. And in
the physical level, the female principle is very powerful. Look to
her for assistance.
“All the lords of all the planes work in secret. It is their

mission to maintain the integrity of the realms over which they
preside. It may not be necessary for the seeker to ever encounter
these Lords individually. Just be aware that you have an inner
body that corresponds to each of these realms; each higher inner
body being finer than the previous one.
“Be also aware that your true Divine essence is that known
as Vakuna, or Soul, the term you may be most familiar with . This
is the unit of awareness you should always tap into to become
aware of that which lies deep within you. This is the ‘body’ that will
allow you to perceive unveiled truth, knowledge, wisdom and
freedom.
“Also be aware of Behlub! He is that entity whom I have

created to always deter you; to trap you. His job is to prevent you
from reaching the High Worlds of AHO. He does his job well,
setting little traps and illusions all throughout eternity. He has
mastered his craft well.
“You must seek out those who can show you how to avoid or
work through the illusions of Behlub. One such is the Mahavana,
the true Inner Master of the High Worlds, who has been sent
down below the highest to assist man in his journey back home.
Seek his inner form, that known as the Mahavana, for though his
outer is present as well, it is the inner bond you must cultivate.
“To assist the seeker further, there is established among all

the worlds of all the universes three high orders, from which all
else are offshoots. First and foremost if that known as URO - the
Universal Royal Order. These are the messengers of AHO. They
work silently throughout the universes maintaining universal
balance.
“Their task is to keep the worlds from being totally destroyed,

until the great age has passed, and all the lower worlds are again
put to sleep to be recycled once again, and the Divine Drama
begins anew - the memory of the previous one wiped from the
mental bodies of all those dwelling in the lower worlds.
“The Universal Royal Order have the highest charge. They

do not interfere with the tasks of the other sacred orders, or of the
dictates and actions of the Mahavana, though they answer to no
one save AHO. They are Silent Keepers of the Universes of AHO,
and have dominion throughout all in existence.
“The Order of Paterno is that which is known as the Male

Masters of ESCANA, and the Order of Maphora is that which is
known as the Female Masters of ESCANA. Do not be deceived
into thinking one order is greater than the other. In the lower
worlds distinction is made that there are two sexes - male and
female. Each represents a part of the All. Those below these
orders, those known as the common man, or rather, the evolving
seeker, do not yet have this balance and wholeness developed
within their own being, which is why they are seekers.
“The members of these two orders are, in fact, whole. They

have reached, and always maintain, that state of balance. They
are, in the inner worlds, neither male NOR female. They are the
One. It is these beings you should become aware of, as you need
to. For they shall not be discussed here.
“You will know, as you become more attuned, when yet

another seeker has reached this high level., for all the worlds cry
out in joy as another brother (we use this term generically, it also
refers to sisters!) joins the High Orders of AHO.
“There is little else for you to know at this moment. Practice

the LUNDA, the presence of the Mahavana, for He is as close to
you as your very breath. Have no other above Him. If there is any
allegiance to be given in the lower worlds, it is to Him, and Him
alone. He is the Chosen One Whose charge it is to carry the
Sword of AHO into and through all the lower worlds, to cut
through the dross and illusion of Behlub, bringing the Light and
Sound into every corner of the lower worlds.
“Go now, my son, and be the seeker. You are the chosen
one. The one among many who will directly assist in the Divine
Mission of the Mahavana. Do your part. Pay heed to those who
will assist you. Chant the Holy AHO when you need insight. In
your darkest moments of despair know that I am always there
with you. Know that my servant, the Mahavana is there with you
also.
“Know that any suffering you bear is to make you stronger,

that you may serve AHO better. Know that as you suffer, AHO
suffers, as do all those of the true Spiritual Orders of AHO.”
* * *
The light dimmed, from the bright white it had been as I was
taking in the Truth of the YOURN, back to that pure golden
yellow. It was as if the YOURN were receiving yet more truths
from the Divine AHO.
I backed away from the platform, and exited the room. As I

passed through the unblocked doorway, so much of what I had
learned in that room was wiped from my conscious mind. Yet
somehow, somewhere deep inside my being I knew I could
always retrieve that which I needed to know, in the flash of an
eye.
As I again became aware of where I was, in that fantastic

land of PLURBY, I found myself not inside the Temple, but
outside the door, facing away from the Temple. My hand reached
into my pocket to retrieve the sacred crystal I had carried with me
during my short stay here. I placed it gently into the silver chalice
to my right, which is to the left of the door, and walked down the
steps.
My three, dear, friends were waiting for me. Yerba, Dromba

and Seffia were there to greet me as my feet set upon the ground
of PLURBY. They all hugged me and smiled wide smiles of joy.
These were three of the most endearing people I had ever met. I
could only guess at the intimate bond created between us, or of
the journeys and adventures we had yet to share.
We walked only a few feet from the temple stairs, my head

held high with the knowledge of the awesome mission I had
accepted to perform, and of all the truths I had been availed this
day in ROMEGA, the Golden Temple of Eternal Truth in
CENTRIA, the central city of PLURBY.
I thanked my three friends for their support, and with that, I

was once again returned to my physical body, only moments
before the alarm sounded, intruding on my private reverie. I
resented this abrupt ending and recall back to physical
consciousness. Another day of work yet to begin.
How much longer would I have to go through the motions of

playing out this charade called living? How much longer would it
be before the world recognized my greatness? Ah, I remembered!
The illusions of Behlub had already begun.
* * *
CHAPTER THREE
THE LEGEND OF THE

CRYSTALS
“Always there is AHO, that which is known as the

Almighty High One, who is omniscient, omnipotent and
omnipresent. There is no other higher and all that exists is
merely a reflection of AHO. No-thing can exist outside of
AHO, for all are part of IT. These parts are as much the
whole, if only each would come to recognize this within
their own being.
“Each individual has the freedom to act as they so

desire but only when they seek within and act from the
Golden Heart - from the true essence of Creativity, or
Spirit. There are no restrictions on any individual, save
those he puts on himself. Be always aware of those who
would set up guidelines for you to follow and make you a
sheep, instead of a true individual. Act only from within
your own center.”
* * *
So read the words of the Holy YOURN - the Sacred Book of

Eternal Truth and Wisdom. How I had come to this city of
GROTZ, I did not know. I sensed the presence of my friends,
Yerba, Dromba and Seffia. There were also others, whose
presence and beingness I felt, but whose physical forms I could
not see.
“We are in the Temple of PRIMAD, located high up in the

Bhagi Shin Mountains, the Summit of Light. This is one of the
highest points on our island, and on the planet, at this time,”
Yerba began.
“This temple,” he continue, “is one of our most ancient and

sacred holy places, for it is here that our beginnings really
happened. GROTZ is one of our outermost cities, lying just on the
fringes of the island of PLURBY. It is a sacred city, sometimes
considered even more sacred than any other, for located high up
here in the Bhagi Shin mountain ranges are the Sacred Mines of
Quares - the origin of your present-day word quarry, which means
‘mine’, a place where stones are taken from for use.”
There was a quiet here that was deafening to my ear. I

began to hear high-pitched sounds in both my ears - a ringing that
was almost unbearable. “This sound you hear is your own inner
vibration, which you sometimes cannot hear in the hustle and
bustle of your daily life,” spoke Dromba.
“It is the recognition of this sound within you that is a big step
toward reaching your goal of total awareness,” he continued. “The
sound is prevalent here, because it is the primal energy in this
physical world, from which all things come and to which all things
will return, on their journey back to AHO.”
“The sound is the creator of all that is below the high worlds
of AHO, and the light is the manifestor of materiality. Recognition
of both are necessary for the trek to continue, for both are tools -
each needing the other.”
The sound began to change in my ears, to a low-pitched

hum, almost. I heard choruses coming from somewhere -
beautiful melodies bringing back to my mind memories of far-off
places I had once been.
“These melodies you hear are the Melodies of AHO that are
ever-present for all to partake of. Your spiritual ears have been
opened in this holy place to allow you to hear that which is always
present, but which you have been unaware of until this moment.
Deep within your being, you know it is always there, awaiting your
own, personal recognition.”
We began to move from this sacred chamber, and stepping

back slightly, I could see the solid gold podium on which this
portion of the YOURN rested. As we stepped back I could see the
light that emanated from the book, filling the room. There was no
other source of light anywhere in the room. It was the YOURN,
ITself, which provided all the light so that I, the seeker, could see
that which I needed to see.
And yet, there was something even more striking. Something

beyond the light, behind the light. It was the sound. I could SEE
the sound, as it emanated from the very pages of the book. It was
no regular book as I knew them to be, rather a book whose pages
were never turned, but whose truths were revealed to the pure
seeker whose heart had been cleansed of all impurities. The
YOURN, it appeared, knew just what each seeker needed to see
and hear, and that was what IT allowed to be seen and felt by the
seeker who approached.
“Love is the prime motivating and underlying force in our

lives, and throughout all eternity. It exists in all aspects and in
every facet and lies beneath the surface of every facet. It is the
root motivation in all things.
“When you are in life, you are often too close to see it. Step
back and away, sometimes, so that you may gain perspective. It
is the distance from a thing that gives you perspective, like seeing
the world from a mountain top - you gain some perspective, or
sense, of the whole of a village down below. Whereas, when you
are in the city beneath the mountain, you can scarcely perceive
the whole of it; you are too involved in the parts.”
The words came as if from the very ethers to be impressed

on my mind.
As we left the physical building of the temple, Dromba

reminded me to deposit the Temple Crystal I had in my pocket in
the receptacle to my right, as we exited the building. I had almost
forgotten the crystal was even in my pocket.
“As you recall,” Seffia began, “Upon entering any of our

Sacred Temples, you take a crystal from the bucket provided on
your right, as you reach the landing just outside the door. These
crystals are unique to the particular temple you are visiting. You
place this crystal in your pocket, generally your right, or hold it in
your right hand. The crystal helps to cleanse all impurities from
your being, and opens up your Spiritual Eye to behold the truths
that are here for you to experience.
“These crystals are more sacred than any others, except the
Birth-Crystal, which we’ll tell you about shortly. They are part of
the land, the city, the temple. In fact, they are a very part of the
Sacred YOURN, whose wisdom you have beheld.”
“I must say,” I began, “I’m a little confused about all you are
telling me. I mean, it all seems so strange to me. All this stuff
about crystals. I really don’t know anything about crystals. I must
have missed that period of popular interest back in my waking
world. Can you tell me some more about them?”
Yerba, Dromba and Seffia laughed together, as Yerba

began, “Of course! This topic of crystals is one of our most
important subjects to know about. It is at the very core of our
society, and our beingness. Every child in PLURBY knows of
what we will now tell you, and perhaps, after you have heard this
information, you will be able to share it with others of your world.”
“I sure hope so,” I said, in my eagerness. “I’m having a great

time here.”
The three beings smirked, and I realized the immaturity of

my remark. Here I was being availed the truth and wisdom of the
ages, and all I could think of was my little self - the pleasures of
the mind and body. I laughed to myself. There is so much to
learn!!!
“This city,” Seffia began, “is the home of the CRYSALANA,

the Order of the Sacred Crystals. It is mostly a female order, and
one that I am most familiar with, since I was once a member of
that Order, until I learned that my true mission lay elsewhere,
though one can never really leave behind the upbringing they
have had from birth. And so, I still feel as much a part of
CRYSALANA now as I did over seven garn ago.”
I was aghast at her statement. It was only in that instant I

realized her age was probably well over a hundred years!
Amazing! She looked no older than late twenties, maybe early
thirties. She smiled at me as these thoughts traveled through my
mind. She continued speaking.
“Eons ago, before there was such a thing as you recognize

as recorded ‘time’, there existed upon planet Earth, millions of
varieties of non-human lifeforms such as the trees, herbs,
animals, fishes and birds. There also existed a form of life not
commonly regarded as a lifeform and that is the various minerals
that exist on this planet. The very air and water were alive, as was
the very earth, and the stones.
“Living high above the Earth Plane, in a much finer realm of

vibration, are millions of different lifeforms - many of which are
unable to descend directly into the physical because of the lower
vibrations existing here. Of these many diverse non-human
lifeforms, there is a certain order of beings that had a special
fondness for this planet.
“This order wanted very much to descend down to the

physical, and experience the physical world of Earth. They were
allowed this opportunity, for a limited duration. Earth was a planet
rich in the bounties of nature. All lived in harmony and balance -
using only what was needed for life, returning more than was
taken from the planet.
“As the epochs progressed, the vibrations here became less

and less subtle, more coarse, until finally, these high beings were
unable to live here anymore in their present form. Seven of the
twelve decided they wanted to stay, to help usher in the period of
human life, and so they chose to be incarnated into the form of
seven, distinct, and very powerful crystals.
“Each of the seven crystals is unique, though each

expresses the fullness of the truth of AHO, though from a different
viewpoint. Of the twelve, five remained in the higher realms,
awaiting a time when they might again descend into the physical
to once again enjoy the pleasures and insights available here.
“Earth was still young in measurement of time and evolution.

It had not yet reached even its teenage year, when the humanoid
forms appeared on the planet. There are many theories as to how
humans actually came to be on this planet, though we won’t get
into that discussion at this moment.
“PLURBY was, and still is, a very special island. Existing in

what you know as the central Atlantic ocean region, both our
location, and diverse climate structure, was ideal for the
incarnation of the seven spiritual beings, who became embodied
in seven scared crystals. Coincidentally, out of these seven
distinct sacred crystals arose the seven holy cities of PLURBY -
each being a reflection of one of the seven crystals.
“Although the city of GROTZ is known as the mining city, the

place where most of our crystals come from, each city has a
special area where these pure crystals exist in a relatively plentiful
supply. The Order of CRYSALANA is one of our more ancient
orders, and has, as its basis, the in-depth study of the truth,
wisdom and freedom as offered through the crystals.
“Each city’s whole consciousness is presided over by the

single crystal that is more predominant in that city. The PRIMAD
crystal is the single most important of the sacred crystals, for it is
the PRIMAD crystal that allows us to see all things, from all
perspectives. Each of the other sacred crystals allows us a clear,
unique single viewpoint of the whole. And like fine paintings, you
do not rush up to these great beings, or the crystals

representative of them, to gain the truths they will freely impart to
you.
“These seven sacred crystals have amazing powers -

powers that your present-day world has not even conceived could
exist. I’ll tell you about some of them now. First and foremost is
the ability to impart awarenesses to the individuals who are tuned
into the different crystals. This means, when one has a crystal in
their possession, in order to make use of the powers of the
crystal, one must become attuned to the subtle instruction the
crystal offers. Do not ever take the crystals for granted nor abuse
their power. We’ll give you more on this later.
“Crystals have been known for millions of years as great

healers. When used by a one so trained in this art, virtually every
ailment of the physical body, including regeneration of body parts,
can be accomplished. Also, in certain ailments, various crystals
are able to provide a limitless supply of energy that is
inexpensive, if money is a concern, pollution free and non-toxic to
the atmosphere and lifeforms.
“I personally find the most interesting quality of these crystals

is their ability to actually reproduce themselves. This is a most
fascinating feat, for it is not in the way you would think. Since the
crystal is one, it has no other, no counterpart with which it can
reproduce by traditional sexual means. It also does not reproduce
by any form of budding or asexual reproduction. In fact, it is a
form of replication by transmuting other stones into like-kindness.
“This is accomplished by the crystal aligning with a stone

that wishes to become like the crystal. Through a mystical
process which is unknown even to us, the pure crystal has the
ability to transmute, or change, the basic elements of the
undefined stone, into being just like itself. So, any particular stone
of any kind can become an exact copy of one of the seven sacred
crystals, if that is the desire of both the crystal and the stone.”
I asked, in a very doubting way, “You mean, these stones

can actually change other stones to be like themselves? This
sounds pretty strange to me. I mean, I don’t know much about
stones, and practically nothing about crystals. Why are you telling
me all this, anyway?”
“It is your mission,” Seffia continued, “to seek out your own
crystal. Since you are not native to PLURBY, and we have
accepted you as one of our own, you must find your own
birth-crystal to be your companion throughout the remainder of
your life. You may seek for it anywhere. It is imperative that you
find such a stone.
“In the event a person isn’t born here in PLURBY, then each
must seek out their own unique Life-Crystal which is similar to the
Birth-Crystal, except it is acquired after birth. It may act in the
same way as the Birth-Crystal, and it is possible to have both
types of crystals as personal guides and tools, or even more than
one Life-Crystal, although if you have found the right one, that is
all you need.”
“Ah,” I said, “this all seems so strange to me. Why would I

want to spend all this effort looking for some stone that I need to
have?”
“Crystals are unlike any other type of rocks, or stones, that

exist on the planet. Even in their raw state, they possess
tremendous powers for the one who knows how to tap into them.
Among the many thousands of types of crystals available for
healing, insight and energy, the seven sacred, or Master Crystals,
are the most prized, for they represent the primal creation of the
crystalline kingdom. The PRIMAD, of course, was the primary
crystal - and the most powerful. Seek IT, above all.”
* * *
I was tired from all this talk. This was information I had never
known before, and could never have even dreamed of in my
imagination. I wondered about all this. I didn’t know anything
about crystals, and couldn’t really imagine, at this point in my
exploration, why they were putting so much emphasis on crystals.
“Come,” said Yerba. “Let us show you around GROTZ a

little, that you may begin to appreciate the value of the sacred
crystals - and all crystals, for that matter. We’ll visit the Plane of
WASU where much of the crystal reproduction occurs. It’s a slow
process, so you won’t actually be able to see the transmutation of
seemingly ordinary stones into pure crystals, but you’ll begin to
get a feeling for the significance of the crystal.”
With that, an air-shuttle bus appeared in front of us and

lowered itself onto the alabaster roadway. I hadn’t noticed we
must have walked many miles form the base of the Bhagi Shin
mountains, for I could see them in the distance, and was at a
good vantage point to almost see the peaks of these mighty
giants. Almost twelve miles above sea level, the peaks were so
high up, they were way beyond the clouds. They seemed to touch
the sun in their attempts to reach the very heavens.
“The Bhagi Shin,” Yerba continued, “were a likely place for

the Order of CRYSALANA to start from, since the peaks are so
high, the descension from the high spiritual planes was not so far
down near the surface. Up in the peaks, the air is clearer and
purer. The vibrations allow for little interference from the myriad
thought-forms existent closer to the surface of the planet.
“Up in the peaks, the Temples of Eternal Truth allow for deep
contemplation, and many meaningful experiences to occur. They
are my favorite vacation spot. We’ll come back here again, so you
can savor their royal beauty before we leave this day.”
I entered the bus and took a seat about three rows back from
where I thought the driver might have been. But there was no
driver! Not even a robot to drive the unit. It seemed that all one
had to do was enter the shuttle, and the Emo-sensor, a very
advanced type of computer, could just sense where you wanted
to go. All you had to do was think of a place in PLURBY that you
wanted to go, and the shuttle took you there, in what seemed like
lightning speed.
We barely had time to say a few words to each other, before

the shuttle lowered itself into a barren looking area. Not quite a
desert, but not a forest, either. I exited the bus along with Yerba,
Dromba and Seffia. The door closed behind us and the shuttle
whisked away. I wondered how it would know to come back for
us. I certainly didn’t want to get stranded out here in the middle of
nowhere!
“Oh, don’t worry,” said Dromba. “Anytime we need the

shuttle to return, all we need to do is summon it and it will be
here. They’ve got them working pretty good now, don’t they,
Yerba?” Yerba just smiled, nodding his head in agreement.
* * *
The place we were in seemed to be at the base of the world.
Just moments before I was standing atop the world, now I
appeared in its belly. It wasn’t very hot here, but it was

dead-silent. Not a sound to be heard, except an almost haunting
wind that shook through my whole being. I felt at peace here, as if
this were where I had come from, once upon a time.
“The Plane of WASU,” Seffia said, flatly. “Look around you.

There is an abundance of life, though not to the naked eye. Look
beyond the vision of your mind, and you will see that life abounds
here.”
I tried real hard, but I just couldn’t make anything out. “I don’t
know. I’m trying, but all I see is a vast plane, with nothing moving
on it. No life that I can detect.”
Then, Seffia turned to Dromba and said, “Alright,

Drombi-baby, give him the key to see the reality.” I was puzzled.
Dromba looked at Seffia with a stern look. He so hated to be
toyed with, especially by a woman. It was so apparent. Seffia
enjoyed teasing him. It was a way to break him down, that he
might see the joy in life, and not just his mission, which consumed
him totally.
Dromba handed me a clear crystal, about the size of a golf

ball. I extended my right hand, and he gently placed the ball into
it. I could feel the energy pulsing from the stone as my hand
began to close around it. I placed the crystal up to the spot
between my eyes. It’s a place I’ve come to know as the Tisra Til,
or the third eye. Some say it’s the Seat of Soul, the place of
imagination.
I don’t know why I did this at the moment. It was a

compulsion. Anyway, I held the crystal there a moment, closing
my eyes and chanting the sacred AHO, that I had learned to do.
The others joined in. It was most enjoyable. The four of us
chanting the Holy AHO, in the middle of nowhere. Yet I felt not
alone. It was as if millions of others were present with me here,
joining me in my quest.
The chanting stopped after a few moments. I paused with my

eyes closed a moment longer and then opened them. My three
guides were still there, but where I had previously seen only a
vast field, almost like desert, I could see the energy of literally
billions of life forms. Darting across the plains, extending up into
the air hundreds of feet, I saw streaks of colours that dazzled my
eyes.
It was more spectacular than any aurora borealis I had ever

seen. Even those magicians in Hollywood had never created
anything as incredible as this. Colours I had only imagined were
darting back and forth across the planes. I stilled my mind after a
moment, and began to actually hear the sounds emanating from
the very lights that flickered all around us.
“The sound you hear is the sound of creation. All around us,
life is being created. This is the Plane of Wasu, the plane of
physical creation. Out there, in that vastness are being created,
as we watch, the many billions of crystals that will serve mankind
through the ages. Every crystal that CAN be has its seeds planted
out there.”
Fascinating! I was aghast with what I saw. Although I

couldn’t see any actual crystals, I could almost feel them being
created. I was at one with the life force that so totally permeated
this area. I wanted to stay here forever. Here was where life was
being created. Here was where all that mattered existed. I was at
home. I had reached the end of my journey, I thought. I started to
walk toward the Plains in an effort to find the very stone I was
seeking.
“NO!” stated Dromba. “You must not enter into the Plane of
Wasu! It is a sacred area, where no human may set foot. It is
forbidden by AHO. Your very physical essence would be so
transformed, you would not be as you are. It is a place where no
man goes. We may only marvel at the wonder of creation, but we
may not intrude in this ageless tradition.”
I abided by the request of Dromba, for I knew what he said

was truth. But how did I know that? I don’t know. Gosh, so much
for me to learn. I wonder if I’ll ever be able to complete the
mission set before me.
“Come my friends,” said Yerba. “It is time for a small repast.

Let us visit Rotuba, where our young novice guest can sample
some of our culinary delights.”
“I’ll go for that,” Seffia replied. “I’m so tired of cooking. You

know, this place we’re going to is known throughout PLURBY for
its extraordinary cuisine which uses a lot of rare herbs and other
secret ingredients. I’ve never been able to get the head chef to
divulge any of his recipes to me.”
“Before we eat, I’d like to take you to a little place I know that
you might find interesting. Ah, here it is!”
* * *
I looked up and saw a sign that said: “MOLLY’S ORGANIC
CRYSTAL SHOPPE.” It was funny to me. The place was small,
about fifteen feet across. As we opened the door I heard a bell
tingle, alerting the owner someone was entering.
We walked into the little entryway and from the back,

somewhere, I heard a female voice call out, “I’ll be with you in a
moment, Yerba. Hang on!”
I wondered how she knew who was there - she hadn’t yet
come out to check. In a few moments, before I even had a chance
to look around, a rather buxom woman of about 40 came out from
behind a curtain that separated the back and front rooms.
She wiped her hands on her multicolored apron and, smiling

widely, gingerly approached us. She hugged Yerba tightly, as if
she hadn’t seen him in many years.
“Yerba,” she said. “Let me look at you! Why, you haven’t

changed in six garn! You look as youthful now as when you first
became King. And Seffia, how long has it been? How are your
kids? And that husband of yours?”
“Oh, they’re all great. I believe they are on holiday in Biolla

this month while I’m travelling with my friends here.”
“And Dromba,” she said with a smirk, hugging and kissing

him. I could feel Dromba’s uncomfortableness at these gestures.
“Still as stiff as ever!” She laughed. “Well, maybe I’ve got a crystal
that can help you, kind of loosen up a bit, you know!”
All four laughed. They seemed like a family of brothers and

sisters - like they had known each other for eternity. I actually felt
quite at home myself - not like an outsider. “And who’s this fine
young man?” she queried. “I don’t believe I’ve ever seen you
before!”
“Molly,” began Yerba. “This is David. He’s come from a

future-moment on Earth to study with us. We’re giving him the
grand tour of GROTZ today.”
“Well, lucky thing you happened in here NOW! I’ve got some
wonderful things to show you.” As she approached to hug me, I
felt a tremendous warmth fill the air, a love of eternity. I also
smelled a fragrance unlike any other I had ever smelled before. I
was drawn into it.
“Elaqua,” she said. “How do you like it?” Berone down the
block has just created it, but it’s not yet available for public
distribution.”
“Yes,” Seffia said. “It’s quite incredible. I can feel the love
she has put into this new creation!”
“But come,” said Molly. “You aren’t here to talk about my

perfume or to talk of old times together. There’s work to do. Let’s
go back here - into the workshop. That’s where I’m doing some
really amazing things!”
We walked past the curtain that separated the tiny outer

public area and as we passed through it, my eyes beheld a huge,
brightly lit room measuring perhaps a hundred-by-a-hundred.
Quite sizeable, actually. I could see several dozen tables - some
with glass domes, others with cloth cages and covering.
“This is where the magic happens - back here! I’m working

on a technique to speed up the crystal generation process, while
not losing any of the essence of the original crystals. By the way,
Yerba, Banofa was in last week. He asked about you.”
Banofa, I later learned, is a friend of Yerba’s who lives on the

planet Nattra. They had trained together some years before at
Macinto, where Yerba studied inter-galactic diplomacy and other
similar matters.
“Funny thing, though. He wanted me to develop a crystal for

him that has more than a hundred times the normal energy
capacity as these Graltz crystals. He said something about a long
trip! Oh, yeah. He sends his regards, too. I told him he was mad.
It couldn’t be done! That table over there is where I started the
project!”
She laughed. “Well,” said Seffia, “if anyone can do it, I know
YOU can!”
“Actually,” Molly replied, “I’ll let you in a little secret. It’s

almost completed. I just wanted to tease him a bit. I guess he
knew though. I could sense the laughter in his soul as he left.
Sometimes he’s such a stuffed shirt, you know what I mean
David?” She looked deeply into my eyes. “So, let’s go over here.”
We went to a table that had a purple tablecloth on it and I

saw five trays covered by a glass dome. “These are Charng
crystals,” Molly began. “I’m refining a technique to enable the
Master Crystal to transform other stones, at a faster rate so we
can meet the great demand for pure crystals both in PLURBY and
elsewhere in the universe.”
“Yes,” said Seffia. “Molly is known not only PLURBY but

throughout the galaxy. She has patrons who come here from
places whose names I can’t even pronounce. Her reputation is as
impeccable as her crystals are flawless.”
“Why thank you, my dear. You know,” Molly said

respectfully, “I feel the work I do here is very important and has a
far-reaching effect that I am unable to comprehend. It is an
art-craft that has been passed down in my family for many
generations. Each successive generation builds on the knowledge
from the previous one. So, actually, much of what I know and use
is the great living legacy I have been so fortunate to have
inherited.
“It’s been rather a difficult task. There are certain intrinsic

factors in all things, and it is virtually impossible to copy most
things. These intrinsic factors are not possible to create. SO, the
saying that only AHO can create something is, in its essence,
quite correct.
“One can make a reasonable facsimile of something, but

there is definitely a difference between an organically derived
vitamin, let’s say, and one made synthetically in a laboratory. This
is why, in general, food cannot really be manufactured. We must
rely on the natural product and bounties of nature.
“Here, in my crystal laboratory, I’ve been granted some very

special tools to allow the crystals that are helped into beingness
here to be exactly like the parent crystal. All I’m doing is helping
the process to speed up a little.
“You might even wonder why nature would need any help at
all. Well, she really doesn’t. It’s just that are demand for crystals
has become so great, we have spent much effort in this area of
helping to parent many more crystals rather than to mine them
from the Earth.
“This is also why the Sacred Mines in the Bhagi Shin

mountain range are only used for seed crystals. And the Plane of
Wasu is farmed, but only when the completed crystals have been
‘pushed’ outside the outer perimeter. This is accomplished by the
parent crystals that actually reside within the Plane. As the
crystals are created, or in some other way formed, they reach a
completed stage beyond which further alignment with the parent
would not be necessary.
“These ‘offspring’ have become exact replicas of the parents,

and it would be impossible to tell them apart. Soon after the state
of completion, the children are pushed out of the nest, so to
speak, and we find these eager new beings, embodied in the form
of crystals, outside the perimeter, ready to serve their purpose in
eternity.
“The Plane of Wasu provides most of the Birth-Crystals and

virtually all of the Energy Generators, except those that we are
able to help along outside the Plane of Wasu. Each crystal offered
from the Plane of Wasu is of the purest and most powerful form.
“Seffia! Have you told the young man about the

birth-crystals? I sense from his aura he does not know of this.”
“No,” replied Seffia. “We hadn’t gotten to that subject yet.

Why don’t you enlighten him. I think it would be appropriate. As a
Daughter of the CRYSALANA yourself, you can avail him of the
knowledge he needs to know in this area.”
“Well, young man.” she began. I listened most intently.

“When each PLURBIAN is born into this physical world, a
birth-crystal is offered the birthing parents. This birth-crystal
belongs to the child, and it becomes a faithful companion
throughout the life of the individual.
“These birth-crystals are very special, and each will have no

other that transcends the significance of the birth-crystal. It
becomes your best friend, your way-shower, your confidant. With
the aid of the birth-crystal you are assisted in your journey to
AHO. Deep insights can come to you.
“The tool is the birth-crystal. How you use the tool becomes
the life-long search of the path to total awareness. The
birth-crystal, and other crystals, as well, serve merely as the tools
to aid us along the journey. It is a private crystal, never to be
parted with, until the translation - the crossover into the
non-physical realms.
“Each must find and use their own best tools to assist in the
journey to self-discovery. There are few tools that work for all -
and there is no panacea, or simple, magical answer to cure all
problems. The birth-crystal can assist in this area.
“The birth-crystal becomes our essence. It is virtually all we

leave behind, other than the love we have generated in the hearts
of other. At the moment of our crossing over, as part of the
ceremony, the birth-crystal is cast into the waters of the ocean of
the south - just on the shores of GROTZ, to merge with the
eternal waters of truth and wisdom, that bathe the planet.
“This is certainly one reason a person would want to strive to

live only the best and highest lifestyle. The high ethics instilled in
the children is carried through to adulthood and into the Golden
Years. The birth-crystal becomes all that the person is. To look
into the birth-crystal of another, you would know, if you were able
to, all that the person is - in all of eternity.”
A shiver ran up and down my spine as I heard these words.

All the while she was talking we were walking through the
workshop. Although I was listening to her intently, I couldn’t help

but look at all the many thousands of crystals that were on all
these tables. Some I recognized, but most I didn’t. I must have
stared too intently at a table of huge diamonds. Some as large as
golf balls.
“Oh, yes,” Molly began. “Diamonds! Well, some people love

them, so I do quite a lot of work in this area. They are mostly used
for decoration and personal ornamentation. For real permanence,
value and usefulness, though, these are my favorites.”
She pointed to a table of crystals, only two of which I thought

I recognized. Rubies the size of baseballs, and emeralds even
larger. I didn’t recognize any of the other stones.
“Yes, the red ones are what you know as rubies. We call
them Renosta. The Emeralds which you are so surprised to see in
such a huge size are known as Twika. This table has some of our
most prized energy generator crystals. I won’t bother with the
names, since they wouldn’t really have any meaning to you at this
point in your studies.”
I was overwhelmed by all I had seen and heard. We walked

all the way to the farthest corner of the workshop, and on a small
table, way in the back, I saw some yellow and orange crystals -
totally foreign to me.
“Ah, my latest creations. A new breed of crystals!” She

picked up an orange one - translucent, and perfectly formed into a
seven-sided figure. Only about an inch in diameter, it was
flawless. She placed it in my open right hand, gently closing my
palm around it.
“This may help you in your travels. It is my gift to you. It is

YOUR Life-Crystal! Try to ‘feel’ the essence of the different
crystals as you pass through life. Take control of your own life. If
there is anything for you to manipulate, it is only your own, inner
universe - your personal space. As you become stronger, your
light shines ever-brighter. One day AHO will call upon you and
you will become the totally aware - you will be used to your
utmost.”
I looked into Molly’s eyes and asked, “How shall I

compensate you for this gift?”
“Always exercise control in your dealings, especially with the

crystals. They are very powerful tools, that you must treat with
kindness and respect. With the aid of the crystals you may set up
anchor points, or focus points. Where your attention is, the body
follows.
“Begin an eternal dialogue, or personal conversation with

AHO. You can do this through the crystals. Have a daily inner
dialogue with AHO by coming into harmony with the crystals. In
this way they can act as the doorway to the other worlds. Also,
hold the vortex you create in this way open for the very best -
don’t close it too soon. Hold it open to receive the most love and
truth you are able to drink in.
“Be aware of what’s going on with you on every plane of

awareness. Try always to unlock the doors that seem closed to
you, for beyond them lie ever-more secrets to discover.
“Develop and use your 360 degree viewpoint - that

viewpoint, or perspective of total awareness. The crystal can help
you to do this, and to gather your personal energy as you travel
through life. Remember always the twin aspects of AHO in the
lower worlds - the Light and Sound. Both qualities may be

studied, and the mysteries revealed to you through the crystal.
“Using crystals, as tools, you can know all. The past and the
future become just what they are - only viewpoints of the eternal
present. Tune into the crystals. They can be your greatest guide
through life, along with the Mahavana, the Inner Master.”
I looked straight into her orange-tinged eyes and smiled in

acceptance. As I opened my palm to gaze at the crystal, I was
unaware that we had mysteriously been transported directly in
front of an eating place - far away from MOLLY’S ORGANIC
CRYSTAL SHOPPE... I wondered if it hadn’t all been just a
dream. How we had gotten here I really didn’t know at this point.
There are so many wonders yet to experience in PLURBY.
* * *
LUKE’S LUNCHEONETTE! I laughed. “Does it surprise you
that some of our citizens have such seemingly common-sounding
names?” asked Yerba. I both laughed and nodded in agreement.
“Well, you know, some of what you will see here is very similar to
what you are accustomed to back in your own period. That’s
because there is a certain degree of overlap between our two
parallel worlds.”
“Come on,” said Seffia, almost pushing us aside. “He’s

waiting for us. You can talk later!” I was surprised at her
assertiveness, and thought maybe she was just being imbalanced
and pushy. Quite the contrary. Her concern was that we must
always have utmost respect for the other individual - even if we
have to sometimes inconvenience our own situation. In this way,
by doing more, and acting selflessly for the other, one gains much
more.
Entering the tiny restaurant, we found a table for the four of

us. There was only seating for about thirty or so. A sparsely
decorated interior, the walls were brightly painted with a light,
melon colour. Few paintings hung on the walls, and those I could
see were of some far-distant scenes that were unfamiliar to me.
But why not! Almost everything in this world was new and unusual
to me.
A tall man, about six-feet-three approached our table. He

had a wide smile, and I could see almost all of his pearl-white
teeth as they glistened in the light. His hair was pure blond, eyes
the lightest blue I had ever seen. His skin slightly red and brown
together. He was very handsome. “I’m Luke. Welcome to my little
place. I call it: Rotuba! Will you allow me to order for you?”
Even though my conscious journeys to PLURBY had been

few, to this point, I knew it was the custom to never ask for
anything, especially in the area of food. It was not only considered
improper, it was almost an insult. The insult was that you doubted
that the server knew, instinctively, what you needed to have.
“It would be our pleasure,” I said, “to have you select the
meal for us.” I didn’t believe I was saying such nice things to
someone I didn’t even know. I guess this world was rubbing off on
me.
Luke smiled at me, and I could feel the genuine joy he felt at
my statement. I wondered what rare and exotic foods he would
bring out. It was not very long before I found out.
“I call these Calche. But perhaps our new guest would

recognize them as a quiche sort of dish. I think you’ll find this
most extraordinary. I’ve got some items in here that I don’t think
anyone else has combined before. Arbina, the herb dealer, just
delivered some rare items that he purchased from Fousea, who’s
visiting from Gleona.”
I placed my fork into the food to take a piece. As I brought it

to my mouth I smelled the most aromatic odor of any food ever. It
was hard to imagine, even in my wildest dreams, that almost
everything I experienced here was fresh, and new. My senses
were constantly kept alive by the tremendous variety of things
happening here.
As I placed the food on my tongue, I was not disappointed.

The taste was beyond words. I just let out a loud, “MMMMMM.”
Luke was certain his food was a smash hit.
“Luke,” said Seffia eagerly. “you must let me have this

recipe.”
“Oh, no, your grace. I couldn’t do that. It’s a trade secret, you
know. I’m hoping to win the weekly aware at this weekend’s
Nightly Exhibition.” This was the first I had ever heard about any
type of competition. I was surprised.
“Well,” he said, gazing into her bright, shining eyes, almost

swallowed up by her wide smile. “For YOU, Seffia, anything. But
promise you won’t divulge it until it’s formally presented!”
“Of course, my Dear Luke. Thanks. It’s most kind of you. I’m
sure the children will love it.”
We finished eating and said our farewells. I shook Luke’s

hand as we exited. His grip was firm. I sensed an inner strength
as well, that I wanted to possess within my own being; a surety
about life and eternity and his place in the scheme of things. I
wondered if I would ever return to this place again.
* * *
“Do not ever be concerned about returning,” said Dromba. I
hadn’t heard his deep voice in quite some while, and it startled me
as he broke into my private reverie. “There is only the going
forward, never the looking back. AHO will provide you with
ever-greater wonders as you forge ahead in your pursuit of total
awareness. Our link with what we recognize as past is both
personal and unique, yet there is always so much more to
experience, why re-live scenes over and over?
“Go always deeper into the Heart of AHO, for therein lies the
secret to the universe. No other person or thing can give this
Divine gift to you. It must be earned every step of the way. Luke is
just as much a Divine servant as you or I, and to return here
would be going backward. He knows this. That’s why he treats
each seeker who enters his little cafe as a Divine Seeker, giving
each his very best. His way is through the physical nourishment of
the body - so necessary, even to the Divine Seeker who has
reached high pinnacles. The body always needs to be cared for.
“Come, there are a few more things we must show you

before it is time for you to return to your world.”
Oh, no! I didn’t want to leave this place. The wonders I had
beheld so far were so intriguing, I wanted to stay forever. “AH, do
not be deluded,” Dromba continued, “by the outer things of life.
PLURBY is indeed a fine place to come to, and a fine place to
live. But as you delve beneath the surface of our world, you’ll
come to know that all that glitters is not gold. There is much inner
strife here. Each individual must struggle within themselves to

work out the paradoxes offered to each by AHO.
“It is through the interaction with each other that we are best
able to accomplish this task, which is so all-important for Spiritual
Growth. You must return to the waking world, of which you are so
familiar, because you have much to work out there, before you
can move on to more sublime arenas. Surely, you wouldn’t deny
the telling of what you have learned here from the people of your
own period!
“Go back, and in another while you shall return here. There
are many wonders for you yet to experience. Remember, we are
always here for you. All you need do is focus your attention here,
in the Third Eye.” He placed his index finger between my
eyebrows. I felt a tingle sensation as he touched me.
“This is where the seat of imagination lies - the lifeblood of

Soul. It is where you can always find us - Yerba, Seffia, myself
and all those whom you choose to focus on. Go now, my son.
And rest peacefully. Have pleasant, meaningful dreams.”
* * *
How fatherly he seemed. I remembered my parents had
always said ‘Pleasant Dreams’ to me before I went to sleep. Well,
they weren’t always pleasant, but I was beginning to understand
the significance of them. The dream symbols were starting to
unfold for me, and in this way I was able to have a greater
understanding of life.
* * *
CHAPTER FOUR
IN THE BEGINNING
“There was the beginning, for all was not always as it

is now; in the lower worlds. That land known as PLURBY
is a place where consciousness is high. A land where the
people choose amongst themselves that it would be their
will to live always in service to AHO, the Almighty High
One. Not in worship to Him, but in reverence, and with
gratitude. For AHO gives all to those who are the faithful
ones.”
* * *
I had come to appreciate the moments I spent in the
presence of the YOURN, for I knew the truths revealed to me
were real. I knew this was a source of information I could trust
without question.
It was but a few moments before I was again in the presence

of my three companions: Yerba, Dromba and Seffia. I met them,
this day, in a park located just outside the Royal Palace. Although
it’s a Royal Palace, and it is where the King lives, it is always
accessible to all the citizens of PLURBY.
“Perhaps we should come to enlighten you as to how it is

that PLURBY has reached the level of functioning as a society
that it has. You see us as a very positive, uplifting society -
perhaps a Utopia, by your standards. But this has not always
been so.
“In fact, as you see us now, all the so-called good, positive
things we have going on, there was a period, countless ages ago,
when we had a true golden age. When life truly WAS nearly
perfect - as perfect as it can be in the physical world. Remember,
though, below the truth high spiritual levels of pure spiritual
essence, there can be no perfection.
“All things exist only in relation to their opposite. Therefore,

even the best has a side that is not the best. We had lived in this
seeming Golden Age period for several million years. Then a
drastic change occurred. Drastic, I say, but so gradual we barely
noticed it until it was almost too late.
“Our society began to become degraded. Social servants

were fleecing inordinate amounts of money from the public tax till
and were repeatedly being cited for moral and legal improprieties
of their office. Mostly concerning money and power. Although
those improprieties took shape in many other forms.
“Money was being used as a tool of power and control.

Although judiciously used, money is a tool of power and it can
help foster tremendous imbalances within the individual and
ultimately the society at large, as had happened here.
“People were becoming morally degraded. Sexual morals

were at their lowest level. There were no forms of sexual
behaviour that were not acceptable by society. The laws of
society were virtually non-existent. Police and military forces had

virtually no control over society.
“The military defenses of the country had become totally out

of balance, as the powerheads thought they were gods and
enacted legislation to do horrible things to other people. A
tremendous percentage of our national budget was being diverted
to national defense far out of balance to what it needed to be at
the time.
“This caused a tremendous unbalance and unrest among the

peoples, and helped foster the negative energies becoming
prevalent in our civilization. The marriage unit became almost
non-existent, as the nuclear family began to break apart.
Separational situations and divorces were commonplace.
Children were being raised without a sound set of values, so
important to both the individual and society.
“In fact, that one factor alone was paramount in the

degradation of the society of the time. For without sound moral
and spiritual values being instilled in the child, in a very short time,
only several generations, an entire society can be whittled away
and degraded to the point of virtual total destruction.
“But we had been blessed to see the so-called error of our

ways, or rather, the degradation of our society, in another society.
We were fortunate to turn our eyes to our neighboring Atlantis and
see what was happening there, which was quite a bit more
advanced than the degradation going in on our own civilization.
“We were horrified, but could not see the moral degradation
going on within our own society. Then, one day, a very fortunate
thing happened. A small group of beings in PLURBY, common,
average people, no different than the average person of your own
society, were able to see that what was happening in Atlantis was
a horrible thing, and had a direct parallel to their own society.
“They met, barely a handful of PLURBIANS, and brought

their contentions to the King and the Council of Elders. And it was
agreed upon that YES! not only was Atlantis having problems, far
advanced from PLURBY, but PLURBY itself, was being rotted
away at its very core.
“It was at this point, the society decided to change itself;

drastically and dramatically. They severed all ties with those
beyond the borders of their island of PLURBY. They took stock of
themselves and made some very drastic changes. It was very
difficult in the beginning.
“The monetary system was disbanded, and with that, about

eighty percent of the problems. Although a tremendous
adjustment in awareness was needed, because people had
become so accustomed to money as a means of exchange,
power, measurement of success, control, greed. It was very
difficult and very painful, yet everyone realized this was the only
way to go, lest the civilization they dearly loved would slip away
into oblivion.
“The first two hundred years of this new Golden Age were
extremely difficult. These were the pivotal years. But with the
concerted efforts of all the citizens of PLURBY, we finally got
through it and gradually embarked on a total rebuilding of our
society, to consciously usher in a new Golden Age.
“We no longer took for granted that the good times come as
a result of some Divine offering. We realized that hard work was
necessary to maintain not only the joy within ourselves, but the
joy, happiness and upliftment within our society at large. PLURBY
was setup as a Mono-Theo-Democracy. We are a Democratic

society with a Spiritual basis of ethics, guided over, in the
physical, by a King.
“And so, through a sudden decision and gradual process of

change, gradual by daily standards, though short by cosmic
standards, we separated ourselves from very overpowering
negative influences outside our borders, and took it upon
ourselves to get our own house in order.
“Once the ball got rolling, so to speak, it became a little

easier. As the first generation of new consciousness beings came
to be, it became a little more easy. As the second and third
generations came into beingness we began to see an upliftment
of society, that each successive generation became more and
more uplifted; more conscious of what was going on within their
worlds.
“Now you see us at a point, about three thousand years after

this initial decisive point, where we once again enjoy a Golden
Age. Though this is a far cry, if you can believe it, from the TRUE
Golden Age that once existed in our land.
“We do not take for granted, even in the slightest moment,

what can happen if we become out of balance, and are not
ever-attentive to maintain the balance and wholeness we seek.
We realize that negativity exists within us - we do not deny this.
“And at times it is expressed. But it is expressed by the

individual in a way that is healing to both the individual and
society. A way that allows them to see it, accept it for what it is,
understand its origin, learn from it and release it.
“These are the keys that have helped maintain our present
Golden Age during the last several millennia. It’s very likely the
cycles will change again, though while we are in this present
period of Creative Spiritual Unfoldment, we enjoy it
moment-to-moment, learning from the past, if necessary, but not
worrying about the future.
“This was a difficult turning point in our history; once we

decided consciously, as a society, to change for the better. we
have few laws here. Each individual recognizes they are truly a
law unto themselves. We each know what needs to be done,
intuitively, for ourselves, as individuals, and for the good of the
whole.
“We experience a degree of prosperity that even people in

your time period cannot understand. We share everything with
each other, yet we are not equal. Some live in large homes, on
big estates, others in small apartments.
“We live where we NEED to live. We are in the set of

circumstances that will best further our own spiritual growth and
development. If a person needs to have certain things evoked
from within them, they will be born into a certain set of
circumstances that will best provide the lessons to light up those
circumstances.
“Therefore, some people are born into seeming opulence,

but since there is no money or private possession, how can you
assess this? The person who lives in a large house on a large
estate, has no more material wealth than a person who lives in a
tiny one-bedroom apartment. All belongs ultimately only to AHO;
we are merely caretakers. In this life, we recognize that the
physical manifestations are in trust of the country.
“The person who lives on a large estate, may, at some point,

decide they no longer need that experience, and may trade that
estate for a one-bedroom apartment, because that may further
their growth. This is easily accomplished, because we have a
means of exchange where people put their names on a list to
experience different things in each lifetime.
“We’re not offering this information as a means to changing

your own society. Only to be aware that true joy and happiness
lies only within the individual. True freedom can never exist in the
outer; it exists only in our own individual inner worlds. It is not the
way of the physical plane. These are warring worlds. We must be
on guard every moment of our existence to those forces that will
tear us down and degrade us.
“All you need do is look around you and see what’s going on
in your own society at this time. We’re not judging, only making an
objective observation. It’s difficult for us to do that because we
see within your society, the seeds and the actual manifestations
of what our society once went through before we decided to
consciously make a dramatic change for the better. That’s all!!!”
I reflected a moment on his words, which certainly rang true

for me. I had already begun to feel a greater sense of community
and eternity, even though so many times people would take
advantage of my so-called good-hearted nature. That didn’t seem
to matter any more, though. For I knew there were greater
rewards than those of the physical.
* * *
Barely a moment passed before I heard the strong, forceful
words of my friend, Dromba. This was to be a day of great truths
imparted to me, and I wanted to be fully attentive to learn all I

could.
“Time is perhaps one of the greatest illusions of the lower

worlds. We use phrases like ‘running out of time’, ‘time on my
hands’, ‘time heals all wounds’, ‘what time is it!’ All these phrases
are illusory and have no basis in reality.
“Attention to time and support of this illusion has contributed

to the need to accomplish things, especially in a given period or
interval of measurement known as a time. But what does all this
mean?”
Frankly, I was confused. I didn’t really know what my friend

was driving at.
“You are so intent on completing the experience you are

involved in that you often miss the experience itself, which is the
process of gaining insight. There is certainly something positive to
be said about setting a goal or objective, working toward it and
achieving it. This works well in our everyday lives such as at our
jobs and the daily tasks we must accomplish.
“On a larger scale, though, goals or objectives that are

lifetime, or missions that may span several lifetimes, being
goal-oriented does not seem to work.
“It is the journey itself which holds the keys to unfoldment not
some accomplished endpoint. For each endpoint is really only a
step along the way, and there are always more tasks to
accomplish, consequently more endpoints.
“Focusing on goals you end up with an eternal cycle of

go-stop-rest, go-stop-rest. You end up wasting a lot of energy
setting goals and putting attention on achieving them. This works

well in the physical for most people, but not everyone. In the
higher worlds there is no such action.
“Focus of attention is always where you are in each moment

of eternity. You go nowhere - for you just ARE and you unfold into
the conscious knowingness of eternity each moment. Time does
not exist so you are not deluded into setting goals and achieving
them. You just BE!!!
“This focusing of attention on goal setting and achieving is a

vast illusory trap used by those in power in the lower worlds. It
keeps those who would otherwise be great beings enslaved under
the illusion of having to achieve something such as working and
saving money, or to purchase a home, or to wear the most stylish
clothes, or drive the most expensive car.
“Now I must add, in fact, living in the western world with so

many people, there is most assuredly a need to meet the
requirement of the physical life. I’m not saying to quit your job,
forsake all you have earned and live in the forest. This would not
be wise. Partly because it would be foreign to your upbringing,
and you might find it impossible.
“Also, this would be a running away from those situations

you must deal with on a moment-to-moment basis in your current
life. And finally, you have come back to the physical world to live
where you are in the society in which you live to experience what
will be existent in this time period.
“Again, that word time. It is so well-ingrained in the language,

it is almost impossible to find substitutes for it. The lessons of life
present to you in every moment potential awarenesses to foster
your growth and unfoldment.
“Pay attention each moment to what is already around you.

The more aware you become the greater is the span of your
attention and awareness. You begin to become aware of more
and more.”
“I’m afraid I don’t quite understand what you are talking

about,” I interjected. “Do you think you could give me some
additional information? I mean, this seems like an important point
and I’d like to understand it.”
“First,” he said, “let me just give you some basic information

about this area. When you come into the lower worlds, you have
much inner awareness, but as you begin to live in the physical
world, these awarenesses you brought with you as soul begin to
be clouded over.
“Society has its way of molding the individual into what it

should be to conform to what society has deemed to be
acceptable. You’ll find that within the first five to seven years of
your life you were imprinted with not only what your parents
wanted you to be, but with what society wanted you to be as well.
“In effect, your true beingness was already stifled, and your
brain was fed a lot of information about what is and is not the
correct thing to do. In your life, the main problem has been that
you have still retained a lot of this true individuality that you came
into this life with and are having a difficult time trying to
incorporate things you know to be true into the life you must live in
the NOW! or the present moment of this lifetime.
“You must find the ways to blend your inner and outer
realities into one holistic reality that works for you, and that is
flexible enough to meet the needs of the moment. Perhaps I can

give you some tips in this area.”
“I’d sure like that,” I said in reply. “It’s really true what you
say. I have had a very difficult life because I’ve been unable to
conform to the rest of society. Sometimes I feel my inner
awareness transcends anything on the outer and it’s all so
confusing. Sometimes I don’t remember if someone told me
something in the physical, or if I perceived it from another
dimension.
“And then there are so many times, that word again, when I
just know things, and don’t have any idea from where this insight
has come. All that is fine, except I really haven’t ever seemed to
be able to blend, as you say, the inner realization with the
so-called outer reality of society.”
“I’d like to just give you a small example that might explain
something,” my friend Dromba continued. “If a person lives a
relatively simple lifestyle, in the major cities, generally, just
working, coming home and not thinking too much about the
deeper side of life, the range of their inner awareness may be
very restricted. They may see as their reality only a very narrow
band of all that exists for them to experience.
“There is work, saving money, marriage, children,

beer-and-pizza on the weekends, concerts, parties, and generally
those things that exist for entertainment purposes. A lot of which
has been foisted on society by the advertising media, so that
money could be extracted from people.
“I’m not trying to be too over-critical of advertising, because

it’s really hard to say if advertising creates a need for something,
or if a need exists and then advertising picks up on it and exploits
it. I tend to think they often create the needs. But the problem is
most people are programmed at a very early age to be
conformists, and so what the media says becomes the truth, and
their reality becomes very narrow indeed.
“Then you have others who have a much wider awareness of

things. They are not quite the conformist, but are able to live in a
society to some degree, rather successfully, I might add. They
know they are being manipulated but seem either helpless to do
anything, or just get beaten down over the years of life and
succumb, in the end, to a greater or lesser degree of conforming.
“Another group, of which YOU might be a member, are

non-conformist almost totally. Many of those who are in this
category find it extremely difficult to live in the physical
successfully because they are staunch non-conformists and don’t
want to do anything that seems to be conformist. Their inner
awareness is often quite sensitive, yet they don’t know how to
take the inner realizations and work with them in the outer.
“In the first example, we have a person whose life is rather

simple, and whose personal universe may extend only to
themselves, family, friends and community, with little else. Their
awareness meets their needs.
“In the second example, we have people who are aware of

much more than what society allows them to know, yet they have
learned how to conform and have some degree of individuality.
“In the third example, we have people who know there is so

much more to life than what society allows, and may or may not
be able to incorporate their inner realizations with what society
allows.
“Of course, in all of these examples, I’m referring to people

living in the western types of lifestyle. In one sense it doesn’t
really matter what anyone else does. It only matters how YOU,
the individual, react to this situation.
“This does not mean you sit idly by while someone tries to
harm another, or yourself. You can certainly act, and as your
inner awareness becomes more sensitive and more expansive,
you will know, instinctively, what is the right action to take in every
moment. In fact, the word ‘right’ should not apply here, because
you will just know what do to.
“The words ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ are deceptive, because there

are so many factors involved in making this assessment. In one
society, it may be wrong to hold hands in public, while in another
society, this action is acceptable. Then again, the one society
may change its values over a period of time, again, and holding
hands in public may be okay.
“I think you can see that society does indeed change, and
that the period in which you are presently living in is a period of
extremely rapid change. One can barely keep up with what is
going on. But you don’t need to get caught up in society to be
able to live what you might say is successfully in it.
“You must live in the period in which you are; there is no

escape from this, for to leave prematurely by any means would
mean another incarnation to complete what you didn’t complete
by making an early exit, and probably several more lifetimes as
well just because you abdicated, so to speak, too soon.
“Become comfortable with the knowledge that it is necessary

for you to be here in this moment, and that once you are
comfortable with that, you can begin to be who you are. And as
you begin to be yourself, you discover that life has so much to

offer you, it is likely you should never be bored, and that when
you reach what might be considered to be the end of your
physical life here, you might even want to stay because you have
discovered so much joy in living.
“It’s a very subtle change that occurs within you. But pay
attention to what occurs around you. Watch the outer
manifestations of the inner changes. Be aware that your inner is
real; that there are beings in the inner and the outer who are there
to assist you in your unfoldment.
“Try always to be balanced in this unfoldment, incorporating

your new realizations gradually into your outer life. Don’t go off
half-cocked, as the phrase goes. Be cautious in the use of your
new-found information, watching the beings around you as they
may or may not react to your actions, feelings or thoughts.
“Other people can be a tremendous help to you in gauging

your growth. Not that you should take this as the final word on
your progress, because not everyone is a clear mirror for you. As
you begin to associate more and more with beings who are like
natured, you may find the non-verbal feedback to you to be too
intense. You may not always mentally like what you perceive, but
be aware that it is all for your personal unfoldment.
“You have no choice, really, in the end, for whether you do it

now or later is up to YOU. Once you become aware of something
you cannot un-know it. Once you have set your feet upon the
High Path of AHO, there is really no turning back, for the deeper
you go into the Heart of AHO, the more joy there is for you, and
the more tools you discover for making your present life much
more enjoyable and, if you like, successful.”
And with that, my friend, fell silent, allowing me to digest and

assimilate all that he had expounded to me. But it was barely a
few moments before he again began to speak.
“The illusion that there is past, present and future is a great

myth. Coupled with the myth of focusing on time as being linear,
and place as being somewhere other than HERE, you have two of
the most compelling and destructive mind traps. The illusion of
time allows us to view events in a linear way to comprehend
them. Whereas in reality all events occur simultaneously - not as
a linear design!”
* * *
I paused in my attentiveness to his words to contemplate a
moment on what he had just said. It was all so new to me - I
barely understood what he was saying, though the words were
certainly plain enough.
“Do not be concerned, my friend,” he reassured me. “Only

listen to the words, and to the sound behind them, for therein lies
the truths you seek. In the fullness of time with right adjustment of
your inner bodies, you will come to know that there is only
hereness - nowness - no past, no future, no time, and no place
other than here; that there is no past or future; only eternity; no
time - only nowness; no place - only hereness.
“All that you perceive to have ever been, that which is now
aware to you and what you think is yet to come - exists, in reality,
only in the ever-present moment.
“When we say that concepts of time and space are illusions,

you must understand that we are basically referring to the high
realms of AHO. As Spirit became embodied in Soul and
descended into the realms below AHO, many illusory concepts

came into being - many created by Behlub, the master of illusion.
“Prime among these are, of course, time and space. We are

born into the physical, and, for the most part, we have a concept
that time marches on. Seconds become minutes; minutes
become hours; hours become days; days become weeks; weeks
become months; months become years and the years are
measured in blocks of 100 years known as centuries. They are
also measured in blocks of thousands of years known as
millennia.
“But this is just a mental concept. Geologists use different

measurement of time known as epochs. Millions of years are the
units they use.
“In the matter of space, we use the term space for measuring
distance. If you are there and I am here, then we are three feet
apart from each other. We take this for granted. But if we have a
different frame of reference, things change.
“For example, if I am standing near you and our two friends

here, I see that you are all roughly about three feet from each
other. If I stand on the top of a high mountain, or the top of a high
building, my frame of reference is quite altered, and you would, all
three, appear to be almost one. The so-called distance between
the three of you would not appear to exist at all.
“Now, if one were to raise high enough, the distance

between the three of you would not be perceptible to the unaided
eye. And, further, if you all decided to walk slowly forward, it
would appear that a single object was moving. If I were able to get
far enough away from your little group, as a reference point, and if
I could do this fast enough, and if the resolution of my viewing
device were refined enough, I would be able to see what had

happened to you in some past moment.
“Events and thoughts are levels of vibration that travel out

from the source of emanation. If we make the assumption, as
your world has, that light, or the beam of visualness, travels at a
certain maximum speed, 186,000 miles per second, then if we
were to travel out that distance from the planet, and look back at
the planet, the light beam we would see emanating from the
planet would be of what occurred on the planet only one second
ago.
“If we were able to travel to a distance 10 times this distance,

or 1,860,000 miles, we would be viewing the beam of light
containing the essence of events that occurred on the planet 10
seconds prior. You can see, that if we are able to get far enough
from the planet fast enough, we could actually travel back in time.
That is, we would, conceivably, be able to view events as they
occurred on the planet previous to the time period we came from.
“This is a real possibility, but the amount of energy and

resources needed to create such a vessel to travel these great
distances, as perceived by so-called modern day science, is
enormous, not to mention the amount of time and money
necessary to accomplish this task. And to what end?
“We can really accomplish this task in a much simpler way.

That is through using the subtle bodies of perception. We can use
that body known as Soul to ‘travel’ or rather to become aware of
anything we want. Any event that occurred anywhere in all the
universes in existence can be perceived by this entity known as
Soul; any so-called past event, or future event. We could also
become aware of events occurring in the present, in places, or
distances we aren’t momentarily aware of.
“When you are sleeping you function in the arena of dreams,

a realm where your mental perceptions of time and space are
drastically altered. Have you ever noticed that on weekends,
when you don’t have to awaken at any particular moment, and
you turn over to see it is four in the morning, you roll back to get
some more sleep. In just another brief moment, it is light outside,
and you are certain only five minutes has passed. You awaken
from the dream world and see that the clock now says seven
o-clock.
“Your perception was that only five minutes had passed, yet
the clock, the authority of time measurement in this world, tells
you three hours has passed. Which is correct? Well, that is what
has caused many problems in life. Actually, both perceptions are
correct, depending upon the frame of reference you choose to
accept as being the authority.
“In actuality, from the purely physical perspective, three

hours has passed. According to the inner dream worlds, where
time frames are much different, you were there for only five
minutes. This concept is important to understand, because as you
go higher, or really function in the more subtle areas, time and
space concepts become very different than in the physical waking
state.
“You have a dream that you are riding a bicycle and you stop
for some ice cream. As you are walking toward the ice cream
stand a car runs you over and then you are in an airplane on your
way to a favorite holiday spot, but before you get there the plane
lands and you are immediately aware of having eaten a very tasty
and filling meal, but not before you had left the swimming pool
and taken a shower.
“Now, you couldn’t have accomplished all of this in five

minutes, according to Earth time. Nor could you have really
accomplished all of this in even three hours Earth time. But in the
fluid world of dreams, the world of imagination, your perceptions
are quite different.
“In the non-physical worlds, different senses are prevalent.

Imagination is the key to this multitude of experiences. It is not
that the physical is unimportant or unreal. In a sense it IS unreal,
but only because it is impermanent. We are born, we live a little,
gain some perception of things, form our reality of what the
universe is like, and then we leave.
“But what have we really accomplished in the short span of

seventy or eighty years of living here? Have we really made the
most of our short period here? I don’t like to use the word time
because it is so elusive. Let’s say you have lived on the planet for
three or four garn. That is, somewhere between the human ages
of 36 and 48. If you are unaware of the existence of anything
other than the physical, that is all you know, except a smattering
of the emotional or mental. You may have little conscious
awareness of anything prior to this life.
”On the other hand, if you have opened your consciousness

to perceive beyond the boundaries of the commonplace, beyond
what society has told you is reality, then you have opened
yourself up to a vast world of immeasurable dimension. Using a
crude scale of measurement, if you were to live five minutes in the
physical, this might be equivalent to three hours in the emotional
area, or one full day in the mental area. Of course, in the highest
realms, no time exists, so whether you were consciously there for
five minutes or five seconds, you would experience eternity - for
eternity is always in the moment.
“If we further discuss this concept of space, especially in

relation to time, we further complicate the matter. If we walk one
mile in twenty minutes, trying to become aware, using the
physical sense, of all that exists around us, we could possibly
compare this to twelve hours in the emotional area, in time, but
how much distance could we cover in that amount of ‘time’?
“That’s almost impossible to say, because the way we get

from one ‘place’ to another ‘place’ in the non-physical worlds is
not the same as in the physical. We might be in one place in one
moment, and in another moment, using thought, feeling and
action, we might be a million miles away. We won’t even discuss
the relation of time and space as it relates to the mental area,
where almost before you are aware of a thought, it becomes
reality.
“What importance does all this have in our lives, here, now in
this moment we are consciously aware of in the physical?
Especially to those that use the measurement of time and space?
Well, the best I can say to you is it’s okay to be aware that time
and space do exist in the physical. They exist in a much more
fluid way in the emotional, or astral regions, and in a vastly altered
way in the mental realms.
“Above the lower worlds, there is no time, space, distance,

motion - all is existent eternally. We have access to this highest at
any moment in eternity, though we may likely be unable to carry
the entire perception back through the veil that separates the
higher and lower worlds. Actually, we shouldn’t perceive of these
realms as being higher or lower but rather more refined.
“Each successive realm we become aware of is more

refined, or more subtle than the other. For example: black and
white are two shades. We may think of these as the physical.
There is, of course, always the middle point, but we’ll save that for
later; no need to confuse the issue. Dark blue, dark green, brown,
orange - these might be the emotional area. Already there is a
refinement in the degree of perception - there are more colours
available to perceive.
“These examples we give you are not hard and fast. You
must explore for yourself to find out what is real for YOU. If we
take the next level and say that in the mental area we have all the
colours known to man available for perception then you can see
that each level has something greater. In the physical world
thought, feeling and action are necessary to accomplish any given
task.
“It takes measurement, which is labeled ‘time’ by society,

and some distance, or space, to accomplish the task. If you want
to go thirty miles, you must do certain things. Perhaps check the
car, fill it with gas, take care of bodily needs, get in the car, turn it
on, drive to the destination, stop the car and then exit the car. All
these actions take some ‘time’. How could you expect to
accomplish a goal that you wanted to manifest in the physical to
be any different? The only difference is in the actions that must be
taken to accomplish the desired goal.
“If, on the other hand, you wanted to accomplish this same

task, of going from some ‘place’ to some other ‘place’ in the
emotional area, you could do it in the flash of an instant. The
mental area works even faster. Any goal you wanted to manifest
in the emotional area only, or the mental area only, could be
accomplished almost immediately.
“Above these realms there is no goal setting, no desires. All

exists for immediate perception. But we’re living here in the
physical. Of what value is all this for living in the moment here and
now? Well, it’s important to be aware of all that exists beyond the
so-called physical world - the world of illusion. For the wanting of
material things causes delay in reaching our ultimate goal or
objective, or fulfilling the necessary actions of our mission.
“We must use every tool available to us to circumvent the

illusions of the lower worlds to accomplish our tasks. If we set a
goal to buy a new car, we must meet a myriad of conditions: we
must have the money, or apply for a loan. If you need a loan, your
credit must be good. If it isn’t you must have an alternative plan. If
you get the loan you must pay it off each month, and you must
then fulfill the responsibilities toward the maintenance and upkeep
of the car.
“This is not to say that because we have no money here in

PLURBY that things go so smoothly. They just function at a
different level. If I want to paint a picture, I must get the vision,
then I must acquire the necessary tools to paint the picture. Even
if I have these items, I must bring the vision down from the inner
worlds into the physical. Sometimes this can cause great inner
pain because as I bring the vision down, I must filter it through my
various inner bodies, and I may become aware of past events in
prior lifetimes that have to be worked out yet.
“This is what PLURBY is really all about. It is a group of

beings living in the physical, aware of many myriad dimensions of
the universe, who have decided to consciously live a full waking
life. We have decided, as a collective, to work out all of our little
karmic engrams, and become totally free. This freedom is
hard-won, every step of the way.
“Because the outer environment seems peaceful and calm,

you must look beneath the surface.
“Yes”, I said. “I have often seen people, particularly women,

who were very attractive, and who had a most pleasant
personality. They were absolutely fun to be with. They brought joy
to my life when I was in their presence. But occasionally, of this
group, several had such severe personal lives with husbands and
family that they were unable to bear it, so they created this
exterior persona that all was well.
“I generally wear my problems out on my sleeve. I have

tremendous compassion for these women, for they all have taught
me great lessons. In fact, I would say I love them for the
difficulties they bear in their struggle for personal love and
fulfillment. It is unfortunate all could not just be happy; that I
couldn’t just wipe away their sorrow.”
“You couldn’t do it even if you knew how, and anyway, it’s

not your right to do this. Each must find the way themselves. All
you can do for any person is to be the best you can be, and allow
them the environment, when they are in your presence, to
experience, if only for a moment, an expanded awareness, that
may lead to enlightenment.
“This is largely what PLURBY is all about. It is creating a

personal universe that allows one to grow and allows others, with
whom we interact, to gain a sense of freedom and joy when in our
presence. It’s not that we are better or higher than anyone else.
Far from that! What it IS, though, is that we have consciously
been able to work with the tools that all have within them. And it is
hoped that by the mere association with those that have used the
tools successfully, some of this will rub off on them, so to speak.
“But this is not a simple feat. It requires work. Woe be to

those who are aware of the tools and do not use them. Their lives
become like a living hell. Those who come to PLURBY, or who
use our tools, will find a doorway is open to discover the greater,
inner, personal tools available for growth. This is all we have to
offer.”
The flow of his words stopped suddenly, and my mind was

burning with this new information. Though it was a lot to digest,
most of it somehow seemed familiar to me, as if I had heard these
very same words before, somewhere in the distant eternity of my
own inner being.
* * *
My three companions and I had walked through most of the
Grand Palace of PLURBY. It was a most interesting architectural
creation. There are about 300 rooms of various sizes, used for
various types of activities, and the only rooms that were not
accessible to citizens of PLURBY were the King’s private
bedchamber. This is the only place that is forbidden to you,
unless invited in.
I was not so fortunate on this trip because there was so

much else to see. But I understood the King’s private bed
chamber was a huge suite of rooms, where he could entertain
privately and have his business meetings secluded from the rest
of the palace activities.
I saw literally dozens upon dozens of classrooms where

trainings were going on in all different fields. I also saw about 50
or 60 different offices. These were the administrative
headquarters for all the various branches of the hierarchy
government of PLURBY.
There were also many meeting rooms, apart from either the
classrooms or the offices, where people could meet to hold
lectures, to practice performing with each other in small groups.
And then there was the Great Hall! Actually, there were two
grand halls. One was for exhibitions of about 5,000 people. The
other Grand Hall was actually a dining hall. I liked to refer to it as
the grand dining room. Then there was another room like a grand
ball room. This is for entertaining moderately large groups of
between 500 and a thousand people.
There are also other places throughout PLURBY for

entertaining large groups outside the palace proper. Though this
was specifically the Palace we were exploring today.
We walked down a huge hallway that must have been about

20 feet across. I could hardly see the end of it. We must have
gotten about halfway down the hallway when I spotted two huge
solid oak doors measuring about 14 or 15 feet high and 10 feet
across.
Suddenly the doors swung open, resting gently against the

wall, and a group of about fifty people burst forth from the room.
They were all talking loudly and energetically as if they had just
had a wonderful experience and were so jubilant about it they
needed to verbally express their thoughts and feelings. The group
ranged in age from very young to what seemed like some very old
PLURBIANS, of all different skin colours.
I caught only a quick glance of the room. I was drawn to it. A

beautiful blue/purple color was painted on the walls. I peeked my
head in, as my three friends laughed, urging me to enter the
room.
Yerba spoke. “This room is unlike any other room in all of

PLURBY. It is known as the ROYAL PLURBY GAME ROOM!”
“Games,” I said. “I love games! What kind of games do you

play here?” I asked in my naivete.
“Only one game is experienced in this room. It is that which

we know as THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, a sacred gift
from AHO.”
As we were talking we slowly glided into the room. The

feeling I got from the very essence of the room unfortunately
defies verbal description. The walls, as I said, were like a
blue/purple kind of color. There were only a few paintings hanging
on them depicting scenes of some far distant lands which had so
inspired the painters to create these masterpieces. The scenes
seemed to jump out at me. No, it was rather like I seemed to be
drawn into the very paintings and could experience the scene with
all my senses at the same time.
There was very little decoration. I saw 13 tables, 12 of which

were like those card tables my mother used for playing cards with
her friends. On each of these twelve tables was what appeared to
be a gameboard. At least that’s what I perceived them to be.
Yerba read my mind again. “Yes, you are correct. What you
see on each table are gameboards, of a sort. These are the Royal
PLURBY Game Fields on which we experience the Eternal Game
of FREEDOM. Come, let us show you.”
* * *
We walked closer to one of the tables. I could see the board,
or FIELD as Yerba referred to it, measured about 20 or 24 inches
on each side. It was a square shaped field. The thirteenth table

was slightly larger than the other twelve, and was set on a
platform above the rest of the tables. Six steps led up to the
platform on which it rested.
This, I was told, was the Sacred Royal ETERNAL GAME OF

FREEDOM field, on which the game was experienced for special
occasions, by those who requested to have this experience. I was
to become more privy to this at a later moment.
I noticed on each field were many various crystal pieces,

which I assumed were used as the playing pieces in the game,
even though as I gazed upon the board, or field as they called it, I
don’t believe I had a clue as to how the game was actually
played, or ‘experienced’.
“Yes, again you are correct. We use crystals in experiencing

this game. As you can see, residing in the center of the field is the
sacred PRIMAD Crystal. It is an integral part of the experience,
and without it the game would be nothing.”
‘PRIMAD!’ I thought to myself. That’s what I’ve come here for

- to discover the PRIMAD Crystal! Here, in this room there were at
least 13 of them. I could easily pick one up, claim it as my own,
and my mission would be completed. My three companions
chuckled as these thoughts ran through my mind.
“Not so, my young friend. These are PRIMAD crystals, it’s

true, and some of our finest to be found anywhere in PLURBY.
But there is a special PRIMAD crystal that you must seek and
discover for yourself. It is your own personal life-crystal, if you will.
None of the PRIMADS in this room could fulfill your mission, so
you must continue your search. Do not seek the easy way out.
“Let us tell you about the ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM.

Perhaps it will help you in your journey toward fulfilling your grand
mission in eternity, as well as your mission to find your personal
PRIMAD crystal, which is only a part of this ultimate grand
mission.”
I looked at the many various sets of crystals resting on the

completed game fields where PLURBIANS, just moments before,
had experienced this most incredible game.
I hadn’t noticed it before with the other crystals I had seen,

but these crystals were not perfectly formed. Each was not
identical in shape to the others of the same set; yet each was
perfect in its own right.
A game consisted of five sets of distinct crystals, each game

could have a different set of five crystals. There were about 30
different types of crystals available, and they were all completely
different - in colour, shape and of course vibration.
Any combination of five sets would be different than any

other combination of five sets. Depending upon the number of
seekers in the game, for this is how the “players”, or rather
SEEKERS, were referred to, and the configuration of the crystal
pieces on the field, from ten to sixteen of one type, an almost
endless array of combinations existed.
I gazed at the crystals. How ugly some of them seemed, yet

only by physical appearance. This was so deceptive, I sensed.
Each crystal was perfect in its own way. Not perfect as I had
perceived perfection to be. Perfection, for me, was a cut diamond
shining in the light, its flawlessly cut facets, honed to perfection by
the experienced jeweler, mirroring back the light that shone on it.
These were natural crystals, untampered by the skillful

jeweler’s cutting sword. They had not lost any of their power, as
have many of the cut and cultured stones used in modern day
jewelry, but only to please the visual perceptions of those that
would wear them as ornaments on their bodies, unaware of the
power they had leached from the stones. The natural beauty of
the stones was what needed to be appreciated.
I sat just a moment in one of the chairs and gazed upon the
crystals lying in the box on the side of the game field. I looked at
all of the crystals in this one box, and picked up a few of them.
They were truly beautiful. Each stone has its own vibration, its
own consciousness.
Even among stones of the same type, each is as unique as

people in the same family. Each has its own story to tell, its own
eternal history.
I paused a moment, picking up a yellow stone and placed it

to my forehead, to the third eye, the Tisra Til, the doorway to
imagination, located between the eyebrows. What a wonderful
experience - difficult to convey in words.
I placed the stone back in the box. There were about eighty
crystals in this box, left just to the side of the field of experience.
Only the sacred PRIMAD crystal remained on the field. I was told
that after the session had completed, the seekers who had
experienced the game during that session, placed all the crystals
in the box, and just got up and left the room.
It was the caretaker of the Royal PLURBY game room that

was responsible for taking those crystals recently used in the
game, and placing them in a special chamber so that they could
be re-generated. That is, all of the vibrations that had been
collected by the crystals from the particular seeker using them

during the game experience, would be emptied of these vibrations
so that the next seeker could start out with a fresh set of crystals,
which had not retained any personal vibration of another being. In
this way, they were kept always pure, and their significance in the
game experience was kept intact.
I was fascinated by this game. It was truly unlike any other

game I had ever perceived could exist, or those that already
existed in my own waking world. The board was truly amazing. It
consisted of a lot of marble squares, that were rearranged into
different shapes. The field was essentially square, though there
was something odd about it.
I felt at ease with the game. It was as if it were truly a part of

me. I knew I had experienced the game at some moment in the
misty dawn of eternity, some age in my so-called past that I could
not recall. Or was it my future?
Yet here it was in physical manifestation, in the Royal

PLURBY Game Room in the Royal Palace in the City of
CENTRIA on the island of PLURBY. I had never seen anything
like it in the physical waking world of which I was so aware, and
most familiar with!
I was deep in thought before I realized Yerba, Dromba and

Seffia had also sat down in the three other chairs at the same
table to join me. The four or us were alone in the room.
Seffia, who had previously been a member of the Order of

CRYSALANA, selected five sets of 16 crystal pieces at random,
from the huge array at the front of the room. She brought them
back to the table, placed one of each of the five sets in the center
of the field, where lay the sacred PRIMAD crystal - that integral
part of the game experience.
Instinctively I knew the way one selected the particular set of

crystals to be used during the game was to close your eyes,
reach out and intuitively select the crystal you needed to use
during this particular session of experience. I did so, and again,
selected the yellow set of stones.
I was not consciously aware that I knew how to play this

game, but from somewhere deep within my being, I KNEW! I
knew all about the game. It’s origin, creation, history and
guidelines; how to set up the game, and how to experience the
game.
In an instant, it was as if the truths of the universe opened to

avail me the necessary information to see the game in its entirety.
I was unable to bring this knowledge into the physical at this point.
I slipped from my momentary reverie and journey into the inner,
back to the physical reality of being here in PLURBY, with my
three friends.
I recalled there were three levels of challenge, or “difficulty”

of experience. Challenge Level One was the basic level, where
one learned of the actual mechanics of the game. Challenge
Level Two was intermediate, and Challenge Level Three was the
advanced.
Yerba, sitting across from me, looked deeply into my eyes

and smiled. He began to speak. His words were soothing to my
ears. “This is the ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM. In your
physical waking world you have named it: PLURBY-THE
ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, after the culture under whose
care and nurturing the game had been originally born into the
physical worlds.
“This is one of the most significant gifts you will bring back to
your world. It is a game of enlightenment. A simple game, yet
profound. Two to five seekers, experiencing the game at one of
three levels of challenge, interact with each other, yet what other
seekers do in the experience has no real bearing on any other
individual seeker.” ‘We become refined in the presence of others’
flashed into my mind.
“Something mystical happens as you reposition the crystal

pieces around the field. We’ll not go into depth at this moment, for
your journey throughout the land of PLURBY will reveal more to
you about the game’s value to the individual than anything we
could tell you here. Just sit back and relax and join us in a short
contemplation.”
* * *
We sat there, just the four of us, silently, each with our eyes
closed. Dromba began a deep, low chant of the ancient AHO.
Yerba and Seffia joined in as did myself. The sound intensified. I
felt myself travelling on the waves of a great ocean. I could hear
the sound of the waves of this mighty sea.
Way off in the distance was an extremely bright light that

looked like the sun. I was draw to this sun. Yet even though I saw
the light, and heard the sound of the ocean, there was yet another
sound behind it all. It was the sound of creation. It was the sound
of AHO, the Almighty High One. Truly, it was the sound of my own
SOUL!
* * *
When next I became aware of my physical body, I was
standing outside the palace with my three friends, King Yerba,
High Priest Dromba and High Priestess Seffia. It was a beautiful
day. Not a cloud in the sky. The sun was shining brightly, and off
in the distance, directly in line with the palace, I could see a
beautiful blue building, at the end of a long, grassy strip.
“That building you see,” began Yerba, “is our treasured

library known as PARC. That stands for: PLURBY ARCHIVE
RECEPTACLE CENTER. It is there that we have stored all the
knowledge our civilization has acquired during its long history.
Let’s take a stroll over there through the grassy park that spans
from the palace to PARC. It’s a pleasant walk.”
The four of us began our walk, and as we entered the grassy

area I heard children playing, people singing and small groups
hearing lectures about some of the trees that were located here.
Apparently, this was a very special park.
As we neared the building I could see that it was not painted

blue, but was actually built of blue stone, like marble, but
something I had never seen before. “Yes, quite an architectural
marvel, don’t you think?” I nodded in agreement. “It’s called
Sulama, the stone, I mean. Not available any more, except in very
limited supply. The stone was virtually all used up ages ago and it
takes a very long duration to make more.
“I believe Molly is working on this as one of her many

projects in the City of GROTZ.” Ah, yes, Molly. I remembered her
from my previous journey here. I wanted to see here again, but it
would be quite some time, by my measurement, before I would be
in her radiant presence.
We were at the base of the stairs leading up to the main

entrance to PARC. I could see an inscription over the doorway,
written in a language I didn’t understand. Yerba accommodated
me in translating. “It says,” he began, “Let all who come here
leave as wiser beings.”
How profound, I thought, and so concise. We walked up the

stairs and entered through the doorway. It was a huge building;
even bigger than it had appeared from the outside. “Huge is an
inadequate word, my friend.” I had become used to my three
friends knowing my thoughts and responding to them without my
verbalizing.
“What you see as the building known as PARC is but a small

fraction of what lies beneath the surface of the building. Come, let
us show you.”
We walked further into the building, and I could see

hundreds of people walking to and fro, many carrying little boxes
with them, with what looked like computer disks of some kind. We
stopped at the visitors’ desk and Yerba picked up a sample disk
to show me. It measured about 2 inches by 2 inches and was very
thin, I couldn’t even guess how thin.
“We call these FEDs, a marvel of information storage if ever

there was one. Not of this age, I must confess. This is a gift
passed on to us from a civilization much older than PLURBY. It is
here, in the rooms of PARC that all the information ever recorded
on this land is stored.
“These disks go back about ten million years, if you can

believe that!” I was astounded. I had always thought man had
only been on the planet for a million years or so, and certainly had
not reached this level of technology in those early years. I had

suspected, though, deep in my mind, that intelligent beings lived
on this planet far earlier.
“Right you are. Recorded here is the history of numerous

civilizations that have come on this very island, and some
surrounding islands that no longer presently exist. Does Atlantis
ring a bell?”
We were walking through the building and I could see many

different types of rooms. Some were small and others quite large.
I didn’t see too many of the disks that he was talking about, but I
saw a lot of people doing research using books and what seemed
like a far advanced type of computer screen.
“Some of these rooms are viewing rooms, or research

rooms. Others are recording rooms. The FEDs are stored deep
below the surface. It is one of the few highly restricted areas in all
of PLURBY. The term FED is a representation of the words:
FACSIMILE ENCRYPTED DISK. This means, each disk has on it
recorded information that one might say is like a facsimile, or unit
of energy.
“There is a very comprehensive system of classification

here, and I don’t fully understand it myself. Perhaps we can have
someone explain it to you.” We stepped into a very large room
that seemed as if it were like a card catalogue room of a library.
We stopped off at a desk, and there was a young man, about 2
garn in age, maybe younger. He appeared to be a cross between
oriental and Hawaiian. He was most attractive.
“Azarin,” the King addressed him by name.

“Yes, my lord. How may I serve you?”
“Could you please explain to our guest how the FED system
works?”
“Why of course, King Yerba. It would be my pleasure. As a

highly trained librarian here in PARC, we really have only two
main functions. We take in FEDs to properly catalogue and store
them and we retrieve FEDs to make copies to provide for those
people doing research, or those just desiring to experience any
particular FED we have in our library.
“One can store written words, such as books or other

articles; or visuals such as what you know as your videos and
DVDs, and other visual media storage devices. One can also
store feelings, and thoughts. The capabilities of the FEDs are
quite diverse, and we are constantly upgrading the technology.
“We receive hundreds and sometimes THOUSANDS of

FEDs everyday, from all over PLURBY. Anyone can submit an
FED for filing, and there are three general categories that all
FEDs fall into. First there is: NE, or those FEDs recorded during
the NIGHTLY EXHIBITION. Next we have: SE, which stands for
SPECIAL EVENT. This can be any type of group event, or private
speech made for public viewing that did not occur during Nightly
Exhibition.
“Lastly we have: PO, or PERSONAL OCCURRENCE. We

store all FEDs here, even those one might consider private. We
feel that even the most private and personal events that occur in
our lives should be shared with others, so that we can all learn
from each other.
“All FEDs are indexed and filed with numerous

cross-references of the events to be found on the disk. Presently
we have just over 4 billion. It is as if the Living YOURN is
recorded onto FEDs. What is on FEDs is all the events and
information able to be brought into the lower worlds.
“We keep a record of the exact location of each FED using a

similar filing and location system to ones used in your own waking
physical world. We record the BUILDING, ROOM, SECTION,
ROW, BIN and SLOT in the bin. Since we have a capacity for
over four hundred million FEDs per building, and we are only up
to building ten, you can see, it is unlikely we will run out of space
in the near future.
“I know this must seem really complicated for you, but let me
just give you one example of a properly encoded FED. The code
would appear as this: AEIAJAEK-PO-CE-KAKFFG-A.
The first portion would be the year, month and day in which
the FED was recorded. Next would be the type of FED, which in
this case is PO for Personal Occurrence. Next we have the city in
which the disk was recorded. CE stands for CENTRIA. The next
portion is the personal ID number assigned to each citizen of
PLURBY.
“This number is only used for FED cataloguing and not to

number our citizens. We are all individuals, not numbers. In this
case, the letters represent the number: 2,777,829. The letter at
the end would be the sequence, or the number for that day. In this
case, this is the first FED submitted by this person that day.
A small FED appeared in front of us, called up through the

location system at the front desk. Azarin placed the FED into the
viewing apparatus, and on the screen I saw all the pertinent
information about this particular FED. It showed when it was

recorded, where, and by whom. I was not surprised to see that it
was YERBA, son of David, who had made this particular FED.
Also listed on the screen were the different subjects

contained on the FED. In this case there were three different
presentations: First, a talk on anger; next, a recipe for something
known as: Strawberry Delight; and finally, a short talk on: Tips on
pruning your Pear Tree. We all chuckled as we saw the titles.
“FEDs can only be labeled with a number of the citizens born

directly in PLURBY, or those who have received a number. There
is a record kept of all personal numbers given out as well.
“When the FACSIMILE ENCRYPTED DISCS come into the

library at PARC, they are put in a waiting rack in order of priority.
For instance, something from a Nightly Exhibition may have first
priority, or perhaps something from the Spiritual Master or the
King. Something of importance, or rather, something that it is
expected a large number of people might want to have access to,
these items will be processed first.
“Processing means: the FED is reviewed very carefully to

categorize everything that is on it. Now, because all the people
here are human, at varying levels of consciousness, they will
categorize to the best of their abilities using their inner
techniques, however, when an FED comes in from a person, for
example, if a person has written a book, or recorded a song, they
may submit this in one of three ways.
“People may submit the FED with no cataloguing preference,

no index. They may submit it with a suggested index, asking that
it be reviewed, which would certainly have higher priority than NO
index, or they may submit it with an index complete. This is a way

of getting things newly categorized.
“For example, if I had something on the subject of what I

considered to be Spirituality, and someone else might consider it
to be fantasy, I might submit my FED and say this is on the
Spiritual Law of Facsimiles, or the Spiritual Law of Karma, and
therefore, that is how it would be catalogued, or indexed.
“We would trust that being the author, or creator of the FED,
I would be more prone to a better indexing pattern. This is a way
that things get indexed on a broader basis, and this is how
knowledge can expand, and gradually move in different
directions.
“PARC is open and accessible all the time. We never close!

A person can request either a copy of the FED, which will be sent
to them, or, if they wish, they can have a specific thing put on
paper. For example, if they preferred to read a book on paper,
rather than using the device to read the FED, they may have that
done.
“When you request a particular FED, you put in that request

and the device finds what you need and a copy is made. The disc
is pulled out of its location, and a copy is made right there. You
receive the copy. This saves a lot of paper, time and allows for a
tremendous library to be created and maintained.
“The machines always check to make sure the desired FED

is in the correct location. In the event of error, the system makes a
note of any errors and attempts to correct them. Periodically,
searches are done to ensure FEDs are in their proper place. The
rooms are sealed, so even though there are many rooms, they
are not very large rooms. They are not even high enough to stand
in.
“This library certainly gives a good start to anyone coming to

research virtually any topic. There are FEDs on every subject
imaginable.
“Well, I see I’ve certainly talked quite a long time, but there
are so many visitors here from other lands, I just like to inform
them of the whole procedure, so when they come back they will
know what goes on here, and what is available to you here in
PARC.”
And with that he ended his very explicit talk. We all thanked
Azarin for his time, and walked outside the building. I was most
impressed. I don’t recall having ever seen or ever perceived
anything so utterly fantastic. What a great place to come to. I
knew I would be returning here many times in my travels to
PLURBY. It’s a place anyone can come to, as long as they know
where it is, and how to make use of it.
* * *
My long day in PLURBY was coming to a close. I felt myself
drifting effortlessly back to my most familiar waking world. Rather,
it was like passing through a veil of clouds, so-to-speak. Not
unpleasant, though I wanted to remain forever in PLURBY. This
was not to be. I opened my eyes to find I had once again returned
from my inner journeys, and found myself sitting in my favorite
chair.
My body felt exhausted, but my mind and Spirit were jumping

wildly inside. I felt energized with the knowledge that I had at last
found a place I could find the answers to my most personal

questions. A place I could go to at a moments’ notice.
* * *
CHAPTER FIVE
INNER STRUGGLE
“All of life may be thought of as a game. This is a

concept the mind likes, for then it can seek out the rules,
and play the game according to those rules; or try to win
the game by going around the rules. In either case, games
are a part of the lower worlds. Most games are merely
mind games, that is, they offer nothing in the way of
assisting one on the road to self-discovery and
self-mastery.
“These type of games are not without some merit.

They help train the mind to understand the many varied
types of games that exist in the lower worlds. Once in a
great while, though, a game comes along that is Divinely
Inspired; a game that offers some keys to move the
individual along the road to total awareness. One such
game exists for you in the present.
“Seek out this game; learn it well. Share it with others.

It holds many keys to move one along the journey. Look
beneath the surface of what appears to be a very simple
game. For life, itself, appears simple, yet the living of life is
more complex than any mystery story one could create on
the mental plane.
“You never know what is behind one corner, or what

secret will be lit up in our consciousness. It is the process
of the experience that unveils all the hidden secrets buried
deep within the individual. Learn your lessons well. There
are more wonders for you to experience than you can ever
conceive, but you cannot move along the path until you
have learned the previous lessons well.
“Seek those who know; those who have experienced

already. From them you shall learn great things. Do not
get caught up in the daily activities, for there are greater
experiences awaiting you than you could ever conceive.
Strive always to move forward. Use the game as a tool - a
tool to unlock the door to evermore keys. Do not be
content with where you are. Enjoy where you are, but
realize there is always another step to take; always further
to move along the road to self-discovery.
“Consciousness is ever-changing. Therefore, you

cannot perceive the same thing twice in the same way. As
you begin to know your true self, you begin to know AHO.
Just acknowledge who you are - you don’t have to change
or be perfect, and you can still know who you are. It is at
this point the journey begins. This is the starting point.
“The little self - the ego - and its aspects do not

belong to Soul. They are just baggage. Seek the healing
powers to rid you of these aberrations. Healing occurs

through all bodies and the garbage begins to be dissipated
and the light within begins to shine. Daily Creative
Visualization Exercises help to dissipate the foibles of the
little self.
“Don’t judge yourself. Just accept who you are and

then the work begins. Change is the only constant we
have in the lower worlds. Believe that you do, in reality,
receive that insight you expect, for you already have within
you the insight you seek!”
* * *
I awoke this day, unnerved by the previous night’s dream
experiences. I already knew, from past experiences, that to try
and force my conscious recall of dreams was useless. Usually I
had been able to awaken during the night and record the dreams
on the tape recorder I kept by my bed. Not always, but usually. If I
didn’t, then I could always use one of the dozens of techniques I
was now learning to go back into my causal vault, where the
facsimile-holograms of all my experiences were kept.
I was then able to recall any experience I needed and

re-experience it to gain the essence of truth it had to offer me. I
was happy that I was able to have these techniques revealed to
me, and even more happy that I was able to use them with a fairly
high degree of success. But I also knew that it would be
necessary for me to reveal these techniques to others. I
wondered if they would accept them with open arms, or just laugh
at me, and call me foolish.
It didn’t seem overly important, though, for all I had to do was

write about my experiences and those that were able to take the
truths I wrote about and use them, well, those were the important
ones. It was not my mission to go out into the world and force
people to follow the information I would write about. Nor was it my
mission to become any kind of a leader in this area.
I was merely to experience truth, and write about it. To not

judge my experiences, but write about them objectively, so that
others could read what I had written, and were free to make their
own choices as to whether the words could be considered truth
for them as well. They were free to use the techniques I had
learned, and judge for themselves.
This was moderately consoling for me, since I didn’t have to

walk around with the burden that I was some kind of new world
savior, or something. There were many such enlightened beings
to be found on the planet, and all one had to do was have a
strong desire to know truth, and one could easily link up with
these beings.
But there was one special being; He who is chosen to be the

Living Master. It is to THIS Being we pay homage. I learned in
PLURBY that it is the Mahavana, that Being who is able to serve
as both the Inner and Outer Master at the same time. It is to This
One we pay respect. For it is The Mahavana who is the True
Master among the people. It is this being who holds the keys to
unlock all the tools within our own beings, and open our eyes that
we may see; that light may enter into our world, after eons of
darkness.
* * *
I awakened fully and sat in my usual easy chair. I laid back a

bit and closed my eyes, hoping to escape into PLURBY, and visit
with my three friends. In the distance I heard the laughter of the
three beings who had become like family to me.
“Escape! Is that what you are looking for?” asked Dromba.

“There is no escape. You must live life. You cannot forgo any
experience, for ultimately you must experience all things, in one
way or another. I know what you mean. Your daily waking life
seems dull to you, so you hope to escape into worlds where life is
more colorful, more exciting.
“I tell you you are seeking a fantasy; a perfect world that

does not exist. It is your charge to live among your own kind, as
all beings must. You may visit the higher worlds for a while, where
things may appear to be better. This, too, is an illusion, and you
must always be aware of that. Until you have reached into the
Heart of AHO, and remain there as a co-worker for eternity, there
is no rest.
“Behlub, the master creator of illusion, will see to it that you

do not reach these high levels. It is your duty to persist. As it is his
duty to throw up illusions and veils to deter you from your goal. If
your goal is clear, and if your desire is strong enough, and if you
follow the necessary steps, as you perceive them from your own
inner, you will achieve your goal.
“It is as simple as that. If you experience what you perceive

to be great obstacles, and difficulties on the journey to reach your
goal, whatever that goal is, while others seem to accomplish
material goals with ease, it is because your goal is greater,
therefore your testing is greater.
“It does not mean that the other person is any less of a
person than you are. Or that because they have material goals,
which seem to be fulfilled with ease, that they are any less
spiritual than you. Never judge another, for you only judge
yourself. If one part of your being seems to be having it easy,
well, that’s just the way it is.
“Remember always what your ultimate mission in eternity is.

That is where you must focus your attention, no matter what
appears to occur in your life, for much of what you perceive to be
occurring is merely illusion - it does not exist in the planes of
reality. Since all below the High Worlds of AHO are, in truth,
illusion, we may safely state that all below AHO is a grand illusion.
Why focus your energy and attention in this area at all?”
* * *
I came out of my reverie to focus on where my body was. I
smiled, for once again I had found myself in the Royal PLURBY
Game Room, sitting amongst all those Fields of Experience. I was
charged with electricity, and eagerly awaited hearing more about
the game, and whatever was to happen this day.
* * *
I was aware of my three friend, Yerba, Dromba and Seffia,
sitting at a table. Just the four of us; no one else in the room. I
didn’t even see the Game Keeper, either. As before, I saw the
dozen tables, each with a game field on it, neatly set up, awaiting
the next group of seekers to experience the game.
In the front of the room were the many sets of crystals used
in the experience, and, of course, the one, Royal Sacred Field
sitting atop a platform, in the front of the room.
I heard Seffia’s voice bring me back to the conscious

awareness of this little gathering. “You must tap into the energy
that belongs to that crystal set you have instinctively selected for
use in the game session.
“It is the interaction of the unique crystal set, along with the
PRIMAD, that can allow one to gain insight. Let’s go through it
briefly: THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM is experienced on a
field that consists of any one of an endless combination of game
squares, also known as ROUNDS. It is this unique array that
plays a relatively important key in the experience.
“It is the field, itself, that may be likened to the many millions
of lifetimes we have each experienced, and by using this field, in
a controlled environment, we can gain so much needed insight
about all of eternity.
“Each seeker should come to the game experience with

something they desire insight on. This could be a personal
problem, or anything they want to have some enlightenment on.
PLURBY does not promise to actually GIVE insight, rather, it is
the PROCESS of the PLURBY EXPERIENCE that allows one to
tap into ones own inner creative center of awareness, or Soul.
“PLURBY is not a solitary experience, though it is the

individual that is most important. PLURBY cannot be experienced
alone, though the actions of the other seekers have absolutely no
bearing on any one individual seeker. REMEMBER: We become
refined in the presence of others!
“Often we may refer to the game as the game, the

experience, or simply as PLURBY, because here, in this land, the
game and the island are one. Both are so well-integrated with
each other, we exist together, virtually inseparable. So when I say
PLURBY may provide something, this can refer to either the
game experience, or merely the experience of any situation or
experience you have while in PLURBY.
“This is so because it is the individual seeker’s ‘re-actions’ to

the other seekers’ actions that is one key. How one re-positions
their crystals around the field is another factor in gaining insight. It
is the process of re-positioning that helps act as a catalyst to aid
in this insight-getting.
“The final part of PLURBY is placing each individual crystal,

in turn, on or near, the PRIMAD crystal. It is this action, almost
singularly, that allows us to gain the insights and wisdom we
seek, because the PRIMAD crystal emanates light and sound
through and because of the particular crystal placed on or near it.
One would gain an almost pure insight based on the particular
colour crystal placed on the PRIMAD.
“In your modern times, one needs much more preparation to

come to PLURBY in the first place, and also much more faith in
ones’ own individual belief, visualization and trust in PLURBY.
Truly, it’s a game experience that is easy to learn, but challenging
to master. It is truly a Master Marvel of Skill and Intuition.
“In the final instance, one must BELIEVE the game

experience can do what we say it may do. We do not give false
promises, because it is not just a novelty, and can only do for one
what one desires it to do. This mystical transformation we speak
of occurs not in the mind, but in the heart. Be always ready, for
truly, thou must be prepared to receive the gift when it comes -
not before nor after but only in the moment of offering lest it pass
you by. PLURBY is both an inner and outer ‘game’ experience.
“The Eternal Game of Freedom is a metaphor, as is all of

PLURBY. What is a metaphor? A copy, a mockup, a comparison,
a word-representation of something. The ETERNAL GAME OF
FREEDOM is a representation of our inner struggle throughout
eternity, externalized in a physical, outer game; though a very
powerful tool. Just as we can manipulate or re-position the pieces
in the game, so, too, just as easily can we alter, in any instant, our
own outer lives. For THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM
represents our own life and the lives of all as we strive for
perfection. It is a game of symbols, that are representative of
ones’ inner worlds. It is obtuse, in the sense that it represents only
one possible perspective of what is.
“PLURBY has its niche in the worlds of SPIRIT and will touch
those that will be touched through this medium. It is not written
about or created to fool anyone. If, in the final analysis, it only
opens one up to the reality that there is more to life than just the
physical, it has accomplished its most prime function.
“For the one who is open, and the one who BELIEVES and
the one who can truly CREATE PLURBY in their own world of
imagination, and who can truly VISUALIZE PLURBY, they are the
ones who are ready for the Experience of PLURBY!
“Again, even though PLURBY is an individual experience,

and what other seekers do really has no bearing on your own
individual experience, the interaction with those more adept in the
experience, such as Yerba, Dromba and myself, or a Spiritual
Master, in experiencing THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, is
a personal experience that is virtually unmatched in the life of a
PLURBIAN.
“Some sessions are smooth, others very rough as they help

evoke areas within us that need attention. The GAME helps focus
on problem areas so we can gain insight. With the aid of the
crystal pieces and the PRIMAD crystal, we gain bits and pieces of
the wisdom we seek. But the GAME is no more and no less than
what you expect it to be; what you come to the experience with. If
you come with an open heart, ready to accept, then likely you will
be enlightened. Come with a closed heart and likely you will gain
little.
“You may rightfully ask how it is that a game appearing to be

so simple on the surface, is, in reality, complex. Well, not
complex, exactly, rather multi-faceted. The game is simple on the
surface, yet profoundly intricate on deeper levels, not directly
perceived by the mind.
“This is the paradox of the game, and of all life. For life
appears to be simple on the surface, yet as we go along in the
process of living, we find life to have many complexities, and what
we thought was simple turns out to be a very intricately woven
pattern of lessons - simple yet profound.
“For hidden deep within the very process of play, or

experience, are hidden a vast array of universal truths and
secrets whose essence may be discovered by the seeker who
comes to experience the game with an open mind and an open
heart.
“One can never truly reach the ultimate level of mastery in

the game - or in life, for there is always another step to climb,
another dimension to unfold into. That is why the game is so aptly
named THE ETERNAL GAME. It leads the seeker on a journey
through truth, into wisdom and ultimately the seeker arrives at a

temporary final restpoint known as freedom.
“It is at this point the true journey begins, and we realize all
that has come before was merely preparation for the endless
journey to AHO. It is a journey we ultimately must make on our
own. There are no fellow seekers to join us. Even the Masters
must release us at some point to travel onward, unfolding into the
greater realities of AHO.
“This is why we say THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM

is a game that takes just moments to learn, but a lifetime, and
longer, to master, if such a level could actually ever be reached. It
is only when one truly BELIEVES in PLURBY that one can have
any chance of gaining any insights at all.
“Located throughout PLURBY are many official game rooms,

such as this room we are in. There are also many other copies of
the game, though it is the ones that are located in the selected
game rooms throughout the island of PLURBY that are of greatest
significance.
“Children learn of the experience from birth, and learn to use

the game as a tool for greater personal unfoldment. The early
years are spent learning the mechanics of the game. Children
pick this up rather quickly. In fact, we have found that those who
have not grown up with the game, and are older, find it difficult to
become adjusted to the game as a personal tool of self-discovery.
“On the twelfth birthday of any child born in PLURBY, the

child is escorted into the ROYAL PLURBY GAME ROOM to
experience the game using the single, ROYAL PLURBY GAME
SET. This set is made of the finest, and rarest crystals found
anywhere in the world. It is a session experienced with the young
child, and any one of numerous evolved souls experienced in the

game.
“Yerba, Dromba and myself have often taken part in this

sacred event, with hundreds of young children. It is an event that
is most significant in the lives of all PLURBIANS, for it signifies
the passage into young adulthood, even though it takes place at
the age of only one garn, twelve, if you remember.
“At other times the ROYAL PLURBY FIELD is utilized all the
time. People merely put their name on a list, and when they are
called they use this particular field. Generally, people get to play
on this field once or twice a year. At other times, they use the
other PLURBY fields, which is not to say the other PLURBY fields
are any less significant. They aren’t less significant, and they
aren’t any lesser in grade, but somehow there is an incredible
difference in experiencing the game on the ROYAL PLURBY
FIELD.
“There are actually seven of these ROYAL PLURBY

FIELDS, one located in the game room of each city. Though, I
guess through tradition, the one located here, in the ROYAL
GAME ROOM of CENTRIA, is considered the most sacred.
* * *
I was eagerly awaiting my own, personal opportunity to
experience the game, especially with these three very adept
beings. There were so many questions I had in my mind that I
wanted answers to. As we began the experience, according to the
guidelines passed down through the ages, my mind was a total
blur. I was unable to focus, and felt overwhelmed by all that
passed through my brain.
Images of lifetimes, words, signs, thoughts, feelings, people,

places, objects, animals; all passed before my mind. I was lost in
the game, my mind adrift on the shores of eternity. I felt on a
tremendous high, yet there wasn’t any real focus in this session. I
don’t know if anything of value was truly being accomplished, as I
floated on a river of euphoria.
I felt the hand of Seffia gently rest on mine. Her words were
gentle, and kind. “You are correct, my young friend. You are
indeed not focused, and therefore, your experience here today is
magnified by that degree of non-focus. You must learn to be able
to communicate more directly. You must refine your thoughts, and
the questions you want insight on.
“If you are undirected in your thoughts, you will be equally

undirected in the insights you will receive. If you don’t have a
clear vision of what you want, how will you know when you get it?
You must always have a clear, distilled vision, or goal in mind.
“You can always come to the experience with no particular

thoughts in mind, and be open to whatever comes through. There
is nothing wrong with this. In fact, sometimes, just being totally
open to what comes through, and perceiving without judgement,
is a great experience. You can receive many gifts from the
universe you might have passed up had you been so intent on
receiving insight on just one particular thought.
“Don’t be concerned. We’ll come back here as often as you

like to experience the Eternal Game of Freedom as you feel you
are ready. For now, let’s move on to other things. There is still so
much to show you and tell you.”
We got up from our seats, and quietly left the room. The
doors closed behind us, and as they were closing, I caught a
glimpse of the game keeper. His energy seemed to emanate

almost beyond the bounds of the room. This was a person I
wanted to get to know better.
“A wise choice,” stated Yerba. “He is a most interesting

fellow, and is responsible for training all of the game keepers
throughout PLURBY. Perhaps he can give you some assistance
to bring back even greater insights for your mission.” I nodded in
agreement.
* * *
We walked along the pathway just outside the Palace, and in
the flash of an eye I looked around and it appeared that we were
no longer in the City of CENTRIA. Things seemed very different,
though I could not quite put my finger on it. It didn’t seem like the
City of GROTZ, either, of which I was also somewhat familiar.
“You are right,” said Yerba. “This is the City of TOFURA - the city
of farming. It is from TOFURA we get all of our agricultural
products, our wool and cotton for clothing, and our herbs for
healing and cooking.
“TOFURA is a beautiful city, located in the north-north-west

section of the island. It’s a very large city, and we have many
thousands of greenhouses set up where new plants are created
by interbreeding.
“This is a city of great parks, and vacation spots. It’s one of

our most popular places to come on holiday. TOFURA is guided
by the spirit of the Goddess Diamacia, the pure clear crystal of
light. There isn’t much disguising the word’s similarity to your
word for the diamond crystal. In fact, they are very similar, at least
as far as appearances go.
“Most of the crystals that appear as diamonds here, form

naturally, and are unaided by the skillful jeweler, as in your time
period. Not that there is anything wrong with helping a crystal
along to become its best, to unveil its true, shining essence.
“It’d like to show you one of the many ways the Goddess
Diamacia spreads her loving influence throughout the city of
TOFURA. Over here.”
* * *
He pointed to a beautiful yellow brick building of quite an
immense size, two stories high. “This is the Youth School of
TOFURA. It’s a place young children up to the age of one garn, or
twelve years, as you remember, come to study, learn and have
fun!
“The Youth Schools are our primary centers for education in

PLURBY. Each city has a similar center located in its central area.
The prime focus here is to assist children to keep alive their link
with creativity and imagination and to work with this flow
continually in their daily lives.
“Secondary schools continue this practice and the very

lifestyle created and maintained throughout PLURBY helps foster
this growth throughout our lives.
“This is one of my most favorite places to come to especially

when I’m feeling a little down or out of sorts or having some
doubts about life. Can you feel the electricity in the air?”
“Yes,” I replied. “I feel very alive! Almost like a kid again. It’s
a neat feeling!”
“That’s how I feel,” he continued. “The moment I step into the

building I am again reminded of what life is all about. These
schools are the most vibrant places to visit, but only children may
officially attend.
“As we mature, many of us lose touch with our own creative

centers of imagination and must attend seminars and workshops
to get re-acquainted with our own inner selves, and partake in
activities to help keep our creative centers open and flowing.
Virtually any activity may suffice such as writing, singing, dancing,
acting, walking, swimming, gardening or just tuning in to the joy
and harmony that exists all around us.
“As adults we must tap into that childlike way of being we

once lived in, sometimes for an all-too-brief period of duration.
Come, let’s step into this room and see what’s going on.”
As we walked into the classroom, I could feel the electricity

flowing in the room. It was fantastic! I felt so inspired to create
something. But now was the time to pay close attention; for here, I
believed, was the very seat of creation and inspiration.
“Ah, children,” said the instructor. “Look who has come to

visit us today! Yerba, Dromba and Seffia. And I see they have
brought a young friend with them. Welcome to our class!”
The children jumped up and down and hugged my three

friends, and some even hugged ME! I guess they must have
sensed something inside me that perhaps I was not aware of - I
have so little contact with children in my physical waking life.
The kids were seven or eight, I’d guess, and were just
beaming with happiness at this unexpected visit. “Tell us a story,
Yerba. Yes, a story,” I heard so many of them say. Yerba’s face

beamed. He so loved to tell stories.
“Well,” he began, pausing, rubbing his chin with his right

hand. Seffia chuckled. “What say we tell the story together!” The
children were ecstatic. I came to know this technique was called:
Interactive Story Telling. It was a verbal technique, that is, no
writing as in story weaving, where all the writers contribute to a
line in the story.
In Interactive Story Telling, I-S-T for short, some individual,

often the facilitator of the group, will begin the story with a
sentence, or just a word or two, and then point to someone else in
the group. That person must then fill in the next part of the story,
and then either they or the teacher can point to the next person to
fill in the next part of the story. And so on, until the story is
finished.
This is a marvelous technique because it not only keeps

creativity and imagination alive and flowing, it also helps develop
spontaneity, and assists in overcoming shyness. It also helps one
to feel confident in interacting with a group, and speaking to a
group, in a very informal way. This comes in handy for the later
years when people are able to present various creations on stage
at the Nightly Exhibitions.
Yerba began the story: “Once there...” and then he passed

the story on to the children. There was no stopping them. They
interacted with each other, passing the story along for group
evolvement at a rate I was almost unable to follow. It was truly
wonderful! Young minds allowing the seeds of creativity to
continue to flourish within themselves. I was most inspired.
I had never seen anything like this before. No schooling I

ever had came even close to this. I was lost in my own reverie,
and as the story ended, I was brought back to reality with the
gleeful shouts of the children as the story came to a close.
Everyone was jumping up and down.
The teacher interrupted briefly, telling everyone that Yerba

and his friends had to leave. They were most disappointed.
“Come and see us again,” the teacher said, “Won’t you please?”
“Why of course, my dear,” replied Yerba. “You know I love it

here. And maybe, just maybe,” he said to the children, as if
imparting a great secret, “I’ll have a little surprise with me. How
about that!” The kids went wild. They hugged us all even as we
were walking out the door.
It was a most exhilarating experience. I could hardly contain

myself. I couldn’t wait to tell my friends about this technique. I
tried it with a few friends, and I must admit, it was more difficult
than I had at first thought. It takes a bit of practice to get used to
it, especially if you aren’t used to speaking in groups, or if your
creativity has been asleep for a while.
As we left the school itself, I thought my time here would be

ended this day, but Yerba had other plans.
* * *
As we stepped outside the school, I was surprised to find
that it was already beginning to get a little dark. The sun was
already setting, and the sky reflected a beautiful orange/purple
hue all around. It was too dim to see clearly in this dim light, yet
there was light, everywhere. I remembered seeing the special
lights that were located throughout the parks. They were huge
orbs of light, about three feet across, suspended about ten feet
above the ground.
I was told they emanated light from a central crystal base,

that flowed energy through special passages underground, and
above it, as well. The energy would react with this specially
designed orb and light would emanate. They were so beautiful.
Most gave off white light, but some gave off colors, as well. It
depended on where the orb was located.
“Since it’s already nearing night, let’s spend some time here
at the Nightly Exhibition. First, though, let’s have some dinner,
then there’s one more thing I want to show you before the
entertainment.” I was all for eating. My stomach felt empty, as if I
hadn’t eaten in days.
* * *
I barely remembered eating, but I must have, because my
stomach was full and my taste buds had been most exquisitely
satiated. My three friends almost pulled me outside the little cafe,
and pointed to a building off in the distance.
“You see that building over there?” Seffia asked. “The one
with the orange glow around it?” I glanced off in the direction she
pointed to, and saw a huge domed building with a bright orange
light surrounding it.
“THAT, my friend, is one of our healing centers. You might

think of it as a hospital, but what goes on there is much different,
and quite advanced from everything you have ever been aware of
before.”
As she was speaking, we were already walking toward the

building. I’ll tell you, I sure got in a lot of walking during my visits
to PLURBY. I guess that’s why I was so tired sometimes when I
woke up in the mornings. We were barely a thousand feet from
the domed structure, and I could feel the healing vibrations
already. It was magnificent!
There was a tremendous warmth surrounding my body, and

a feeling of love, almost as if someone were hugging me from the
invisible worlds. We approached the steps to the building, and I
ascended them briskly along with my three companions. As we
approached the landing outside the door, I noticed there WAS no
door! It was just an opening, bidding us to enter.
“We’ve still got some time left before the Nightly Exhibition,
and I didn’t want you to miss this,” Seffia enthusiastically stated.
“Just a rather quick run-through, this time, I’m afraid,” said

Yerba. “It’s getting kind of late, and we really should come back
and spend a lot more time here.”
“Yes,” replied Seffia, “but just a little bit. Just to whet his
appetite, you know!” She laughed a joyful laugh, as if she were
revealing to me the greatest secret she had ever come across in
her life.
As we walked through the entranceway, I sensed something

very unique, and so special, I knew she was, in fact, taking me to
a place in the physical where miracles happened. We only walked
through a small portion, and briefly, at that.
* * *
Dromba’s voice was definite as his words were impressed

into my mind.
“I say to you that any situation or circumstance you feel or

think you wish to resolve or are compelled to resolve or any
situation that you wish to resolve, whether you recognize this
situation as existing within yourself or as externalized and
manifested in some one or some thing, you perceive as being
outside your universe, or external to you, can only be resolved
from within you.
“That’s right!!! You can only resolve situations, regardless of

where you perceive or think they exist, within you. This is because
you must look within for the original cause-seed of any given
situation, or habit-pattern, or anything you are having a reaction to
or feel uncomfortable about.
“Basically, anything that causes you to be unbalanced, or

causes you to draw your attention to, needs some looking at.
Therefore, we can do a spiritual technique of putting some
spiritual light on a situation to highlight it and go within to seek the
original cause-seed. That means, the original motivation or
cause-point of this situation.
“Once you understand the cause, it’s much easier to cure the
manifestation, or effect. The original action caused the result that
may have persisted over many, many lifescenes. And for many
more lifescenes, you are reaping, or experiencing, consequences
from a reaction to an action whose memory, or beginning point,
you have no recall of.
“Our healing centers are unlike any other healing centers

you’ve encountered before. We rarely give out any kind of drugs
or potions, and when we DO, they are of a homeopathic origin.
We don’t manufacture any so-called allopathic drugs that alter the

system in a non-holistic biological way.
“What happens in our healing centers basically is a trained

healer, or physician, if you will, is able to take you into a room and
is able to illicit from you, using a technique in which you BOTH
participate, the original cause-seed of your ailment. He or she
does not actually effect the healing. You do that totally yourself.
“The healer is just highly trained and is able to help you

locate within you the original cause of the condition you’ve come
to be healed from. Once it’s located, and you can recognize it,
then you begin the healing process within yourself.
“If you have a short-term condition that will only last a few
weeks, this may work as well. Although we don’t necessarily go to
a healer when we have something like that, we try to do the
technique ourselves, since this is not a life-threatening illness, or
one that hampers us completely.
“If you have an illness that seriously hampers your

functioning, or that persists for a long period of time, we generally
go to a healer who is able to help us delve deeper into our
engrams and pull out the original cause of the ailment that is
manifesting at this time.
“There again, we are experiencing the consequences as an

illness, of some result for some action that was initiated many
lifescenes ago. So you can see the common thread running
through all lifescenes. That is, an action set into motion in one
lifescene may not manifest a result for many lifescenes after that.
It could be 10 years, a hundred years, a thousand years, ten
thousand years or even longer, by measurement of time.
“Since Soul exists only in eternity, it does not recognize time.

Therefore the duration between an action being initiated and any
result, or consequence, is irrelevant to SOUL. SOUL’s perception
is a 360 degree viewpoint, therefore, it does not recognize a time
differential.
“As a human being, living in the human form in the lower

worlds, we are able to distinguish between matter, energy, space,
time and place. Therefore, we can take any individual event and
we can research backwards, if you will, the original cause-seed,
or the original action that set forth what we are now experiencing
as a consequence.
“This gives you a little insight into how you can help cure
yourself of ailments that we recognize as an illness such as a cold
or some other type of ailment we may recognize as dis-ease. We
also are able to go into those dis-eases we recognize as
psychological or mental illnesses.
“Even more prevalent are those things we finally recognize

within ourselves as character flaws, which also are dis-eases;
anything that throws us out of balance or wholeness. Anger,
jealousy, hatred, lust, greed, vanity, all of these things, and there
are many of them - too numerous to mention here, that throw us
out of balance of wholeness. We are seeking balance in
wholeness.
“One of the ways for this to occur is to be truly detached from

any of our dis-eases, even if we have a physical ailment. We
need to be detached. If we learn to surrender our quirks, and
character flaws and dis-eases to the Higher Power, we don’t have
to seek the original cause-point.
“However, if we do desire to know the original cause-point,

because of something within our universe that manifests itself
repeatedly, such as anger, or some type of physical dis-ease
illness, then we can use some of these creative techniques to
delve deeper into our own beingness to discover for ourselves
what the original cause is of a particular thing we recognize as a
problem or dis-ease or imbalance in our beingness, or our own,
personal universe.”
* * *
I saw many countless rooms, all with closed doors. Seffia
told me what was happening as we walked along. “This one,” she
pointed as we passed, “is where a trained practitioner of healing
is performing regeneration on one of our citizen’s legs. He had it
crushed in a fall from a great height, and she is using crystals to
help heal him and bring him back to full health.
“In this room, another practitioner is assisting the inner

healing of a very troubled young boy. He is assisting the young
boy to heal himself by developing his skills in writing, much as you
are.”
I was a little startled. I had never thought of writing as a tool

for healing, yet somehow, it seemed to make sense.
“Here.” We paused in front of a wooden door that opened

into a room that had a huge glass window covered by curtains.
Someone inside opened up the curtains, and I could see about a
dozen people inside, of all ages. I heard them chanting the sacred
and Holy AHO. They were forming an eerie, drawing melody with
their chant.
“This,” my friend, “is the use of group chanting to heal the

inner by aligning the vibrations inside to bring them more into
alignment and balance with our natural state of being. It is a
technique to be done only by a trained practitioner, as it is a very
powerful technique, that needs the sensitivity of one so trained to
know just the right moment to end the session.
“And over here,” she pointed across the hall, “is where one
of our professional singers is devoting some of her talents in a
similar technique, using the sound of her highly trained voice to
heal a young child who has suffered many lifetimes with problems
he is unable to deal with. This young girl works with people of all
ages, using her gift to help heal them.
“This wing down here,” she pointed down a huge hallway,

about twenty feet across, and I couldn’t even tell how long, “is the
dream wing. Here, seminars, classes and workshops are held to
teach and assist with techniques used to heal in the dream state.
This is a fascinating area of study.
“And down that way,” she pointed down the other hallway,
which was equally as awesome in size, “as well as upstairs, there
are dozens of rooms dedicated to using techniques involved using
holograms, or third, fourth and fifth dimensional imaging, to assist
in healing. A hologram is a matrix. It’s like an atom which is the
smallest part of a substance below which further division is not
possible, for it becomes not that element, or substance.
“The hologram contains the essence of the whole encrypted

in it. This is one of our most requested healing areas, and
appointments are very tough to get. If you’re interested, I’m sure
we can get you an appointment on your next visit.”
Boy, did I EVER! There was so much to learn here, I felt I

could spend the rest of my natural physical life coming to
PLURBY to learn, and still never learn even a fraction of what
there was available here.
“It’s not just the healing sessions that go on here that

complete the healing, they only begin the healing process, and it
is up to the individual to be aware of what was started to occur
within their being, and to continue seeking the tools necessary to
continue and complete the true inner healing.
“This is a marvelous place to come to and be healed. And

we’ll certainly bring you back here, for there is much knowledge
for you to discover here, and bring back to your own world.
Remember that often a short illness is the working out of an
engram that has surfaced - finally - like a bubble in boiling water.
You don’t see the bubbles until the heat helps bring them to the
surface.
“It’s not always necessary to seek the root cause of each

ailment we recognize in any of our bodies - unless we feel so
inclined to do so. Sometimes, it helps to sharpen your skills.
Mostly, though, it’s an endless journey to nowhere - like going
through a heavy traffic jam - when you break through it you still
don’t always know its cause. So like a short-term illness. Just
accept it and know it’s a further cleansing.
* * *
We had reached the end of a long hallway, and I just knew
there were probably hundreds of other rooms in this building, all
with dozens of different techniques being used for all kinds of
healing: physical, emotional, mental and even spiritual. I couldn’t
wait to come back again, and spend more time, but for now, we
just exited the building from the opposite end we had entered. It
was time for the Nightly Exhibition, an experience I craved to take
part in.
* * *
I remembered that every night between the hours of 8 and
10 PM, there is what is known as: Nightly Exhibition, in every city
of PLURBY. The occasion starts off with a brief Creative
Visualization Exercise, often a group chanting of the sacred AHO,
and then a more “experienced” performer begins. This first
performer is usually one who has performed in public many times,
and is requested to perform again.
“Once every year we have a majour congregation. Since

there are about 120,000 PLURBIANS, the major functions are
generally held in the City of CENTRIA, although we often rotate
among the other cities as well. At the yearly function we could
have some of the best speakers. I should say the most proficient
speakers and performers.
“I also get a chance to address the whole population of

PLURBY during the yearly function. It’s nice to have everyone
together in one place from time to time. During the rest of the
year, Dromba, Seffia and I travel throughout the various cities,
speaking at the weekly events, or sometimes the nightly ones as
well.
“In fact, we’ll be having one very shortly, in another couple of

months. You’re certainly welcome to attend.”
“I’d love to,” I said. “Sounds like great fun!”

“So you see, PLURBY is a very busy community. Though

we’re not a community of beings who work what you would
consider to be nine-to-five and then come home and sit in front of
a television. It’s a very busy community, where people are really
striving for wholeness, and we live life at 110%. And we do it
because we know how significant life is, on the one hand, and
what an illusion it is on the other; that it’s all for SPIRITual
unfoldment. And the game is important in this because it is a
miniature of the working out of life.
“Many of the citizens of PLURBY get to experience the

ROYAL PLURBY GAME during this twelfth year. Four people play
one of each of the twelve games, during the course of the year.
It’s important to understand the significance of cycles, especially
the twelve year period.
“Every twelve years the consciousness of PLURBY is

uplifted. It is as if we step through a sacred doorway into greater
awareness. PLURBY is a parallel universe to your own world, and
sometimes a bridge or doorway or window exists which people
from your world can step through into this seeming other
dimension.
“The cycle of twelve is a very important one. You need to be

aware of your own cycles of twelve, as well as the cycles of
twelve in your city, state, country, world and universe function in.
However, even though your personal cycles are influenced by all
other cycles and events, it is your own personal cycle that is the
strongest, because it is the closest to you.
“Place your attention on your own being. Do not be

influenced by others. Trust your inner guidance in every moment
of existence. There are those who reside in the inner worlds, and
some you will find in your outer, physical world, who are there to
assist you. It is their mission in life to assist those who cry out for
the guidance needed to traverse the thorny highway of life, back
to AHO - the Almighty High One.
“It is the Journey to AHO that is the key to your own inner
awareness and unfoldment. That’s all there is in all of eternity -
the journey and the lessons you learn. It is through the
never-ending acts of service and surrender to AHO that we are
availed the truths we seek - the true meaning of life!”
* * *
With those words, I slipped gracefully back into my physical
body, sliding effortlessly through the veil of the inner worlds. I
awoke refreshed, enlightened, and with tears in my eyes. I knew,
in this very moment, I would never again be alone, to wander
aimlessly through this life. I had at least three friends who would
always be there to assist me.
I knew there were others, as well, but I was content to share

all the experiences I could with my three companions: King Yerba,
High Priest Dromba and the Lady Seffia, the High Priestess of
PLURBY.
* * *
CHAPTER SIX
ASCENDING THE MOUNTAIN
“The chief desire within one is to know the true self.

All world saviors spout this eternal truth throughout the
ages, yet few are able to give the real guidance so the
individual can discover the keys within themselves. There
is always the Living One in each age who comes to show
the way home - the way back to AHO - the Almighty High
One.
“The journey through life in those realms known as

the lower worlds, mirror the true high sojourn in the worlds
of AHO. Live each moment of life as if you already are on
sacred ground in the very presence of AHO, for I say truly
- you ARE! No experience is less than another. None are
equal. Each experience presents to man an opportunity for
self growth. Each experience is Divine.”
* * *
As I stepped back from the circle of love emanating from the
Sacred YOURN, life began to take on a different meaning for me.
No longer was it a drab, meaningless experience. Suddenly, my

eyes were opened and I could see, with clarity, the seeds within
each experience - the seeds that, if well-planted and lovingly
nurtured, might all blossom into the full realization of the allness of
totality.
* * *
“There are many different systems to awaken the awareness
within us and start us on the our journey to Total Awareness.” I
heard the familiar voice of my friend, Dromba, the High Priest of
PLURBY begin to speak.
“The time period in which you are presently most aware of is

seeing a rebirth of many different systems that we here in
PLURBY have been aware of and have used from time to time.
“The first one I will discuss is Subliminal activation. That is,

reprogramming of the scripts of the mind by which we live our
lives. This can be accomplished by special high frequency
subliminal messages being sent to the subconscious mind with
new scripts existing in the subliminal messages. These new
scripts help reprogram the subconscious. This is a rather artificial
technique though it is quite effective for many people. New
versions of this technique will come out in future years that will be
MUCH more effective.
“A second method which is just coming into tremendous

focus in your time period, is that of using crystals. Naturally, our
game of PLURBY(tm) - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM,
uses crystals in a slightly different way than is coming out in your
present time period.
“This is because at different moments-in-eternity the

consciousness of people is different, the atmospheric conditions
are different, and the needs of people are different. What we have
perceived and found to be true in our time period may not
necessarily transcend the barrier into the lifescene with which you
are most familiar. Much of the information you will become aware
of here, may not be fully usable in your present universe, though
much of it will be largely usable. Some of it is for your possible
future moments.
“We do not view the usage of crystals as the single ultimate

pathway to inner healing and understanding, though we do
consider it to be a tremendous area for exploration. We do use
crystals in healing. We do use crystals for personal insight, and
we certainly use crystals as a power source.
“This is, perhaps, the greatest area that we have found for
consistent use of crystals. The third area that we find, for personal
development, and the one we use most consistently, because
FIRST it is the most challenging, and SECOND, because it is the
most natural. It does not use any extraordinary means, or external
devices or tools, such as crystals or tapes or books, and that is
the personal contemplation using a word that is attuned to our
own personal individual beingness.
“We each have a unique sound that emanates from within

our being, that contributes to the whole. Each of us makes up a
single note of the universal chorus, or sound current. The sound
current being, of course, the highest vibrational level in all of
existence.
“Light is an important factor as well, though the sound is truly

the deeper, more significant of the two energies that emanate
from the universal life current. We recognize sound as the highest

vibrational level in all of eternity.
“This sound current some call God, though, because God is

such an overused word in your present civilization, we won’t use
that word in our explanations to you. Rather, we can use words
such as Universal Consciousness, or a truly higher phrase would
be Ultimate Life Force. The ULF, or Ultimate Life Force being that
energy, or Spiritual essence, that exists in all levels of awareness
in all universes.
“The Light and Sound are two manifestations of this

Universal Life Force, as that one wholeness of energy, or Life
Force, travels down from the true Spiritual realms where there is
no such distinction as positive and negative, into the so-called
lower realms where sentient beings live in one of the lowest
levels, known as the physical, and where our emotional and
mental bodies exist - below this realm as well. Light and Sound is
prevalent in all of these regions. It pervades ALL.
“We will primarily be teaching you about the Sound Current.

Somewhat about the Light, though mostly about the Sound
Current, as it is the more significant of the two facets. In addition,
we find it very important for people to become aware of and
understand the many thousands, possibly millions, of techniques
they can use to help with their own inner healing.
“Now, what do we mean by inner healing? We mean a

reintegration of the being into wholeness. A study, not necessarily
extensively, of any flaws that exist in our beingness that we wish
to come to terms with. If you have a character flaw or something
within your being that bothers you, something you feel you need
insight on, or understanding about, you can use one of these
countless techniques to find the cause-seed of the particular
problem or situation, and once you have found that, you can learn
to work with it. It is not always necessary to do that though, as
we’ve stated before.
“On the other hand, sometimes, you would like to know or

sometimes you need to know. If you are ready, and you are
accepting and feel you can understand the cause-seed of a
particular problem, the protective veil around you may be lifted,
temporarily, to allow you to see the true cause-seed of a particular
situation that is troublesome in your life.
“When you’ve received that Divine Gift of being able to see

clearly that cause-seed of a particular situation, or problem in your
life, it is at that moment true healing within you begins.
“In PLURBY, what we try to do every moment, is realize that

all beings are only a mirror of that which exists within us.
Remember that life is a collaboration - we interact with all. Let life
touch you in your most vulnerable places. It’s very important, if
you want to scale the mountain, you must have a certain degree
of non-attachment about life. We use many of the different
techniques we’ve already mentioned, and we also use a rather
unique technique which is an outer physical manifestation form of
the Creative Visualization Exercise, and that is the game we’ve
re-created.
“Our game was originally created with a specific purpose - to

fulfill a specific need. That was to help transmute the hostile
energies of our neighboring Atlantis. The game had that effect, for
a while. But Atlantis had become so degraded by the time this
game came into being and was presented to them, it was not able
to help facilitate a resurgence of wisdom and stave off their
ultimate destruction because the negative forces in Atlantis were
so strong and were already in such a powerful whirlwind
downward, the game ultimately lost any power of healing it could

have possibly afforded the continent and civilization of Atlantis.
“However, on PLURBY, since we remained so remotely

removed from the Atlantean energy emanations, we have been
able to use our very own creation. Well, let me state it more
clearly. It was through our strong inner desires to create some
kind of mechanism, or tool, to help transmute the hostile energies
of the Atlanteans, and it was out of our true desire to find this
mechanism that we were able to perceive from the inner worlds a
game, which we were quite surprised by, frankly.
“We had not expected the mechanism to manifest itself in

the form of a game. But since this is what several of us perceived,
we began to work with the idea, and in a relatively short period of
time we had created this game, or rather, we had perceived and
brought this game down from the inner worlds, which we did not
have a name for at the moment of creation.
“We tested the game in the physical, revising it until we felt

we had a product worthy of presentation and which was certainly
usable. When we presented it to our own people of PLURBY, all
the members of our society knew, instinctively, that the name
PLURBY should be given to the game, to reflect the experiences
we re-create here in PLURBY on a moment-to-moment basis.
“In fact, several of the members of our society felt we should

also add another label of identification, or a tag line, if you will. It
became known as: PLURBY - THE ETERNAL GAME OF
FREEDOM, because striving for balance to attain wholeness was
really the essence of attaining ultimate inner freedom.
“What we’ve really done is, we’ve used the game that we
were so fortunate to have perceived from the inner and re-created
on the outer, as a mechanism, a tool, for our own Spiritual

development - our own personal unfoldment. It has become better
with age like a fine wine, which often grows better with age, if the
elements of purity and truth are present.
“Most of us experience the PLURBY game everyday for

about twenty to thirty minutes. You will likely hear some the
personal experiences and insights gained from some of our
citizens who have availed themselves of the PLURBY game
experience everyday in addition to other techniques that we will
tell you about.
“One of the things that we have incorporated into the game

though, is the use of crystals. There again, we’ve acknowledged
the tremendous significance of the various crystals that exist
around us, and we have incorporated these crystals into the
original ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM.
“By the actual PROCESS of the EXPERIENCE and the

inclusion of crystals into the game, we have a very powerful
mechanism for helping us toward our own personal inner healing
and unfoldment. That’s why we enjoy EXPERIENCING THE
ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM on a daily basis, as well as the
other techniques we have used.
“Many people, of course, have developed their own

techniques. You can research these techniques in PARC, or in
other inner libraries we’ll tell you about. For now, we’re going to
continue your journey through PLURBY, a journey from which,
when you return, and when you have full awareness of where
you’ve been and what you’re learned, your life will never be the
same. You will no longer experience boredom in your life, or a
sense that your life is going nowhere or that you have no
particular mission in life.
“You have a very significant mission to fulfill. One part of that

mission is to write this book so that many millions of people can
exposed to and enlighted about the teachings of the Land of
PLURBY so that they may experience personal self-fulfillment in
the many areas of their lives.
“Another part of your mission is to help usher into the

physical world, in your own time period, the game: PLURBY(tm) -
THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, when it’s needed, when
people have a strong enough desire to have it manifest so they
can use it.
“At present, you know you have the game. You have already
re-created it in the physical. You know it is sitting on your shelf
over there. But until the world is ready, and receptive enough, and
until the desire is strong enough, the game will remain in your
personal custody. It is only when enough people have expressed
a true inner need to experience the game in the outer and use this
mechanism in addition to other tools they may use for their own
personal unfoldment, that the game will come out.
“You will know when the time is right because you will sense
the inner desires of the masses and you will know, without doubt,
that the time for the mechanism known as: PLURBY(tm) - THE
ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, has arrived, and your patience
in awaiting this sacred moment will not have gone unnoticed nor
unrewarded, even if decades pass before the crowning moment
of the unveiling. You know you have come up against tremendous
rejection already, in trying to get this game produced for people to
be able to have in their own possession.
“Your personal ‘timing’ has not always been in ‘sync’ with the
universal needs or the collective needs of the universe of
humanity you are presently aware of living in.”
* * *
I reflected a moment on these words I had heard, and
wondered, really, about my whole life, and all the ideas I had
received, and all the things I felt I was supposed to do, or
accomplish, if that is the appropriate word to use.
Charged with the duty of writing, I often questioned myself

on the value or need to write. Why bother to write at all? There
are so many books out as it is. The answer was not long in
coming.
My friend, Seffia, enlightened me. “While it’s true that

millions of books have been written and published, millions more
have never been published, and literally countless billions are still
to be written. There is always a great need for more writing. How
can we substantiate this with the number of books that are
already in print?
“We say this because the truths of the universe can never be
expressed twice in the same way. Therefore, each individual
needs a different configuration of words to act as a tuning fork to
strike the chord of truth within them.
“Even those who are professional writers, who have written

professionally as a full-time career, and are already published
authors, still read other peoples’ work. Why is this? Because the
various configurations of words, as expressed by each individual
writer, may strike a chord in one person and not affect another at
all.
“That’s why there is chocolate and vanilla; who’s to say

which is right or better? But there’s an even more significant
reason to write, and that is as a means to self-discovery. As you
develop your talents to write, even if you never become a
published author, and even if no one ever reads your work, and
even if your work never becomes of the caliber to be published,
you have benefited by the process of writing.
“Something magical happens when you put words down on

paper. And even more magical as you work with the flow of the
words to make them sound better to the ear. Writing is a very
powerful tool to self-discovery.
“It takes something from the inner worlds, which may not
seem very real, and puts it on paper in the written form and
makes it real. It brings it from the inner worlds and births it into the
outer. It’s very similar to envisioning a new device or creation, or
new game, on the inner, and bringing that from the inner into the
outer and manifesting it in the outer, physically, so it can be
viewed and used as a tool by others, such as a hammer, or a
child’s toy.
“Basically, writing can serve the same end as bringing

anything from the inner worlds into the physical. However, we
must stress again, there can never be too many words written.
There might come a time when too many objects have been
created, at any given moment, because so many people are
trying to create things to gain wealth from these creations.
“Writing, on the other hand, is a personal exploration into

your own beingness. That’s why it’s so significant. Certain people
throughout the ages are charged with writing specific things;
writing books that will be published so that many thousands, or
millions, of people may have that special chord of truth rung within
them by the particular configuration and sound of the words of the
particular author these words have been charged with the
essence of truth.
“You know,” I interjected. “I want very much to be a writer of

books and creator of board games and earn my living thusly.”
“Writing is a talent,” she continued. “An almost inborn talent,

so it seems. Yet it is also a skill, and a skill that virtually anyone
can develop, if they desire to learn the craft. Writing is also a
Divine Gift from AHO, though if not used, the gift goes
unwrapped.
“When a person writes, what they put down on paper, as the

finished product, is a gift they present to the readers who will
hopefully benefit from the writing. The reader awaits the gift. If you
are a writer, do you have the right to deny the eagerly awaiting
reader of his or her long-awaited gift of truth?
“I say, write with your heart, and have patience. There are
beings in the inner worlds always ready to help you write, and
each time you write your skills become better and better. They
become refined, and you are able to tune into the truth in a
quicker way, and become better able to use words succinctly, that
is, you make economical use of words to express the truths you
experience in the inner worlds.
“Bring back your adventures from the inner worlds. Light the
fire within the reader so they, too, may share in your journey -
relating it, through your words, as if they are actually there,
themselves. A good writer has the ability to not only allow the
reader to feel as if they are there with the writer experiencing
these journeys of truth, but actually takes the reader there. It is at
that magical point the writing has done its work - its magic - for it
has placed the reader on the shores of self-discovery.”
* * *
It seemed no longer necessary to keep questioning my
mission, or my inner desire to write, or the need to keep writing;
as there would always be a need for writing, whether for personal
unfoldment or so that other could be touched by the writing I had
done.
There was much for me to mentally digest, this day, but I

also felt hungry, or rather, feelings of food began to pass through
my mind, as I wondered about food, which was placed such an
important factor in my life. I wondered why I had to eat at all - why
I couldn’t just bask in the glory of AHO and absorb the cosmic
energy to sustain me. Again, the answer to what I thought was
just a rhetorical inquiry was not long in coming.
“As man, both as an individual and as a group, became

further and further removed from AHO - it became necessary to
take in physical nourishment. Through a succession of periods,
man’s diet has changed.
“Originally, when it became necessary to ingest external

substances as fuel to run the bodies we had taken on, fruit and
herbs were all that were needed. Gradually, vegetables, including
tubers and roots, legumes and finally grains, were added to the
diet.
“During these millennia - great strides were made in cooking

styles and the most regal foods to please any pallet were
developed.
“As the consciousness of humanity plunged further, the

ingestion of animal flesh eventually became necessary to provide
part of the nutrients necessary for proper feeding of the body.
“This is all a cycle, and it is not meant to imply that because

a person eats animal flesh that they are less spiritually evolved
than one who eats grains, or only fruits.
“Each individual needs a different combination of nutrients,

and you must seek to find the right combination of foods - for
YOU! A plan that works to help maintain your physical body in
peak condition.
“Soul uses a physical vehicle in this world so that it may be

able to function in the lower Pinda worlds. Without it, ITs
perception could extend only as low as the emotional planes.
“Since Soul needs the experience of all levels of vibration,

including the physical, the taking in of solid food is important. We
may think of this food as Spirit in solid form.
“In ages past, man lived more in harmony with all life and
even the eating of the fruits of nature were treated with respect as
a divine gift. Food was eaten with reverence and humility - always
being grateful to AHO for all nourishment - whether for the
physical body, emotional, mental or Soul.
“Presently, we here in PLURBY have a diet consisting of all

the vegetable products of nature - fruits, seeds, beans, herbs,
roots, tubers, fleshy vegetables and grains of many varieties.
“As you sample our cuisine, I’m sure you’ll agree we have
made best use of the bounties nature has to offer us.
“As the consciousness of our society stepped down in later

ages, even the descendants of our high race found it necessary to
eat animal products for sustenance. This, too, was looked on as
necessary and we took from nature only what we actually needed
for us to eat to function at our optimum in harmony with all life.
“In your society, to meet the ever-growing demand for flesh

products, the art of husbandry, or raising livestock in captivity on
farms, came into being. While there isn’t really anything unholy
about this process, since it is necessary in your time, it would be
best to seek out those meats, fishes and poultry that have been
raised with love and without synthetic chemicals to speed up the
life processes.
“I have tasted some of your meat products and was not

impressed, though some of the organically grown poultry and
cultivated fishes were quite good, though I, personally, much
prefer our own, holistically balanced vegetarian cuisine. In fact,
we’ve already given you all the information you need to develop a
whole line of holistic foods and a rather unique marketing plan to
serve these foods to the masses. Be patient; soon the time will be
for you to expose this idea to the right people as well as the many
other ideas you’ve discovered in your travels in the inner worlds.
“Again, find a food plan you like and feel comfortable with -
one that allows you to function at your peak at all times - and stay
with it, being aware of the changes that are necessary as your
own personal body cycles change causing you to require different
nutrients at different moments throughout your life.”
This little discourse didn’t sound so nice to me when I heard

the words, but behind the words were some of the keys I needed
to unlock the door to the dilemmas I had been experiencing over
the years about food. Anyway, this was just one of those subjects
I would contemplate on at a future present moment.
* * *
We were walking down a nice little street, the kind that could
have been in any downtown section of a quaint little country town.
There were shoppes of all kinds lining both sides of the street.
Places to get your hair cut, places to stop for a quick snack, book
stores, novelty stores where you could obtain games and other
items.
Then there are several places, of course, to obtain clothing.

There weren’t any cars on the street, because there aren’t any
cars here, as we recognize them. We stopped in front of a little
tiny store called: Jeanette’s Dress Shoppe. I had to laugh to
myself at the funny names they had for stores. Actually, they
weren’t so funny, it’s just that I was accustomed to hearing names
that are very foreign to me, and hearing names like Molly, Luke,
Jeanette, are so common to me in my waking state, that I had to
laugh that the names existed here, too.
Seffia turned to me and said, “Of course! As we told you

before, since PLURBY and your waking state universe exist in
parallel universes, it’s not unlikely that many things of
commonality should pass through the barrier of illusion and visual
perception. Especially in the area of names. Even though there
are literally billions upon billions of names existing in the lower
worlds, reflecting all states of consciousness, sometimes, people
use duplicate names.
“We try to use all unique names here in PLURBY, and for the
most part, we are fairly successful at that. Though between our
two universes it is not unlikely you might find similarities: names
you are already familiar with in your world will be here. And the
more often you come here, not only will our names begin to seem
familiar to you, it’s likely you will begin to hear some of these
names used in your own time period. Perhaps those in your world
might find it a very creative challenge to attempt to always find
names for offspring that are unique, and truly reflect the
individuality of the newborn.”
With that she smiled, and turning to my two other

companions said, “Yerba, Dromba, come on boys! Let’s go in
here and see what Jeanette has to offer us today.” Oh, no! I
thought to myself. Not shopping for women’s clothes! I had
flashbacks of all those times I had gone with my female friends
while they shopped for clothes. How boring that was! But this was
to be quite a different experience - and it once again reinforced in
my mind not to pre-judge any situation, or you might miss the gift.
As we entered the tiny shoppe a bell tingled signaling that

some was entering the shoppe. There wasn’t anyone out front at
the moment. The place had a smell of an old, old place. There
was a lot of love here though. It was immediately apparent that
highly skilled craftsmen worked here.
Jeanette came out, wiping her hands on her apron. “Ah,

Seffia! How wonderful it is to see you again. Yerba, and Dromba.”
She hugged all three of them, turned to me and pinched me on
the cheek. She kissed me and hugged me as well, even before
we were formally introduced. Her hands on my shoulders, she
stepped back a bit and said, “And who’s this young man you’ve
brought with you?”
Yerba spoke: “This, Jeanette, is our young friend, David. He

comes from the United States. You remember, the future?” The
four of them laughed at this statement. “We’ve invited him to visit
our land as often as he desires, to learn of our lifestyle and then
return to his own time period and write about us. Isn’t that
marvelous?”
“Ah,” began Jeanette. “How wonderful it is that you’ve

chosen our lands to visit. Let me take a look at you.” She frowned
as she looked at my clothes. I hadn’t yet developed the art of
dressing well. “You definitely need some new clothes.” I sensed
her tone was stern, but not insulting.
Jeanette is a short woman, and she reminded me of an old

aunt that spoke with a funny kind of wording and intonation that
had always irked me. But it wasn’t until this moment that the
pieces started to unfold as to why this really bothered me. It’s
hard to describe in words how she spoke. It’s of the language of
those Jewish people who came from what we now know as
Eastern Europe and Russia.
It’s as if every word spoken sent out with it a tremendous

amount of guilt and each word conveyed the sentiment that this
person was carrying the weight of the world on their shoulders
and all the problems of the world were internalized within their
being.
I had some very personal realizations from this. Some

personal prejudices were lifted and I could appreciate these
people with joy in my heart. The silence of this momentary
reflection was broken by Jeanette’s raspy voice.
“MAX!” she squawked.
“What?” returned a voice from the back. It came from a man

who seemed tired, and possibly hen-pecked all his life. “What do
you want, Jeanette?” The tone in his voice seemed to signal
annoyance, as if here were either involved in something and
didn’t want to be disturbed, or just wanted to be left alone, no

matter the reason.
“Come out here, Max. Someone needs your assistance.”
From the back came a short, balding older man. His physical
body seemed to be about eighty years old, I would say; he had
used it well over the years. Yet something in his step told me he
was much younger than that inside, where it really counts.
When he saw us, his eyes perked up. “Yerba! Dromba!

Haven’t seen you in ages. How are you both?” He reminded me
of an old, Jewish tailor, I knew back in my home town. I smiled to
myself. He looked at me and shook my hand. I introduced myself,
feeling truly comfortable in his presence.
“Hi! My name is David. And I’m here visiting with my three

friends, Yerba, Dromba and Seffia!”
Staring me dead straight in the eyes he impressed on my

mind flatly: “You are in good company, my young friend. I’ll be ten
garn this week.”
I was speechless. I didn’t remember asking him his age.

Then I remembered, there was so much conversation occurring in
the world of thought and feeling. I had to watch myself, lest I think
or feel things that I didn’t want others to know.
I could tell there was great love in this little shoppe. In fact,
more than that - a respect between the two that transcended the
physical. There was, too, a discipline of duty - what had to be
done, was what had to be done! Here the attitude of service
through duty leads to great inner realization.
I smiled at him. “Jeannette, go take Seffia in the back. Show

her some of that new cloth we just got in.” Seffia followed
Jeanette into the back area, and it was just us four men left in the
front.
“Sometimes she makes me crazy. But what can a man do?”

Max said, laughing as he spoke the words. “I like to be alone,
sometimes, to work my craft. I can see you need some new
clothes, young man. Let me get my son, who I’m training in this
profession. I’m hoping he’ll take over my duties when it’s time for
me to retire into the inner worlds.”
“Max,” Yerba queried. “I thought you had retired years ago.

Just how old are you now?” I laughed, knowing he had just asked
the question for my benefit; so I could reaffirm on the outer, what I
already knew on the inner.
“Ah, I’ll be ten garn next week. I’ve many more garn to go, it
seems. But I’m training my son to take over, in case one day,
zzzz, I just decide to stop working.”
“Jared,” he called. “Come out front. We have a customer!”
Many impressions were going through my mind in this funny

little place. The skill and craft held within it the keys to
enlightenment. In fact, in all crafts - keys exist. It was for the
individual to discover and use these keys for personal unfoldment
and to share these gifts with others when appropriate.
Discrimination, in the way of discernment, is a necessary

skill to develop so that one can decide with a degree of
reasonability, what is personal and what can be shared with
others.
In my younger days, during my creatively aware immaturity, I

had not learned anything about discrimination and discernment
and each realization I received was promptly shared with others.
Ego was helping me to destroy me by picking the flowers and
sharing them before the bloom was finished.
All-too-many times I found ideas or projects whose seed

seemed sound, were crushed before it was birthed by its
premature exposure to the coldness of the outer worlds.
I had not sufficiently nurtured the seeds I was given and so,
even though the ground within ME was fertile, the seeds never
took root. I had destroyed my potential creations before they were
born. I aborted my own children!
I had come to learn three sets of words that could help:

ATTITUDE-ATTENTION-AWARENESS;
PERSISTENCE-PATIENCE-PERSEVERANCE, and
SILENCE-STAMINA-SKILL. There are others, too, though these
nine words are a good start.
I came out of my personal reflection to see a young boy

standing beside me. This was Jeanette and Max’s son - Jared.
A tall slender dark-haired boy of about two garn came out

from the back. He had wide smile of pearly white teeth. He shook
my hand firmly and introduced himself.
“Hi, my name is Jared. What can I show you today?” He was

already developing the tired, old,
weight-of-the-world-on-my-shoulders way of talking. It was really
very quaint. Reminded me of my youth.
“Well, I really don’t know. Why don’t YOU decide what you
think is appropriate for me to wear here. Pick your finest creation.”
I could tell this family had perfected their craft, and this was
why people came from all over PLURBY to be fitted with clothes
by these people. It was barely a half-hour before I had a new set
of clothes that was more in tune with the fashion of the day.
* * *
After being fitted and satisfied with my new clothes, my three
friends, and I said our thanks to Jeanette, Max and Jared and
then left the Dress Shoppe to walk down the warm, country street.
I reflected a few moments on my journeys here to PLURBY. I
wanted to just lounge around, but there was so much to learn, I
really didn’t have much time to digest everything. Well, really what
I should say is, my MIND didn’t have time to analyze and doubt.
This, I later discovered, was a positive sign.
If I were able to feed enough stuff into my mind, not allowing

the ego or the mind to tear it apart, then there was a good chance
a lot of truth would begin to filter into the mind and I could finally
begin to change for the better, or at least become more aware of
the universal truths that already existed within me.
* * *
I’m not sure what it was, but I was lost in my own thoughts. I
was thinking about the number twelve, a sacred number; a cycle
representing life and growth. Here, twelve was the most
significant cycle and number after three and nine. There was also
the five and seven cycle, but indepth study of cycles are for other
teachers to discuss.
I was walking down the street, not really conscious of going

in any particular direction, or having any specified destination in
mind. I also hadn’t noticed that my three friends had left me, and I
was physically alone, walking down the street. Suddenly, I arrived
at an area like a park, where my friend, Yerba, greeted me.
* * *
“Good, you’ve arrived,” said Yerba. I was happy to be back
again with my three companions. I knew they were great beings,
well-respected throughout the land. But it wasn’t until this night
that I became truly aware of just HOW great they really ARE!
Humility was their watch word - they didn’t wear their position on
their sleeves.
“David,” Seffia said, as she hugged me. “This is a great night

in PLURBY. Glad you are here to join us.” Dromba smiled as he
touched his heart center with his open right palm and extended it
to grasp my right forearm. I did the same thing, partaking in the
ancient PLURBY greeting of love and friendship.
I felt his great love course through my body as tears ran

down my cheeks. In that moment I knew the true inner Dromba. A
loving, compassionate being, possessing great inner truths, his
seeming hard exterior did not betray his inner gentleness.
We walked, the four of us, through the ECOPIAN - the

grandest park in all of PLURBY. In physical size it wasn’t the
largest, but in Spiritual Essence it seemed overly endowed. The
very trees and shrubs emanated the Creative Essence of AHO.
All around there was a most highly charged atmosphere.
Something electric. I wondered if Nikola Tesla and Thomas
Edison and Benjamin Franklin, and many OTHER great beings,
might have come here and received inspiration for their

discoveries. There is no outer proof of this.
“Ah, good, you’re all here!” A young girl of about two garn
greeted us as we approached closer to the outer fringes of the
huge crowd that had gathered this night; perhaps a hundred
thousand or more! Virtually all the citizens of PLURBY were here
to experience this first night of the Sacred and Holy Festival of
Tamasu. There was a strange feeling among the people as if
something significant were to happen this evening.
“You are correct, my young friend,” began Yerba, looking

directly and deeply into my eyes. “This is a special evening, for
tonight I will announce my successor as I step down from the
Kingship!”
I began to cry tears of both joy and sadness. Would I never

see my dear friend, Yerba, again? He laughed.
“Oh, you’ve got it all wrong. I’m only passing the Kingship on
to another; to one who needs to serve in this capacity, for my time
has ended. It has been my pleasure, and a great honor, to serve
as King for quite a while. I will be able to spend more time writing
and lecturing throughout PLURBY.”
We had already moved up close to the stage, and the MC

had already begun the night’s event. This group chant of the
sacred AHO was almost deafening to my ears. My whole being
vibrated as I joined in with these beings I had come to know as
friends. I felt loved and respected; my inner batteries were
recharging themselves.
“Doreme-mana,” I heard the MC say, the sacred words

denoting the end of the chant. They meant peace and love and
growth, and all the good qualities. It was a statement of healing

and wellness.
“I’d like to welcome you all here this evening and to start us
off tonight I’d like you all to welcome three of our most prominent
citizens: Yerba, the present King of PLURBY, Son of the order of
Paterno; Dromba, High Priest and Son of the order of San; and
our most beloved High Priestess Seffia, Daughter of the Order of
CRYSALANA.”
As he finished stating the full titles of my three friends,

cheers broke out from the crowd. The noise of clapping and
cheering was louder than any noise I had ever heard. I thought
everyone had gone mad.
As my three friends ascended the stage, Seffia pulled me

along with her. I felt embarrassed and certainly unworthy to stand
on stage with them. “Come on,” she said. “It’ll be fun. You’ll feel
like a King!” She laughed. “And besides, you’ll get a glimpse of
what it feels like to be the center of such attention - a position you
will one day step into in your own period. It’s awesome.
Remember, though, to handle this with humility and respect.”
We ascended the center steps as the crowd continued to

cheer, and as we turned around I was absolutely awestruck.
Flowers were tossed on stage, a virtual shower of them; a show
of love and respect and gratitude as well.
The MC handed each of us an orange rose - a symbol of

spiritual divinity and inner greatness. Yerba, Dromba and Seffia
waved and smiled as the cheers began to subside. I felt at once
out of place and totally at home. These people had become my
friends, my family.
Suddenly, there was dead silence. You could truly hear a pin
drop, as the crowd eagerly awaited the truths of my three friends.
Yerba spoke:
“My fellow PLURBIANS, I, KING YERBA, of the Peoples’

Republic of PLURBY, stand before you this day to announce my
official resignation at the end of the present twelve year cycle.”
Somewhat of a sadness, but also a happiness came over the
crowd. “It was five GARN ago I was selected by my predecessor,
who has since transcended the physical world, to serve as your
king. I had been his apprentice for half-a-garn. I stepped into my
role as King to do the best job I could for you.
“During the last five cycles of twelve, I feel we have made

great strides in PLURBY. This has been an experience I can
barely describe to you. Each of you is as dear to me as if you
were members of my immediate family. I love each of you dearly
and wish you all the best.
“For the remainder of this cycle I will function in my regular

role as King of PLURBY, with my chosen accessor at my side.
Some of you may know him. His name is ZARAM. I offer him as
my successor. I ask that you embrace him with love as you did
me five GARN ago. He has been my apprentice for the last
quarter GARN. I find him to be well-grounded in his Spiritual
Unfoldment, sound of mind and body, vibrant of spirit, and full of
new ideas for our civilization.
“I will travel around PLURBY giving lectures on various

topics, which is something I love to do. I am happy I will finally
have a chance to devote myself to this full time. I believe I have
served my time. Five GARN; it’s not the longest any king has
served, but it is certainly a good length of time. I feel for myself
these five cycles is quite sufficient. I thank you all for your
support, your love and compassion during the last five cycles I
have served in the capacity as King. Thank you all and have a
really terrific fair.”
As Yerba finished speaking, there were shouts and applause

from the audience. He again spoke, in a comedic vain. “I don’t
know if you’re happy to see me go, or glad my time is up!” He
laughed as well. The audience stopped applauding and laughed
along with him. It was marvelous. He was so humble in his way.
Both Dromba and Seffia spoke as well, though their talks

were brief. Before she finished, I heard her last words. “And we
have with us, this evening, a very special guest. Won’t you please
welcome our friend, David, who has come to PLURBY to learn of
us and write about his journeys here so that others will know of us
and can visit us as well.”
The applause shocked me as I heard my name announced

before this great assemblage. I began to cry, and was almost
unable to speak. Then, something within me just clicked. I felt I
had what it takes to speak in front of this group, if only to thank
them for my travels and experiences here, thus far.
“Great people of PLURBY. I have traveled among you for

just a short while, experiencing your joy, your compassion and
great warmth. My life has been deeply touched, and I am not the
same person I was just a short while ago.” I paused a moment to
gain my composure really, but the audience took it as a timely
pause, and they stood up, applauding my words.
I felt speechless, humble and all-powerful at that moment. A

feeling of great responsibility came over me; that every word I
would speak or think, every feeling that would well up inside me
from this moment on, would have great importance throughout all
the universes in existence. I had discovered, in one instant, the

true potential greatness of my inner being. A greatness I might
have an opportunity to finally express in the outer.
“I don’t have anything more to say except thank you. I can

barely tell you in words what a marvelous experience it has been
to come here, after so many years of seeking. Although I’ve only
met a few of you, so far, I look forward to being inspired by each
of you, in the months and years that follow. All I can say is thank
you for welcoming me into your hearts.”
As I ended my short talk, the applause was deafening. I saw

my own greatness reflected back to me in a hundred thousand
beings, and even more. I felt the whole universe was responding
to me. Little ME! It was a wonderful feeling, but the flip side of
power was also there - just before my eyes. How many times in
past lives had I been in just such a position and misused the
power I had at my disposal!
Seffia turned to me and whispered in my ear: “Many times,

my son, many times. Yet we always have more opportunities to
re-experience what we need to, and to make amends for the
injustices we have created. Look out into the audience. These are
the beings who understand, and who can help you see your flaws,
that you may wipe them away and let your greatness shine forth.”
I smiled at her, looking deeply into her eyes, as I felt my

inner body traverse the veil back to the waking world of my
physical. I could still hear the applause as I opened my eyes to
see it was daylight in my world - I had been in PLURBY all night
long!
* * *
CHAPTER SEVEN
VIEW FROM THE PRECIPICE
“Life is an intricate wave of cycles and patterns. It

mirrors itself over and over again. It’s not so difficult to
decipher the hidden messages for they are contained in
virtually every experience you could ever have. Look
around you. Look at the cycles of life; birth, life, change,
then birth again.
“The very seasons show you the cycles. Winter, when

all seems dead. Spring, when all begins anew, and life
flourishes; it proliferates itself. Then summer, when life
continues to grow. Fall, the transition period from activity
and life to rest, then again to winter, the resting phase.
“It’s a cycle that has gone on since the lower worlds

were created. Look within yourself. You have your own
personal cycles. Civilizations too have their cycles. They
begin, they reach a zenith and at some point they
collapse, and disappear into oblivion, yielding to another
civilization.
“Do not mourn over these changes. They are the

natural ebbs and flows of life. Even yourself: you were
born, you will live and have wonderful experiences for a
brief duration in your eternal journey, then this life scene
will end and you will again incarnate into another
lifescene, until you have reached the point of unfoldment
in eternity where further incarnations in the lower worlds
would serve no valuable function, and you may live your
life in service to AHO, possibly in a higher realm.
“Look at your life. Become aware of the patterns that

exist in your own life; patterns you have created in your
own lifescene; whether you recognize this lifescene as
being past, present or future. All things that happen in your
universe are only the results of your own actions, or
causes, that you set in motion.”
* * *
I became aware of scenes all around me; holograms of
visual perceptions; auditory sensations; fragrances of the seasons
changing as I became aware of the truths revealed to me in this
moment from the sacred YOURN.
The impressions I became aware of in my universe

transcended any simple words that might have appeared on the
pages of the YOURN; as so frequently happens. For, as I was
beginning to become ever more aware of, it was rarely the written
words of the YOURN that imparted the eternal truths, rather, the
Spiritual content behind the words that was impressed my being;
my very Soul was lighted up by the YOURN.
I had taken the afternoon off from work. It was a Tuesday,

the day I most commonly took off from work. I never realized it,
until someone mentioned it to me at work. I tried not to abuse
taking days off, and I didn’t really care to take off Mondays or
Fridays, making long weekends. I preferred to split the week up
by taking off in the middle. Every other Wednesday was pay day,
so I rarely took that day off.
I was home alone, and decided to relax a while in the old

easy chair I had in the den area. As I sank into the chair, pleasant
sensations began to surround me. I felt a warmth flowing
throughout my being, as if someone were hugging me. NO! even
MORE! As if someone were actually embracing me from the
inside. I felt love, too; a love that is much deeper than the sexual
type of love, or the human manipulative love I often sought in my
waking state; a human love that so often disappointed me. I
wondered why I ever bothered to seek it still!
Of course, I knew the reason! It was because even though

not the highest form of love, love in any form is but a mirror of that
Divine Love we all truly seek within. That is the only kind of love
that is fulfilling, and lasting. It comes with no strings attached, yet
there is a responsibility to having it in ones life.
As I closed my eyes I immediately became aware of being in

a place in PLURBY. I knew it was PLURBY, because this is
where I had been coming for quite some time now, and it was the
only place I was putting my attention on. I opened my inner eyes
to see my three friends smiling at me, as I stepped through the
veil that separated our two universes.
* * *
“Well, how are you today?” asked Seffia, in her warm tone. I
knew it was she that had so lovingly embraced me, almost calling
me to visit this afternoon. “Not nice of you to take the day off.
There is so much work for you to do, even though your job is not
as you would like it to be. But since you have all this available
time, we’ve sensed you might like to spend it here with us, today.
There is much to be imparted to you.”
I smiled at her, and as I walked forward to hug her, my other

two friends, Yerba and Dromba, came closer and the four of us
hugged in one group. The feeling was really incredible. It was a
combination of seeing a loved one you hadn’t seen in many
years, the moment of orgasm with your best sexual partner, and
the true joy of being in the presence of Divine Beings. In this
moment I felt eternal and at one with all life.
Yerba spoke with a particularly jubilant tone. “This city we

are in is called GIANIRA. It is the third city of PLURBY guided
over by the Goddess Emerena, a Daughter of the Order of
CRYSALANA. As you can probably surmise, the predominant
colour here is green, which is related to truth, wisdom and
healing.
“It should be no surprise to you that the Goddess Emerena is

named for that jewel you know in your world as Emerald. Funny
how many coincidences there are for you here in PLURBY, isn’t
it? This is the Field of Imausa, a very special park where people
come to partake in deep contemplations. There are many little
alcoves, and small groves of trees providing much privacy. In fact,
there could be several thousand people here at one time, and you
would hardly know there was anyone here at all!”
We walked further into the park, and, as with the ECOPIAN

in the City of CENTRIA, I could feel the strength of the creative
forces of the spiritual current here. The essence of the Light and
Sound of AHO were all around me, and there was no mistaking
Its presence.
I listened closely for the sounds around me. Then I listened

even more intently, to the sounds behind the sounds. It was an
old technique I had learned some ages ago. Listening to the
sounds behind the sounds tunes you in more acutely to the
essence of all life.
“I feel I should set the stage for you this day, of what we shall
impart to you. Not so that we may feel superior to you, or that we
must cover all that we would like to. In fact, the more we teach
you, the more we learn ourselves, for the learning never ends. It
is an ongoing process. Even the most highly developed in
Spiritual Consciousness are growing, all the time.
“The Living Masters of any age grow as the consciousness

of the group they support grows. It is a give and take. There is
always that plus factor we mention to you from time to time. Never
feel, even for a moment, that you have arrived. You can never
arrive, nor can you reach any kind of an endpoint.
“There is, however, one comment I’d like to make along this
line. When you are working on a creative project; whether it’s
painting, writing books, composing songs, cooking a meal or
building a house, it’s sort of like a journey. You have a goal,
perhaps a short term one. That is, your goal is to be aware of
being in the moment of awareness of the book completed, or the
picture finished, or the meal on the table, or the house sold, and
someone living in it.
“Same as when you set out to go on a trip. You have an idea

of where it is you want to BE, and, by following some prescribed
route, of which you may not be totally aware of at the outset of the
journey, you eventually find yourself at that point you set out to be
in.
“This may be thought of as the end point, for it represents

the goal completed. The book published, the meal on the table,
the painting on the wall. It is good to recognize an endpoint, most
of the time, for it gives ego the satisfaction it needs to be able to
say: ‘good, I finished it!’, whereas, in reality, you could always go
on.
“There are so many millions of experiences to have in all the

universes of AHO, why stay with just one experience? True, some
people may spend a lifetime writing one book, and this will
become their greatest work. For that individual, that may be what
is needed: one great work. The same with a painting, or other
creative works.
“However, how would you feel if it took you three years to

travel 25 miles, or six months to cook one meal? Not very
gratifying. You must use discretion. For the most part, you begin a
project, gain insights and visions as to how it might be
accomplished, have some seemingly logical endpoint that you
focus on, and then you back up the goal with action or activity.
You follow through on the insights you get to accomplish the
endpoint or the goal.
“Simply remember, when one goal is accomplished, there

may be thousands of others waiting in the wings to be focused on
next. Don’t let goals become a grand illusion for you either. They
can be, you know! It is possible to become so attached to setting
and achieving goals, you forget to enjoy the process, which is
where all the insights lie.
“The realization of the goal, or the accomplishment of the

logical endpoint you visualized may not always be the true
endpoint. Sometimes the goal ends sooner than where you
originally perceived it would end. Sometimes it ends much later -
you actually go beyond the original endpoint you had set for
yourself. So don’t always get so caught up in setting precise goals
with strict guidelines to follow to achieve the endpoint.
“For some people having vivid endpoints and strict

guidelines to follow to arrive at the desired endpoint, is a great
way to function. For others, having looser goals is the key, and for
still others, no goals can be set. It’s just the way it is. Find out
which way best suits YOU! We’re going to discuss this area of
goals more in depth now, anyway, so you will be consciously
aware of many different aspects. Then you can pick and choose
what best suits you in any given situation.
“Never separate yourself from a goal. For you ARE the goal.
When you separate yourself from a goal - you begin to see a goal
not as part of your universe but as something that exists outside
your universe. You cannot HAVE anything that you perceive as
existing apart from you. Start by acknowledging that any goal or
objective you are to realize within your universe must already
exist and be accepted as being a part of you already.
“Since all things exist in eternity and simultaneously you may

HAVE all things, though you may not recognize all things as
distinctions from another, because of MEST, (the abbreviation for
the lower worlds of Matter, Energy, Space and Time) you may
only view things in states and not all at once. The only THINGS
that you may really possess, and only temporarily at that, are the
many varied facts known as viewpoints, perspectives or qualities.
“You may possess a quality you recognize as compassion,

though to say you POSSESS some material thing is not logical.
You cannot possess any material thing for you cannot truly
embrace it within your universe. It is always apart from you - you
cannot internalize a tree, or an animal, though you can relish in
the qualities of a tree.
“What material thing could you truly possess? None! Only by

the grace of AHO do you gain access to ‘use’ materials. They
come into your universe as seeming possessions, whereas, in
reality, they are only externalizations of those qualities that
already lie within you.
“Since all qualities are within your grasp of knowing, because

all exists within you, then you may HAVE any material thing that
you reflect back to you qualities that exist within you. Do you
understand?
“This is a revolutionary new concept for you and you should

at least have a firm grounding in its basic principle and foundation
so you may contemplate further on its truth.
“If you seek to possess some material thing that will not
benefit you in a more positive way, that is, truly add to your
unfoldment by evoking recognition of qualities within you, then
your pursuit of this thing may be fruitless.
“Hopefully, you will learn many lessons through the pursuit,

or process of trying to attain this material object, though in the
end, you may come to see, it was not the object you needed after
all, it was the enlightenment of yet more qualities within gained
through the process of attainment.
“Sometimes you do ‘get’ things you really don’t need, simply

because you want them. You are often duped into believing you
truly need the things you think you want to possess - in fact, you
can never really possess anything. Likely, we should invest more
energy in the process of detaching ourselves from our ‘things’
rather than seeking further attachments.
“This is not meant to dissuade you from the attainment of

any goal you feel will enhance your growth and unfoldment, for as
you progress along the pathway, you will be better able to know
from the start, which avenues of pursuit to take and which to
ignore - though you may always consciously select either path.
But why seek something you can never truly have, when learning
can be so much easier and richer and less painful when you just
allow AHO to provide for you what you truly need?
“Often the material objects, or things, we think we want are

but crude representations of some deep inner longing. Our
actions to possess some thing often belie our own inner frailties
and lacks. We should invest more ‘attention’ to the process we
follow than the object we seek.
“Your need to possess things and surround yourself with

material objects stems from two major lifescenes we will highlight
for you.
“So that you may at last have the awareness to release this
problem of wanting to possess, I tell you of one of your lifescenes
many centuries ago, by measurement of time. You were very
wealthy, by material measurement. A marauding tribe entered
your estate and destroyed all the external things of beauty you
possessed, and had come to identify as being yours.
“Since you had not yet learned the value of the inner
development, you felt you had lost all that was important to you.
This deep feeling of loss pervaded five lifetimes and you were
never able to recover from it.
“Several centuries later, in another lifescene, you were in a

position of power. The old engram of loss was so prevalent and
powerful in this lifescene you tried to possess ALL.
“As ruler of your country, you set taxes to an unbearably high

limit so that you could attempt to fulfill your lust for possession
and satisfy your longing from a prior lifescene. Since no amount
of material substance could satisfy your seeming need, or lust,
you were completely out of balance. You were a tyrant, a dictator,
an autocrat.
“At age 36, you were murdered by your own staff, who could
no longer live under your tyranny and suppression. Is it any
wonder you have problems in your present lifescene as you try to
recapture a past recollection?
“You are trying to fulfill lacks in your life with material

possessions instead of qualities. You are trying to complete two
strong lifescenes so you can forever balance them out and be
totally free from their strong, overbalancing grasp on your life.
“Your present age of 36 is again a turning point, although the

possibility of murder is quite remote. Contemplate on this
information that I have told you to see if you feel it is true. Only
then can you accept it and avail yourself of the wisdom this
engram holds. By discovering the truth and seeking the wisdom -
freedom is already present.”
After this rather lengthy discoursing, her words stopped, and

I had a moment to reflect on what she had said to me. I guess I
never really thought much about how significant the past events in
my many varied lifescenes may be affecting the present, and how
it’s so that the ‘sins’, if you will, from the past, visit upon us in the
present.
I didn’t have enough time to fully integrate all she had told
me. I hoped I would have enough of it to carry back with me
across the veil so I could record my experience and contemplate
on it at a later moment.
* * *
“Embedded within every experience lie the seeds that can
help propel you into ultimate awareness, if only you will learn the
lesson. Do not be deceived into thinking that a book, a discourse,
a walk, a healing session or even being in the presence of a
highly developed SPIRITual being will give you all the keys you
need.
“While it may be true that these beings are a clearer vehicle

for the SPIRITual forces, and they serve as a clear mirror for the
reflection of your self back to yourself, and they give you worlds of
insight in an instant, truly it is only YOU, the individual, that can
gain the insight through your own diligence, persistence and
perseverance, for the Master will not be with you always.
“What is the Master but an externalization of that quality

which is the highest that lies within you! Therefore, seek to
wrench, seek to gain from each experience the seed, the kernel,
that will open the doorway to the lesson to ultimate unfoldment
without the conscious assistance of a SPIRITual Master. For in
reality, these SPIRITual Masters are always with you - always

watching, always guiding, but not always aware to you.”
* * *
Again, a few moments to reflect on these words. I felt myself
beginning to accept, without question, the information I was being
availed here in PLURBY. It was nice to be able to just bypass the
mind and allow new input to flow through and be accepted and
integrated into my being.
Yerba’s presence was felt, and he began to speak. “Would

you like to hear a story about accomplishing things?”
I laughed inside. Of course I would! Perhaps whatever he

would say would further inspire me to continue toward my goals in
life.
“There was a man about 1200 garn ago, again by time

measurement, who wanted to develop a device that could
efficiently harness the light of the sun and transform it into usable
energy; much the same desire as some insightful people in your
own time period. Following his inner guidance, and really being
aware of all the little insights, however seemingly insignificant he
received, it was not long after the initial recognition of the goal
that he was able to realize it in the physical.
“He was able to actually define and set his goal from the
fabric of his desire, use the creative techniques to gain the
necessary insights, and actually bring the already-existent device
from the inner worlds into the outer physical world.
“This was not an easy task, for a number of reasons. First of

all, the man having the desire had to bring himself to change the
perception of his inner worlds. He had to develop and practice,

every moment, a high degree of spiritual ethics. He had to watch
his every thought and action in all the worlds below AHO. This
included his physical action, feelings, thoughts and desires.
“Also, because of the nature of the goal, the desire to bring

something into the physical reality that would drastically affect the
lives of literally millions of people, he had to always be aware of
the possible consequences of such a creation coming into the
physical reality. That is, it became necessary for him to take the
larger viewpoint - not just the fulfilling of some personal goal, or
desire.
“It was not so long after the initial desire that the device did
indeed manifest in the physical. Because this occurred so long
ago, according to the linear time scale, and because the physical
beings living in that time period were much different than in your
present-day world, the device was not quite as difficult to manifest
and put into operation.
“This is not to criticize your world at all. At the time of this

man’s actions, there was no monetary system to hinder his
research. Although the device was not accepted with open arms,
as you might expect, there was enough support on the outer to
manufacture the device and to put it into actual operation.
“Because of the high degree of integrity needed to maintain

the proper manufacture and use of the item, which was called a
SOLCON, not unlike words being used in your time period, the
process of manufacture, as well as the administration of its use,
became a closely guarded secret, passed down within a family
line.
“Here is the device.” He held an item in his hands that

measured about four inches by eight inches, and not much thicker
than three or four inches. It seemed really quite compact for what
it was able to do. “Do not be deceived by the size of this
SOLCON, for it has a great ability to transform light into usable
electric type energy. This device is really just the transformer.
There are also storage devices to store up the energy so
transformed.
“I’m sure you can understand that I cannot reveal to you, at

this moment, how this device is actually manufactured. This will
come, in time, to people of your world, when the desire of the
masses is strong enough, and the necessary paradigm shift in
consciousness has occurred.
“While other forms of harnessing natural energies of the

universe for usable power have been developed through the
ages, solar energy appears to be one of the most flexible. But this
is not to say that there aren’t other forms of energy that are
equally as efficient. I included this little aside to tell you of some of
the things that became necessary as part of the manifestation of
the goal.
“Of course, I cannot really give you all the little details that
occurred during the entire process. Like life, it is something that
must be experienced. No one can tell you everything. You must
experience it for yourself, draw your own conclusions, learn your
own lessons, and put into action the insights you receive to see if
your perceptions are well-attuned to the highest.”
* * *
Dromba’s voice was a sudden change from Yerba’s. “It’s
important for you to remember not to make idle promises or
statements without substance to back them up. For surely,

everything we utter, verbally or nonverbally, every thought put out
into the cosmos gets imprinted on the universal magnetic energy
level and will come back to manifest in your life, at some point, in
eternity. Maybe in another lifetime, maybe in a form other than
how you had originally conceived it.
“Everything already exists. There isn’t really anything new in

eternity, though each personal experience of something seems
new.”
“Oh,” I said. “You mean everything is like a hologram, and I

can just travel in the inner worlds and experience anything I want
to?”
Dromba laughed. “Well, sort of. Actually, if you did that you
would be spending most of your existence in wasteful activities.
Better to tune in to those experiences you need to have. Then
seek these experiences and learn what you can from them.
“All things exist at the same time. Life should not be thought
of as being linear. As a crude example,” he reflected a moment as
if to recall something from the future; from my time period. “If I put
10 movies on a video tape, overlapping each other, and tried to
replay them on a conventional VCR, they would all be garbled.
That’s what eternity is like, when you are unable to separate it.
“As you become more skilled in using the techniques you

learn along the way, you are able to fine tune your senses, and
what once seemed garbled to you, now becomes crystal clear,
and you wonder why you were unable to see this before. It is
because you have not developed the sensitivities.
“One day, perhaps, a physical device will be developed to

allow just such a thing to be. That is, to record several movies in
the same physical space, and then to view each movie as
desired. Of course, a much simpler way would be to put these
engrams on a disk form which you are able to view any particular
instant, as you desire.
“This is really how reality is. All things exist at the same
instant, and you can tune in to any single event at any given
instant, or you can tune in to many events in the same instant - it
all depends on the degree of reception you have developed. Can
you listen to three people talking at the same time and really be
aware of what each is saying? If you can, that’s a great talent. If
you can do that, can you listen to a hundred or a thousand?
“When you are able to do that, then you’ll have a pretty good
example of what exists around you. I’m not telling you to spend
your life trying to pay attention to a hundred conversations in the
same instant. Only that there are billions upon billions of
holograms existing in the same instant, and you should begin to
develop the ability of tuning in to any of them as you desire.
“Now for some real concrete information you can use in your
own life. Perhaps others may also benefit from this information.
We call this the IMPECCABLE TECHNIQUE. It works for many
people, and I have used it several times with very good results. I
offer it to you because it is certainly a beginning in the
understanding of one technique that may prove successful. After
you’ve used this one a few times, perhaps you’ll find out why I
prefer other, simpler and more potent techniques.
This is how it goes:

1) Clean your physical space completely. Pay attention to

every detail - the walls, carpets, closets, floors - every nook and
cranny. Your physical surroundings must be immaculate.
2) Clean out your emotional and mental baggage as well. Sit

in a comfortable chair and try to recall all kinds of emotional and
mental attitudes and feelings that seem unnecessary in your life,
or that seem to hamper you. Cast them out.
3) After you are sure you have accomplished the above two
tasks to your satisfaction, repeat them two more times.
4) Now - formulate a goal. Something you want to

accomplish. Write it down and revise the written version until it
states exactly what you want it to say - until it accurately reflects
the goal you want to accomplish.
5) Sit down in a comfortable chair and focus all of your

mental attention on the goal. Visualize the goal accomplished.
Feel the goal accomplished. Work from the end result - that is,
assume you already have that which you desire as your goal.
6) Release your goal - all your desires, feelings and

thoughts, to the creative current. Visualize placing your goal into
the current and then - totally release it - surrender it completely
with total surety that your goal is ALREADY ACCOMPLISHED.
That’s it!!!
“Beware, though! This is a VERY powerful technique, though

it works strongly on the psychic planes of manipulation. Not that
this is a particularly negative technique, but it is a strong request
for what you want, not allowing what you need to come to you - if
that should be different.
“Often we find most people who get what they want aren’t
happy with what they’ve gotten. They attained the goal, but failed
to look, or perceive, beyond the borders of the limited scope of
vision they have of this goal.
“Therefore, some of what comes along with the goal was not
conceived by the goal-setter. It is often a rude awakening when
the full reality of the goal comes into physical manifestation in the
reality of the seeker’s personal universe. It seems that sometimes
the fantasy is better than the reality. Also remember to keep silent
about your goals and what you are doing in your life. To speak a
thing before its time is to doom it to certain death.
“This technique does not always work for everyone and may
not always work for a person who has once had success with it.
Consider this a blessing - for often we are prevented, by some
higher power, from getting what we are deluded into thinking we
want from what we actually need.
“There may appear to be inequities in your world - the haves

and have-nots; those who seem to live a charmed life of material
ease. On the surface, I would agree that this is, in fact, what
appears to be so.
“On the other side, you cannot really know what goes on
inside this, or any persons’ inner worlds - the turmoil they may be
suffering on the emotional or mental planes, or not! Some do and
some don’t.
“Be assured, regardless of outer appearances, all things,

and all people are bound by the laws of Karma. We reap what we
sow - even if that seeming gain or loss extends beyond one
lifetime.
“You already had all types of experiences throughout your

many lifetimes - there is no need to strive for any goal other than
total awareness and the re-integration through conscious
awareness of all we have been, will be and always ARE at any
given moment.
“Seek within and you will know this to be truth. You have
already experienced the essence of virtually every state of
consciousness. Become aware of these essences and become
whole through this re-integration and understanding that we all
have within us all that can be - all that was, is or will be. And even
if we didn’t, individually, we could always tap into that collective
bank of facsimiles and experience by emulation anything we
want, on the inner.
“Most people seem to want to set goals and then try to

circumvent natural laws by wishing and praying for some mystical
power to bestow the finished product or end-point on them without
following the natural course of events needed to accomplish the
goal.
“Set goals - that’s fine, but focus on goals you really want to
accomplish. Try to distill these goals and narrow them enough so
you can properly focus on the goal and get a good grasp of it.
“Saying you want to be rich is not sufficient. It is too vague a

request from the creative current. Saying you would like to have a
certain sum of money, and stating this amount clearly and exactly,
is more precise, but the pursuit of money is often a shallow goal -
it lacks the substance of quality.
“If one were to say: MY GOAL IS TO BE A GREAT(ER)

HEALER, or a great writer, or a great artist, this narrows the focus
to a finer level, and one can now begin to focus on what is
needed to accomplish this goal. It is not necessary for you to

know everything you must do to accomplish the goal at the outset.
Just be sure you want it, set a clear goal, refine the goal,
contemplate on the goal, release the goal and act, in all ways, as
if you already ARE the goal.
“In every action be attuned to everything that your inner is

guiding you to do that will lead you closer and closer to
manifesting your goal in the physical, for truly, if you can clearly
focus on a goal or end-point, that goal, or completed end-point is
already manifested somewhere in eternity. It could be in the
so-called past, present or future - by linear time. And it could also
be existing in the physical or non-physical worlds. But I tell you
again, be assured that in fact, whatever you can envision is
already in existence in some realm. What you want to do is learn
to bring this already-manifested situation or object into your own
personal universe.
“You may also picture your goal by practicing the LUNDA, or

the Presence of the MAHAVANA, the Inner Master. In this way,
the goal becomes refined, and filtered through a clear vehicle. All
illusion is stripped from the goal.
“We’re not saying don’t set goals, only don’t fix them too
rigidly in your consciousness or be attached to the mechanism or
way in which the goal is to be accomplished.
“If your goal were to have a large sum of money or live in a

big house - picture yourself already having that thing. Feel it,
visualize it, live it - if only in your imagination, for now. Thought,
feeling and inner and outer action will surely bring to you the
object of your desire.
“If your wish is for some kind of mate, I say, focus on the
qualities of the person, not the physical appearance, for rarely, in
the long run, does the physical match up with what you really
need to be fulfilled in a relationship.
“The physical lasts but a brief moment and then it’s gone.
The qualities may likely last lifetimes and how wonderful it is to be
so well-matched in qualities that the relationship is a joy for most
of a lifetime - or longer!
“The physical fades - even the physical love may wane as a

higher, more pure form of love pervades the being and the
relationship. This is what you seek, the wholeness through
balance gained through the inter-personal relationship and
interaction with another being who is well-matched to your inner
needs.”
* * *
This was certainly a lot to digest, but something very
concrete that I could bring back with me, and certainly use in my
daily life. I was happy about that.
Seffia added more information to this body of wealth I had

already heard her this day.
“All actions affect the whole. There is no solitary action or

cause that stands alone. In light of this, you must use utmost care
and discretion before you perform any action, even when guided
by your inner promptings.
“For every action there is a reaction, or result, and a whole

series of consequences. A simple example to illustrate this point:
A beaver builds a dam - the action. He completes the dam and

creates a beautiful lake - the result of his action.
“All of life is affected by this dam. Creatures accustomed to

the flow of water from the river now dried up, or lessened in flow,
must adjust. Dry land is now buried beneath the life-giving waters
of the river. Life-giving to a point. In too great a quantity they can
overwhelm and stifle.
“Yet even in destruction there is benefit. For each demise or

collapse signals the end of one cycle and ushers in the beginning
of some other cycle.
“A leader of a country steps aside that another may serve in

this capacity. Ultimately we all seek to serve in the greatest
capacity we can. This is accomplished partly through daily
surrender to AHO through the MAHAVANA.
“It is only through this action of surrender, or release of the

lower self, that we become humble and it is through true humility
we begin to have all. Service to AHO is truly the greatest goal and
desire, for through this one goal we gain all the riches of the
universe. Our every wish is fulfilled on all levels.
“This should not mean to discourage you from using the

mental technique of goal setting. All things reflect the highest - the
primal cause of AHO, and therefore, every action has the capacity
to unveil truth, wisdom and freedom within you.
“When you perform some action out of love and service

rather than control and power, results and consequences are very
different. When you act from love with humility and detachment,
you allow consequences of actions to occur in a more natural
way. The cycles follow their own ebb and flow.
“When you act from power to control, the results can be very
different. Remember that you cannot control indefinitely, though
you are eternally responsible for your actions and all the results
and consequences that occur as a natural end-product of the
cause you initiated.
“Now, you may begin to halt and correct these many causes
you have set in motion by balancing them out. Not as in action of
penance or regret, but through understanding, enlighted action
and functioning in harmony with AHO, being always attentive to
the inner nudges that guide you in your journey.
“Remember - every action you take, however great or small,

has far-reaching results and consequences. Better to be detached
to work from love - in this way you incur little or no karma by these
actions, done out of love in service to AHO through the
MAHAVANA.
“You have cast your bread upon the waters of life,

unattached to what becomes of the bread. You bask in the joy of
the action, and may truly delight in the result of watching the
hungry fishes feed on the food you have freely given. Your true
reward will usually come to you in another way - you may not
even remember the actions you performed from which you are
reaping the consequences - whether you view them as positive or
negative.
“Your world has finally realized the global consequences

manifested through the environment of the actions set in motion
that are now proving detrimental to physical life itself.
“Still, this is just a cycle, one that may or may not be able to
be reversed, and even though you may think you had nothing to
do with it, that some great, powerful OTHER is the cause, you are
misguided in this belief. You, the individual, are always totally
responsible for all that occurs in your universe, whether it’s your
personal universe or not.
“Learn from all you experience, that you may grow in

consciousness through the awareness of reality you gain by
observing reality for what it truly is. Look at all life with an unveiled
eye.
“Look beyond the outer circumstances, which is the illusive

reality. For only in the depths, behind the illusions of life, can you
truly gain the wisdom each moment has to offer.
“For each moment of eternity gives all - it is totally up to the

individual to awaken into the realization of the allness of the
moment.
“No one can give you this wisdom. You must discover it on
your own - though not alone - for there are many highly developed
Beings always ready to assist you in your journey to be free. Such
is one aim of the ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM.
“Real freedom is attained through perception of truth, leading

to the awareness of wisdom which unfolds the eternal inner
quality of ultimate freedom - a grand illusion of the lower worlds.
You may not think you caused every reaction and consequence
that you become aware of, but this is unimportant. It only matters
how you deal with these consequences - in this process lie all the
keys that unlock all the doors behind which are all the answers to
all the questions that could ever be asked.”
Her words stopped flowing, and I thought to myself how

familiar these words all seemed. Not in this particular
configuration, or in this short a period of time, but throughout my

life, I had heard most of these things before. I wondered if,
perhaps, I hadn’t always come to PLURBY for insights, or if some
inner being, or beings, were always there, always guiding my life -
but whose presence was not revealed to me.
* * *
We had sat quite a duration in the Field of Imausa, totally
lost in outer discourse and inner contemplation. I felt enlivened;
almost engorged with new insights about goals and life and
desires and everything! It was but a short moment before I
realized we were standing near a beautiful orange-hued one-story
building.
Just a few paces from the structure was yet another park,
this one more open than the previous one. “This is the Temple of
Paname,” Seffia said. “It is a healing center, located in this City of
GIANIRA. Also here, working out of this Temple as a base, is the
Order of the Din, an order of Spiritual Humorists.
“This Order has produced many of our finest clowns and

story-tellers. I have spent wonderful periods learning from these
two arts,” said Yerba, as the four of us entered into the park.
“The Temple is watched over by the Goddess Emerena, who

has great powers of healing. It is here people come not only for
healing, but to learn of healing. The Temple of Paname has
produced some of our finest healers, who have gone out into the
other cities of PLURBY and other lands and universes to practice
the true healing arts they learned here.
“Every illness that manifests in the physical,” Seffia began,

“has at its root an inner cause-seed from another level. This can
be an emotional or mental cause or perhaps a cause-seed from

some distant past experience which may be your own or
another’s. This is part of the problem in getting involved with other
people and offering criticisms and advice. You often take on
facsimiles that are not truly your own. You can acquire certain
illnesses by creating virtual cause-seeds or synthetic cause-seeds
from these borrowed facsimiles that you integrate into your own
being.
“An illness should be thought of as a cleansing. It’s a working

through of something from the inner worlds to the outer. This does
not mean if you have a prolonged illness or condition, you should
not seek the attention of a competent healer of the times in which
you live, and follow the dictates of both a healer you trust and
your inner instincts.
“These are important concepts to understand because we

each must take full responsibility for our own healing, and not rely
on some outer healing practitioner to do the healing for us by
giving us some kind of magic potion or magic pill.
“There are, on the planet, literally millions of herbs nature

has provided for our healing. If you are fortunate enough to find
someone who is truly gifted in this field, this might be a way for
you to go. There are also other avenues of healing that certainly
should not be ignored. However, it seems clear that some of the
methods used during your time period are a little drastic, not
successful and certainly not holistically based.
“Most do not treat the being as a whole, they treat only the
specific symptoms. Cut off the leg and that will cure the body
problem! This is rarely the solution to the situation. You need to
treat the entire body. Getting rid of the leg because it is ‘bad’ does
not mean the rest of the body is cured. Indeed, without the leg the
body would not be physically whole. But this does not get rid of
the cause-seed nor does it get rid of the symptoms or the
situation resultant from the cause-seed.
“Much of inner healing lies in trusting the inner powers we

each have. It is trusting the creative current to help heal us,
mostly by either blindly releasing the problem or situation
hampering us, or working through the situation to gain a
complete, or in some cases partial, understanding of what we are
manifesting in our life as an illness or state of un-wellness.
“Perhaps this story may shed some light on this point:
“There once lived a man of 3 garn and 6 who had suffered

from maladies of his heart center since the age of 2 garn. He had
visited every charlatan healer whose name crossed his path,
promising quick, cheap easy cures to his malady. Becoming
despondent, he began to totally mistrust the outer world and all
the healing practitioners who promised to heal him. Still, every
time he heard of a healing practitioner who might cure his ailment,
he went seeking that healer, not knowing that the true secret to
healing lay only within his own being.
“One day after a particularly grueling day of work on the

farm, he walked into his bed chamber. Grasping his heart center
with his hands, he collapsed on the floor; no one around him to
comfort him. He drifted off into a deep, deep sleep, unlike any he
had ever had before in this lifescene. In a dream he met a man
who promised he could help heal the young man, but only on one
condition.
“Supuni, the ailing man, looked at the healer in disbelief

because he had been so scarred by all the previous so-called
healers he had met. The healer looked deeply into Supuni’s eyes
and stated firmly: ‘I offer you this gift once. Your eyes shall be
opened; your heart center cleansed. There is but one condition to
this gift.’
“For some reason, of which Supuni was unaware, he

responded immediately without mental intervention saying, ‘YES!
I will do as you say.’
“The healer again said: ‘I have one request of you - that is,
that you trust me implicitly.’ Supuni agreed.
“The healer began: ‘I’m going to take you on a journey back

through the ages, to a time in your own distant past that you have
forgotten consciously, to show you the cause-seed of your
condition and also of a way to finally heal his condition.’
“Supuni was intrigued, and listened attentively to the healer.

Suddenly, he found himself in a large room. He saw floating
before his eyes hundreds of decks of what seemed like cards,
about 4 inches by 6 inches, or maybe they were 3 by 5. The
healer stopped at one of them and pulled one out, holding it in
front of Supuni. A moving scene came to life before his eyes. It
was of a lifetime in which he and a young woman were very much
in love.
“They were to be married after a long courtship. Supuni was

blindly in love with her, and gave his whole being to her.
Unfortunately, she did not feel the same way about him. In this
lifescene, Supuni was but a poor, humble farmer; the girl wanted
the greater wealth and comforts the physical world could offer her,
not the true inner love and fulfillment the farmer could have given
her.
“One day she left without warning. The young farmer

became as if heart-broken, and died at an early age - just 2 garn
and 8. This pain pervaded many lifescenes hence.
“In this current lifescene, it again resurfaced, in the physical

guise of having heart problems. The healer closed the scene and
put the cards back on the shelf. Looking at Supuni he asked:
‘What have you learned from this experience?’
“Supuni said: ‘I have learned what seems to be the

cause-seed of my present physical ailment.’ The healer replied:
‘Yes, that is the first step to your healing. I will give you one more,
too. That is, when you awaken from this sleep, sit in a comfortable
position and envision a beautiful healing orange light surrounding
your body. Imagine this light pervading every atom of your being.
Surrender this attachment you have had to this past life-scene
situation which is now dead.
“’My promise to you is if you perform this technique as I have

suggested, when you awaken from it, you will be healed of this
physical ailment because you have recognized its cause-seed
and you have consciously chosen to go beyond your past
attachments and your past problems. I tell you without any
reservation, from the moment you awaken from that
contemplation your feet will be planted on the path to Total
Awareness.’
“With that, the healer disappeared. The young man awoke,

from his dream sleep, quite unnerved from the situation; still in
that veiled phase between dreams and the waking state. For
some reason, he knew not consciously, he instinctively acted on
the suggestions he received from the healer he had met in his
dream.
“He sat in a comfortable position on the floor, next to his bed.

He envisioned an orange light surrounding his body, just as he
was advised. He envisioned this in his imagination, because he
did not believe it to be true in his physical outer world. The
situation he had seen unfolded before him of the young girl who
broke his heart so many lifetimes ago, again came to life in his
imagination. She looked at him. He smiled at her and said, ‘I
release you.’ She looked at him, smiling, saying, ‘thank you.’
“Supuni sat another few moments bathed in that orange

light, and when he came out of this contemplative technique, he
felt his heart center had been healed.”
Seffia ended this story rather abruptly, looking me straight in

the eyes and asked: “What have YOU learned from this little
story, my young friend?”
I was almost frozen by her gaze and spoke freely, without

mental screening. “I learned that trust in the inner is a powerful
tool for healing. Also, that if you don’t believe something to be true
in your waking world, you can still use the imagination to create a
hologram situation that can become real to you.
“That through this created hologram, you can experience

that state you want to experience, and can even create this state
in the physical waking world, not just the inner worlds of
imagination.”
My three friends, laughed. “Good answer,” blurted Yerba. “I

couldn’t have done better myself. Watch her, my friend. She’s as
gentle and kind as a lamb with the wisdom of the ages planted
deep inside her being. But she can also become like the roaring
lioness to impress something into your consciousness!”
We all laughed together as we walked from the little park to

the entrance of the healing center. As we ascended the steps I
was reminded to take a special crystal from the right receptacle
and place it in my pocket.
“This is a very powerful place to be,” began Seffia. “It is a

favorite place of all of ours to come to, because it is here, in this
temple, and several others around the country, that you can see
occurring right before your eyes, those things you have labeled
miracles in your time.
“While true healing occurs from the inner first, it is here, in

these temples, that you can actually watch the outer manifestation
of the inner healing. That is, the many different techniques used
here help the individual understand and actually cause the
healing to occur in the outer, by working on the inner.
“Of course, I’m referring to a physical situation. If an

individual has an emotional or mental illness that they wish to
have healed, you won’t be able to see this with the physical eyes.
Let’s see if there are any sessions you can watch. Oh, yes. This
looks interesting!”
We walked down a long corridor. The hallway was very large

across, maybe twenty feet. Not many people walking around. It
appeared like any modern type of office building I had seen in my
own time period, yet there was something very different about it.
The building was extremely clean, and there was a very low
sound that I could just barely tune into.
“You are correct, my friend,” said Yerba. “There is a very

special sound present here. It is the sound of Aho. It is the healing
energy that pervades this center - this Temple of Healing. Let’s
look here, at this person.”
We stopped by a glass window and the shade that had

previously blocked our view was raised. The young girl inside, the
healing practitioner I was told, lifted the shade to allow our visual
perception. I watched as a small machine was placed near a man
who appeared to be in great pain. First, he seemed to drift off into
a sort of sleep, as the two did a sort of special chant together.
Next, when he seemed to have lost physical consciousness,

she placed the machine near him, but I didn’t really see what the
machine did to him. “The machine,” said Seffia, “is a device used
to lower the body temperature. Usually just a small area is
lowered in temperature; sometimes the whole body.
“Often the temperature is close to the freezing point. This is

necessary for the next phase of the healing session. Watch as
she takes the very special crystal instrument and places it over
the part that needs the physical healing.”
I watched as the practitioner held a very long crystal device

over the man’s heart area. She seemed to go into a deep
trance-like state, and the crystal wand, or something, began to
emanate light. It literally pulsed with light, and I saw the spot
beneath it, on the man’s body, begin to get hotter and hotter. I
thought she would burn through him.
“Yes,” Seffia continued. “While most of his body has been

lowered in temperature, the part being healed, the heart area, is
being charged with special healing energy that is extremely hot to
the touch. This device she is using is very similar to your
present-day lasers, although this technique is much more refined,
and the practitioner more highly attuned to the individual.
“In a not-so-distant moment from that which you are now

aware of in your world, techniques such as this will be
implemented, and at monetary costs that will surprise your world.
Actually, the methods employed by most of your medical
profession are unnecessarily expensive, and often fail to do that
task for which they were designed.
“Well, that isn’t really accurate. And in all deference to the

medical profession of your time, they do try to do the best they
can, it is those who come to them for healing who are not holding
up their end of the bargain. For healing is a situation requiring
agreement between the parties involved. Usually it’s just two - the
person needing the healing, and the healing practitioner.
“On rare occasions, depending on the type of healing

sought, others may be present, such as Spiritual Masters, or other
crystal practitioners, in addition to the trained healing practitioner,
who generally guides the session, even if others are present.
I continued to watch as the crystal’s light dimmed. The girl

placed the wand on the table, and the man was already fully
awake. I surmised that the heat generated from the wand had
brought the total body temperature back to normal, in addition to
accomplishing the healing.
“This,” she continued, “was a very simple healing, in fact.

The man has a problem with his diet, and is unable to control his
desire for foods that create blockages around his heart. In your
day you know this as cholesterol problems. As part of his
continuing therapy he not only had the physical heart center
totally cleansed of these blockages, he also needs to attend
classes and workshops to help him understand the root
cause-seeds of this problem.
“There are many classes held here all the time.” We began
to walk down the hall, and I noticed the place was far larger than I
had at first perceived. There were classrooms all over the place,
just as in so many of the buildings we had already seen in
PLURBY.
“We have all the various types of classes and therapies we

have developed here, to help people understand their problems
and blockages. This man had a physical blockage that was
manifested because of some of his inner problems. In time, as he
begins to open up his inner heart center he will discover the true
cause-seeds of his problem.
“It is in that moment he will be able to ascend to great

heights of awareness, as the veils of illusion begin to be lifted
from his consciousness.”
We had already walked the length of the hallway, and exited

through the rear door, it seemed, rather than the front. I
remembered to deposit the crystal I had carried with me since
entering the Temple, and as I looked at it, the crystal had
changed from its clear colour to a dark, murky colour. I was a little
shocked.
“Do not be alarmed. These are very special crystals, used in

the healing centers. Because you are open to inner healing, as
we circulated through the temple, much of your inner burden was
transmuted by the crystal you hold in your hand. Some of your
inner burdens were extracted from deep within you and their
essence is in the crystal. This murky colour represents problems
that YOU have inside you.
“Once you deposit this crystal as we exit, it will begin to take

all those engrams it has extracted from deep within you, and
release them into the creative current to be dissolved.”
I felt lighter as I deposited the crystal in the receptacle by the

exit door; a lightness that I new would now be filled with truth, not
illusion.
“There are many ways for you to accomplish this yourself.

We’ve given you some of them in the techniques you’re already
learned here. You can also use some of the very special crystals
and healing stones available in your own world. For now, that’s all
we’ll say on the subject. We’ve some additional things to discuss
with you today.”
* * *
I was exhausted and more than a little overwhelmed by all I
had seen and learned in my visit to PLURBY this day. I felt great
inner pressure in my life and just wanted to relax. It was at that
moment my three companions broke into my reverie. I wondered
if it wouldn’t have been easier to have just gone to work today?
“You don’t really believe that now, do you?” asked Yerba.

“After all, it has been by your request, totally, that you are here at
all. Do not be deceived by the illusions that will constantly crop up
in your life. Your true desire in this life has always been to know
truth, wisdom and freedom. Every action you have taken has
taught you a little more, and helped move you closer and closer to
the goals you seek.
“Although there is always another step to take, you have

already made some tremendous progress in expanding your
awareness. You have gained much wisdom that you can share
with others through your writing, and in your daily life. Remember
that all events are already there - we just go to meet them.”
With that, I found myself approaching a great hall, it seemed.

It was a very tall building, and looked like a theatre or lecture hall.
“Right again,” said Seffia. “I sense your inner awareness is
certainly expanding. You will find that as you awaken into your
own physical world, your awareness will continue to grow, and
you will become evermore aware of what is taking place in your
world, even without watching the news, reading newspapers,
listening to the radio or even talking with others.
“You might, however, want to confirm on the outer, what you

already know has been accurately perceived through the inner
channels. Eventually, you will not feel this need any longer, and
you will just know what you need to do in each moment of
eternity, without seeking outer verification.”
We walked up a flight of stairs and entered the hall. There

was a large auditorium directly in front of us, and I could see a
sign just outside the door. A young man greeted my three friends,
welcoming them to this afternoon’s lecture. “And this,” said Yerba,
“is our young friend, David, who has come to PLURBY to learn of
us.”
“Ah, welcome, my friend,” the man said in a husky voice.

“Hurry, the event is just about to begin. I think I have some seats
right up front.” Naturally, I thought to myself. Where else would I
sit? Certainly not in the back. It was as if I was being thrust out in
front to be viewed by the world. I suppose I needed this training
now for what is to come.
I glanced over at my three friends, whose heads nodded in

unison up and down signifying that my perception was again
correct. Then I looked at the sign just outside the door stating the
topic of the lecture. It read: “Extraterrestrial Ancestors.” I was kind
of surprised.
“Yes, we have an interest in this subject here, though not

everyone truly believes in the information you may likely hear in
this talk this afternoon. As in your period, there are always the
believers and the doubters. Just enjoy the talk and write what you
perceive.” As Yerba fell silent, we entered the large hall, which
seated about three thousand and took our seats in the front row.
There was a rather small sign on stage listing the talk and
the speaker’s name. It said, simply: “Extraterrestrial Ancestors,”
Zardra. That was all. I was intrigued by the topic, not so much
because it is a topic I’m overly interested in, but because so many
people are interested in this topic, and there is so much
misinformation written on the topic - so many charlatans.
A tall, good-looking man with dark hair and a beard walked

on stage. The house was quite full, so the applause was very
loud. I clapped along with the others. It was a welcoming gesture
and sign of approval, used here as well as in my own time period.
There was no introduction. Zardra just spoke: “Good

afternoon everyone. I thank you for coming here this afternoon to
hear my talk. It is based on much research and perhaps I can
further enlighten those of you who are already believers, and to
those who are doubters, please listen with an open mind, and
heart. Perhaps you, too, can walk away from this talk a little more
enlightened than when you came here.”
With that he began his talk: “Ages ago, lost in the misty dawn
before recorded time, great beings of a physical-humanoid form
came to planet Earth as part of their exploration of the universe.
“This planet is just one of many countless planets that

support life-forms of a similar nature, though Earth was selected
because of the very diversity of beings living here.
“Since the moment Earth became able to support humanoid

lifeforms, some 100 million years ago, we have had many
different species living here. Many have died out, some merged
with others through interbreeding. A few are still propagating -
mostly those we are currently aware of.
“But there are many other races, or groups of physical

beings, living on the planet that you may not be aware of. Most of
these are relatively small groups of perhaps fifty to a hundred
thousand, and they have largely remained as pure races, not
mixing with other groups.
“Most of these groups are scattered throughout the planet in

virtually inaccessible places to so-called civilized man, which is
why they are still able to exist.
“There is a particular group, or colony, that I would like to tell

you about, since they have had a tremendous effect on our own
society of PLURBY, and actually continue to have a pervasive
effect on the world today, though not openly.
“I’m speaking about a group we know as the Aquitro. There

aren’t more than about ten thousand or so of them living here.
They come from a planet known as Khilia, which is about ten
billion light-years away from Earth, by one form of measurement.
“The Aquitro are an extremely highly developed spiritual

race, manifested in the physical lifeform, bordering on being more
ethereal than physical. Their original presence on the planet was
a great boon to those societies already living and growing here

and although they did not intermarry - they had a profound effect
on the world.
“When an average lifespan of close to a thousand years, it’s

easy to see they must possess some supernormal powers,
people of your period are generally not aware of.
“The Aquitro average twelve to fifteen feet in height, and are

intakers of very little food as we know it. They are able to ingest
the very cosmic energy of the universe for their life support an
sustenance.
“You may wonder how beings so tall could go unnoticed in a

world where six feet is the usual maximum! It is because they live
below the surface of the planet - deep in the Earth’s core!”
I turned to my three friends with a puzzled look on my face. I

must have been really obvious in my gesture because I felt Zardra
react to my movements.
“I sense there are many among us here today who are

doubters. There is little outer proof I can offer you, and it is not my
desire to do this. You must seek within yourself for that which you
want to know.
“Early in the life of planet Earth, the world was green. Life
flourished everywhere. The seas abounded with life; the lands
were full of millions of different plants. Millions of animals of all
forms existed as well. All of life lived in harmony - before the dawn
of so-called ‘modern’ man.
“In the beginning millennia, man lived in total harmony with

nature. The Aquitro had learned the secrets of living in balance in
the lower worlds. Although they are very highly developed

spiritual beings, they have managed to live in the lower worlds
with great success.
“They have seeded literally thousands of planets, where they

left a small core of their own kind to rekindle the flame of spiritual
truth on the planets they visited. The physical beings were availed
the opportunity to have the Divine Truths they sought.
“All of life seemed perfect, during this golden age of the

physical worlds. But as man became more and more enmeshed
in the physical, he began to become degraded. His once high
spiritual ethics became tarnished. Slowly, over many millions of
years, life on the surface of the planet became difficult, especially
for the Aquitro. The negative forces were having a field day.
“As life here became increasingly negative, and difficult, the

Aquitro, once surface dwellers, retreated into the deep caverns of
the Earth, finding refuge beneath the surface. For the temperature
and climate had so changed on the surface, they were unable to
live safely.
“Now, those few thousand who remain of the Aquitro, a race

that once numbered in the tens of millions, live in relative comfort,
keeping the flames of truth alive for anyone to partake of, if only
they will make the journey to visit them and study with them.
“This is something I am unable to prove to you - only YOU

can prove it to yourself. In my next lecture I will be discussing in
greater depth of my journeys to the Aquitro, and how each of you
may also journey here, whether in the physical or using the inner
bodies.”
* * *
With those last words his short lecture ended. Zardra walked
off stage, and I sat there, quite stunned. Applause sounded the
end, and as it died down, the audience left the room, virtually
silent as the throng moved through the doors to exit the stadium.
My three friends and I walked a short distance, and as I

turned to view the three of them together, I caught a short glimpse
of them smiling and waving to me, as I once again passed
through the veil that separates our parallel universes - back to my
physical waking world.
My physical body moved again as consciousness returned to

it. I opened my eyes to find evening had set in - the day was over.
A day I had not gone to work, but a day in which I had worked
very hard, indeed. As tired as I was, I eagerly awaited my next
visit to PLURBY, the land I had come to recognize had the truths I
desired to make my existence in the physical world
understandable.
I uttered a silent thank you to my friends across the veil. And

as I mouthed the words, I was filled with a warmth I knew meant
they were always with me, giving me love, and friendship and
guidance. Though not the only ones, they were truly friends of
great price!
* * *
CHAPTER EIGHT
TOTAL SURRENDER
“It is only through total surrender to the MAHAVANA,

the Inner Master, that one is able to step through the
doorway into the worlds of AHO. This is because of the
way the lower worlds are set up.
“In the beginning, there were no lower worlds. All

existed in the High Worlds of AHO. As the lower worlds
came into existence, a being was needed to act as the
transformer, or doorway, through which one could pass,
back into the Worlds of AHO.
“In each age there is the one known as the

MAHAVANA. It is only HE, the chosen one, the one
among many, who holds the key. And it is only through
total surrender to this being that you are able to travel to
the worlds beyond.
“Behlub is the counterpart of the MAHAVANA. It is

Behlub who will setup all the illusions to test you and to
delay your recognition of the MAHAVANA. It is he, Behlub,
who will prevent you, by any means, from passing through
the doorway into the inner worlds.
“So it is written, find the MAHAVANA, the true Inner

Guide. Surrender to Him, follow His dictates, trust Him
completely, and know that all will be well in your spiritual
affairs.”
* * *
It was Saturday, the day I liked to sleep late. I was awakened
early with the striking realization that I had spent at least some of
my sleep period in the presence of the YOURN, the Sacred Book
of Eternal Truth. I recalled something about seeking some kind of
Inner Master, known as the MAHAVANA.
I wondered if it was HE, who had been visiting me all these

years, and if so, why had He not declared Himself. I was directed
to surrender to Him, a concept I found most unusual. My idea of
surrender was when you lost in war, you surrendered to the
enemy. It was a show of weakness.
These impressions got me to thinking. I woke up early,

hoping to get all of my mundane tasks completed as quickly as
possible so I could journey to see my friends in PLURBY.
I had barely gotten out of the shower when it hit me. I was
already there! I had finally achieved that dual consciousness that
is often so difficult to attain. That state where you are aware of
being in more than one place at the same instant. Actually, it’s not
as mystical as it sounds. It’s really just having a greater

awareness of more than one thing at the same instant.
It’s like talking on the phone and watching tv and reading a

book and carrying on another conversation, all in the same
instant, and all with total attention on each action being
performed. That was IT! It was directed attention, that was split
into more than one place at the same instant.
I was able to at least dry myself and get dressed before I had
to shift most of my attention across the veil to PLURBY. I didn’t
want to go outside and do any mundane tasks during this period.
My visits to PLURBY were too important to me, and whatever
words I could grasp and bring back across the veil between our
two universes, I wanted to have the best chance at it.
Once again, I sat in my favorite chair, relaxed myself, and

took a few deep breaths. I had my telephone answering machine
on, and had disconnected the ringer so as not to disturb me. Rex
was resting at my side. There was an anxiousness I sensed from
him, as if he were just as eager for me to go to PLURBY as I was!
I wondered if he could come along!
“Not this journey,” I heard the words of my friend, Yerba say,

perceiving them clearly across the thin barrier that separated our
worlds. It was a barrier that became thinner and thinner with each
passing moment. With every conscious visit to PLURBY, I sensed
the veil disintegrated a little bit more. I wondered if some day It
would be gone altogether, and I would become totally aware of
both my waking world and PLURBY in the same instant, every
moment of my existence.
“Don’t think such heavy thoughts, my friend,” Yerba

continued. “No crutch is so valuable that you shouldn’t cast it
aside one day and go on your own.” His words saddened me, as
if this might be my last journey. He knew my thoughts. “No, not
yet. There is so much we have to teach you, and others, as well.
Probably a few years, at least. That all depends on you, and how
receptive your audience is to what you record of your journeys
here.”
I was so attentive to Yerba’s words, and wanted to learn so

much on this visit, I hardly noticed we had entered a park I had
never been to before, which shouldn’t really have surprised me. I
was told there were several hundred parks of all sizes and
vibration in PLURBY. It was absolutely incredible! Dozens of
fountains, birds singing, bright colours dancing in the air and
reflecting off the water. Trees and flowers of every possible
description - animals I had never seen before.
“This is the Garden of Pae-Sain located here in the city of

Bhaktinia. This is a city filled with love. Can you feel it?” I paid
close attention to what I was feeling, and had to admit, that yes, I
felt love here. Very intense love. More love than any of the other
places we had visited. Well, maybe not MORE love, but certainly
a very different kind of love.
“Bhaktinia is the fourth city of PLURBY, located in the inner

circle of the island, along with two other cities you have yet to
visit. Here, love is the force of healing. Guided over by the
Goddess Rubia, red is the prevalent colour. Yes, again I sense
your amazement at her name. Rubia is very close to the term
used in your time for that rare gemstone known as Ruby. And, in
fact, this is a purposeful similarity.
“Rubia is the ruby, the red stone of the heart center. One of
the more powerful crystals, her power exists in the hearts of every
one. When your heart center is well-developed and attuned to the

love of AHO, only then can you experience Rubia at her finest.”
A few feet into this Enchanted garden there is a small cafe.

How oddly placed. Virtually in the middle of nowhere! We sat
down at the table close to the outer edge of the outer cafe, not
another person in sight.
There were only about a dozen tables or so. Suddenly as if

materializing from the very air around us, a young server
appeared, ready to take our orders. He greeted us with that
genuine sincerity I had come to be so comfortable with. I felt as if
he knew me - as if he were my best friend.
Yerba was greeted as well. “May I recommend our house

specialty?”, he asked. Yerba turned to me and I instinctively knew
he was giving me signals to trust my inner guidance. “The food
here is excellent, Evan.”
“Thank you, My Lord,” responded the young server.
“Well,” I said, “Why yes! The house specialty. Thank you

very much.” I felt like such a king here. I guess because in my
own waking world I felt like such a pauper. Yerba frowned at me
as that thought passed through my mind.
* * *
In a moment, the server returned with what appeared to be a
sumptuous looking shrimp cocktail. Having already tasted
miraculous culinary delights in PLURBY, I was eager to try this
dish, as well, though I was a little confused. I knew them to be
virtually totally vegetarians. I supposed they were serving me
shrimp because it was one of my favorite sea foods.
I picked up the shrimp, placed it in my mouth and savored its

lovely essence as I bit into it. I had never tasted a shrimp so
divine in all my life. Yerba began. “This is not a shrimp, as you
know it. You already tasted our culinary delights and it should be
no surprise to you that this is a totally vegetarian creation.
“In time, as the consciousness of your society becomes

more receptive and accepting, we shall endeavour to reveal to
you some of our more elegant vegetarian recipes, so people of
your time may avail themselves of the creations we’ve perfected
over the centuries.
“Do you remember all those years of receiving information

on that new type of restaurant and food system? Did you think it
was all for naught?”
“Frankly,” I began, “I have lost almost total interest in it. I’ve

received some pretty heavy ideas to work on, and it seems
impossible that they will ever be exposed to the right people, let
alone that I should play an integral part in their physical birth.”
“Be of good faith! Have diligent patience and continued

persistence and perseverance, for I tell you in truth, all that has
been revealed to you shall come to pass.”
I thought he was just making fun of me - feeling my creative

desire to bring things into the physical world, whether they had my
name attached to them or not. “There are things we will show you
here, many of which you may not yet reveal to your world, either
verbally or visually through any means. We had already revealed
to you things that may be many decades ahead of their time.
Patience will bear this out.
“Food, during your time period, has all-too-often been used

as a weapon. In the individual household, parents threaten
children with food in order to manipulate them. In a more global
sense, food is used to control whole nations. Those with
surpluses exact bargains from those who need it by ‘negotiating’
for military sites, or minerals, etc.
“A society unable to produce enough food, for whatever

reasons, whether the land is barren or due to drought or over
population, is at the mercy of the stronger, more agriculturally
productive nations.
“Because your world sees itself in parts - as different

countries and societies, rather than a whole with a common goal -
that of survival and Spiritual Growth and enlightenment, you have
allowed this gross imbalance of power to stifle the growth of your
global society.
“Power lies at the root of most of man’s desires. Power to

control and manipulate all for the end of self-gratification and ego
satisfaction. But again, HE gets most who GIVES most, in a
loving detached way and with discrimination (discernment).
“Most people are self-serving; self-centered, short-sighted

and selfish. This does not necessarily mean it is a negative trait to
be self-serving. However, all too often we find that those who are
self-serving are also selfish to the extent that they have little if any
regard or care for the other person.
“This, we find, is an unbalanced state. If an individual is able,

in a balanced way, to serve their own needs with always taking
the larger viewpoint of doing things for the good of the whole,
likely their efforts will turn out a lot differently than if they think
only of themselves and not at all of the whole.
“Your ‘future’ both personally and globally, will be very

different from what you perceive as being reality in the present.
This future though, can manifest itself in countless combinations.
Much of this depends on the collective awareness and
consciousness of all those existing now and all those yet to come.
Most situations to occur are not based on some divine plan,
necessarily, rather, what the participants desire to be so.
“What the collective consciousness perceives and believes

with feeling and perseverance, will likely manifest as reality at
some moment in eternity.
“When you ask - what will it be like in twenty or a hundred

years, no one can accurately state that with certainty. If one were
to state what the future would be like and the collective
consciousness were to accept this as reality - likely, that is what
the future could be.
“Did the so-called sage predict this future, or create it

through a statement of fact and acceptance by the collective
consciousness?
“In the very same way, you can create your own ‘future’ by
always focusing your attention on what you want it to be, but do
this by altering the present actions and thought. Do not forsake
the present for the future. Live each moment fully with an attitude
of growth and unfoldment and your future will be rich in
experience. It will be what it will be - for YOU!
“If you put less energy into willing your future and surrender
to AHO, living each moment fully, your future will be the very best
it can be - for YOU!
“Balance is a VERY important key. Often, it’s not whether

something is ‘right’ or ‘wrong’; ‘just’ or ‘unjust’ - the middle road,
the balance point, is what counts. In fact, balance is so important
as a key to self unfoldment, I shall give you some additional
insights on it.
“Patience - balance - detachment - all lead to that state of

wholeness we seek - that state of total integration. Along the way
we gain knowledge leading to true wisdom. It is wisdom that we
take with us beyond the doorway of death. Wisdom ultimately
leads to love. And it is that pure love we also take beyond the veil
of physical death into the realm of spiritual essence - the realm of
SOUL.
“For what could make more total sense than to structure your
life to gain full understanding of your true being and what we are
all really here for and what our individual divine mission is in
eternity?
“True understanding, knowledge, wisdom, do not come in an

instant. It is a slow, gradual process that opens us to our own
higher self -as a flow opens gradually - in its own cycle.
“If we birth a baby before its cycle is completed, it ceases to

be. If we force a flower to open prematurely by any means - it
does not give us its true essence, its very best, for some vital
component has been lost in the artificial opening. Therefore, the
flower dies sooner than would a natural flower and the gift it could
offer us in the natural state is less than it could be.
“So it is with anything rushed. A synthetic crystal, although

seemingly beautiful and exactly like an original, does not have the
same energy and radiance as a natural stone.
“A child pushed from the cradle too soon will not be properly
patterned and will thus, lead a somewhat impaired life - just as a
cat, that has not had human contact in its first six weeks may be
unable to adjust to people, in a loving way, as an adult cat.
“So balance - how can we hope to achieve this tenuous point

of balance? One way is to strive to always keep the attention in a
state of neutrality. This is not so easy all the time, though with
practice, most anything can, moment to moment, assist you to
reach a state of balance on a grand scale.
“It’s true - one gets most who gives most to life - but
tempered by balance and discrimination.
“We cannot give our love to all, but we can give a detached
goodwill - a close cousin to love. Love mirrors itself in many forms
- sexual intimacy can sometimes be a true expression of love, on
one level. Compassion is also a form of love. Giving space and
freedom to another so they may learn their own lessons, after you
have helped them discover basic tools, is yet another form of love
- perhaps a higher form almost approaching the highest divine
love.
“One must truly live in this world but not be of it! What does
this mean? Be grateful for all the tools you have and can acquire -
realizing you really own nothing - all is just a mocked-up reality to
allow you to interact in a world of your own creation to evoke from
within you the lessons you need to learn to move you further
along your eternal journey.
“Listen to that which is known as the Golden-Tongued

wisdom, as has been so oft referred to by a high Spiritual Master
of your time. Seek always the highest Masters, those than can
unswervingly guide you along the path of truth.
“Be also wary of the trait to judge others. To judge another is

truly an injustice to yourself, for it calls upon you to focus on an
aspect of yourself you see being manifested external to your own
being.
“If we hold it to be so that all that exists is merely a part of

ourselves, then we ARE all things - to ourself. When something
occurs that rocks us from our reverie causing an emotion to
surface such as anger, jealousy, rage, fear, hatred, or even love,
compassion, humility - we may say that something within us
needs attention and we must look at it.
“If we assess the reaction to be good, or positive, we need

not necessarily invest an inordinate amount of energy to find the
cause-seed. We may merely bask in the moment of joy.
“On the other hand, if we assess the feeling as being bad, or

negative, we may likewise bask in the moment of the feeling
forming no further judgements, or we may seek out what might be
the rood cause-seed of this seeming imbalance.
“We can easily be rocked from a state of balance and thrown

to one side or the other. Better to be non-judgmental and be the
active observer than to form harsh opinions and take reactionary
actions to these artificial states, elicited by some engram,
hologram, or facsimile.
“In any moment, engrams or facsimiles may occur within our

personal universe. If we do not react, have no judgement, we are
better able to see the lesson that is being presented by the test.
“All existence is a constant test of our inner strength, for the

further and higher we go in our journey to AHO - the stronger,
deeper and more subtle become the tests. Sometimes we may

even doubt our own sanity, mistrust others, doubt the validity of
the High Masters, the Path of ESCANA and even AHO, ITself.
“All these tests are grand illusions casing a veil of doubt over
us. Ah, Behlub does his job well, my son - to foil us on our way to
Total Awareness of AHO. But his is only a temporary waylay at
best, for ultimately, we eventually plod onward ever deeper into
the Heart of AHO to discover our own true self.
“Fear NOT imbalances of the moment. Keep your vision

always centered in AHO and you will know the lessons behind
each occurrence in your universe. As one individual sinks below
the highest, others are sure to follow and this can cause the
ultimate destruction of a city, country or even an entire world.
“Do not feel the weight of the universe is on your shoulders,

though. Merely set the goal, see the vision and if you are focused
in your desire, all the universes will help you realize your goal.
Even the very things you choose to label as obstacles are actually
helping to move you further along toward your goal.
“It is up to you whether your progress will be fast or slow -

the lessons difficult or easy - the wisdom gained deep or shallow.
Try each day to be consciously aware, if only for a moment, of
being in balance. Also, try the same technique of being
consciously aware of AHO - if only for an instant.
“The more you do this the easier it will become and the more
aligned you will be to your true and ultimate goal - at-one-ment
with AHO - that which is yourself.”
* * *
All that YERBA said I knew to be truth. Yet I wanted some

very personal insights. I wasn’t always able to maintain the
greater view. Sometimes I didn’t really care about others. I
wanted to just care about myself. I needed moments to find my
own center of balance.
“Ah, perhaps you’d like a special session with your Eternal

Game of Freedom! It might be just what you are looking for to
spur you on in your journey. Come. Let us seek out the game
room here in Bhaktinia. If you like, you may summon others to
experience with us.”
I laughed to myself. There were only two others I thought I

might want to join us, and they were, of course, Dromba and
Seffia. I had grown to love all three of my friends here, and all the
other beings I had met as well. Each had graciously, with humility,
detachment and love, taught me great lessons about life.
“Yes, I would like to experience The Eternal Game of

Freedom with Dromba and Seffia.” I stated boldly with a surety of
confidence.
“Then so be it!” replied Yerba.
“We walked outside the park and at a street corner, be

summoned the air bus I had traveled in before. It was really neat.
It lowered to the ground, and we just entered it. No exact change;
no driver; no chains, cords or buzzers to be concerned about. The
vehicle was tuned in to where we wanted to go.
In just a few minutes by my standards, we arrived in front of

a large, red building. I remembered the colour here was red, after
the Goddess Rubia. For this was the city of Love, where the heart
center was opened.
As we approached the entrance to the building, which was

ground level, I felt myself fill with love. My heart center opened,
and for some reason, of which I am unaware, I began to cry. The
tears just rolled down my cheeks. Yerba approached me and
hugged me. I knew he knew what I was experiencing.
He stepped back, smiled at me, and said, “Yes, you’re

getting there, my young friend. It’s not always easy. The pains
become more intense, but the love is greater.”
We entered the building, which appeared like a temple of

some kind. I looked at the crystals to my right as we entered the
building. As I reached out to take one and keep it with me while in
the temple, I noticed that the bowl was filled with large, red rubies,
of such perfection I couldn’t even have imagined.
Each stone seemed to emanate love, as they glowed with

that reddish hue which was so unique to the ruby. I picked up the
crystal that I felt most attuned to. I hadn’t thought my sensitivities
had become so acutely aware as to be able to distinguish one
stone from another but they had.
Entering the building, I noticed the game room was just off
the doorway to the right. As we entered the room, I saw a familiar
sight: a dozen tables all with game fields set up for experiencing
the game. The game room keeper stood in the background, and
made no moves as we entered. No one was in the room except
Yerba, myself and my two other friends, who had already arrived:
Dromba and Seffia.
I smiled widely, and they both approached me. Dromba

shook my hand in the usual PLURBY style: first placing his right
open palm to his heart. I followed his lead. Then taking his right
hand he grasped my forearm, just below the elbow. I did the same
to him.
I was learning that this particular greeting wasn’t always the

same. Sometimes the energy exchanged was more intense than
at other times. Also, the higher up one grasped the forearm, the
more love was being given. I felt the love Dromba offered me.
Seffia, on the other hand, preferred to hug me and give me a

kiss on the check. Her love was of a different kind; strong and
intense, yet gentle, at the same time. We all stood in silence for
just a moment. Seffia turned to Dromba and smiled. “I see our
young friend has grown quite a bit since we last saw him only a
few days ago,” Dromba stated.
“Yes,” said Seffia. “He is learning the ways of AHO. The path
of love, not power. It is good!” We all sat down at a table.
This time the game keeper rolled over a special table he had
with the twelve sets of stones offered for play. Yerba took one of
each of the twelve sets and placed them in the center of the
marble field. We each closed our eyes, reached out and selected
the stones we would use in the experience.
Then, the full set of sixteen stones, matching the four colours
we had selected, were given to us by the game room keeper. The
young man didn’t say a word. It was as if his duty were
all-important, and he was not to speak. I learned later on that the
game keeper was to be totally balanced, so as not to influence
the stones, the marble fields, or the seekers who had come to
gain insight from the experience.
We set up the field in the basic fashion: challenge level one,

for the beginner. They wanted to see if I had the basics down pat.
I thought I had. After all, hadn’t I already brought the game across
the veil that separates our two universes? And hadn’t I already
put the game together and had it ready for really play? And hadn’t
I also already experienced the game?
Well, I had a shocker coming to me! Experiencing the game

with those who are adept at it is quite different than experiencing
the game with friends as a casual novelty. I had much to learn.
It was but a short while, two games, I believe, before I had

the basics down. My friends decided to skip level two and go
directly to level three. I thought I was ready for this. Unfortunately,
I wasn’t. For it was here, in challenge level three of the Eternal
Game of Freedom, experienced with my three trusted friends, that
I began to feel myself coming unglued.
I felt my inner worlds being ripped apart, and put back

together again. All cherished beliefs were ripped from my
consciousness and replaced with higher ideals. I stifled my tears
and the feelings of fear I wanted to let out. Actually, I just wanted
to scream and run out of there. But I didn’t, for this is what I had
come to PLURBY for - this was my mission: to understand and
bring back the valuable tool of The Eternal Game of Freedom, so
that others might use this tool for their own self discovery.
I sat there and experienced the game. It was not until these
few moments that I truly knew what it meant to experience the
game. On the outer, things were very casual. Some light
conversation to keep the game flowing. But on the inner - storms
of rage, anger, fear, hatred, love, balance, jealousy, and all the
human emotions that were within me.
While Seffia, Yerba and Dromba made light conversation, I

thought I was going to die in that room sitting at the table with my
three friends. Didn’t they know! What were they, stupid? I

cancelled that thought as it crossed my mind, cursing myself for
having thought it at all.
“No matter,” said Yerba. “It is not what you thought it would
be. Nor will it be this way again, the next time you experience the
game. For that is its very nature - it is different each experience
for each individual seeker. The game is powerful. Can you feel
the power it has?”
I shook my head, still experiencing the deep inner turmoil.

“Yes, we know what you are experiencing, but it is only through
the pain that you will grow. It is the way of your world. It does not
have to be that way, always, and it is not that way in every world,
and not that way for every person. Each person gets in the
experience what they need.
“Just remember: come to the game with a specific purpose

or situation you want insight on. Make this simple. You have come
to this experience wanting to know all you could know. That is
why your experience is so intense. It didn’t have to be that way.
But you had to learn that yourself.
“Also, come with an open heart. This you have done. You
were completely vulnerable during this experience, and were
almost unable to handle what occurred for you.
“In addition, pay attention to the simple rules of the game.

Although they are very simple, and my even seem stupid at times,
following them to the letter brings out the power of the game and
evokes deep insights within each individual. Even Dromba, Seffia
and myself follow the guidelines each time we experience the
game. It’s the way it is - it’s the way it has been for eternity. It’s
the way it MUST be!
“For The Eternal Game of Freedom requires stringent

adherence to its guidelines in order to gain the deep insights you
seek.”
I listened intently to his words, and as I removed the last of

my sixteen crystal pieces from the field, I held it in my hand a
moment, then placed it to my forehead, to the Tisra Til, the spot
between the eyebrows. For it was HERE, in the Tisra Til, that the
insights was lighted up.
I placed the last crystal in the box, thanking the game, my

three companions and the game keeper, in the inner. No verbal
words were needed. We sat a moment, and then got up; no words
passing between us. We left the room in silence, and as we exited
the room, I turned to see the game room keeper doing his chosen
task: rearranging the field for the next session; making sure the
chairs were lined up correctly and taking the crystals we had used
into the back somewhere to be cleansed.
As he disappeared from my sight, the doors to the room

closed by themselves. The room was sealed. I didn’t know, at this
point, what took place between sessions, but my imagination
sensed something very special - a general revitalization of the
room, so that each seeker who entered felt special, as if only
they, in all of eternity, were experiencing the game. Each
experience was to feel like the first time - in this way, the game
was ever-new.
* * *
After we left the building, the four of us were just strolling
around the grounds outside, not saying much at all. I was
reflecting on a couple of nights to when I had attended the nightly
exhibition. Actually, I was thinking about a lot of things, but mostly

about how nice it was for someone to be able to do some creative
action and then be able to stand up in front of others and share
the experience.
Yerba replied to my unspoken request for insight. “The

exhibition of ones creation before a group of participants is like no
other experience, for even without a single comment or waiver of
emotion, the exhibitor at once receives a thousand impressions
and all insights are reflected back to him, simultaneously.
“This may often overwhelm the unprepared soul. Not to

worry, though. No one gets more than they can handle - EVER! It
is not God’s way to break you - only bait you until you are done -
or seemingly so.
“Sometimes, you should learn to work through the structure

that already exists around you. Seek it out, embrace it - for
through structure you may pass through a doorway to total
freedom to experience the unrestricted joy of light and sound.
“Each moment can be separated into three parts, or stages:

start, rest, stop - or, beginning, middle and end. Also, action -
result - consequence. You must recognize these three parts in
each experience, and seek the seeds of wisdom to be found in
each part. Based on these three guidelines, we form our desire
for certain experiences.
“You must live life! Plumb the depths of each experience. He

who lives life fully is already on the path of gaining wisdom.
Receive from life all that it has to offer, manifested through
experience.
“In each experience is a lesson that can move you along

further toward your goal - if you gain the wisdom from the lessons.
seek to find these lessons - always look behind the apparent
reality for the secret to be revealed - only to YOU!!!
“Does this mean we may each do whatever we please

without regard to others? In one sense yes, and in one sense no.
“First, you must understand that all is just experience. It is

truly the individual that judges whether he has had a valid, good
or bad experience, a pleasant or unpleasant moment in eternity.
Do not be deluded by collectives of people who will try to tell you
what to do and what not to do. This is the collective or group
opinion.
“We here in PLURBY, have learned, and it is really an innate

part of our being, that any single experience may not be
significant by itself, yet within each experience, and the lesson
learned, lies the potential seed to help move you further along,
temporarily halt you or take you backwards.
“Do not be deceived by laws created and enacted by men, in

the lower worlds. While often a pale reflection of the higher laws,
people have perverted these laws so often they have lost their
spiritual impetus.
“Mostly, laws became written and enforced as many grew

further away from his own center, his own wholeness - his own
ability to judge whether an experience was positive, neutral or
negative.
“We prefer not to make mental judgement of all that we do,

rather, to rely on our own developed inner awareness to guide us
through life. This does not mean we are passive observers. Quite
the contrary. We are most actively seeking to learn all we can in

each moment.
“One could say acts such as murder, rape, stealing - are

largely violent acts exhibiting outwardly the anger one individual
has within. Also, we would say, particularly when an action
involves another, that any action that affects another could be
wrong - especially when it may impede the progress of that other.
“The taking of a life certainly has this effect, for it snuffs out
in an instant, all possible further experiences for that individual,
for the remainder of that lifetime. Yet, when viewed on a grander
scale, it could be the repayment of a debt by the one who
commits the violent action.
“Do not take life at face value - always look deeply behind
each experience to gain the deepest insights you can. The key
lies in awareness and consciousness.
“Here is a brief story that may illustrate some points to you:
“Two people, call them Jake and Ed, begin a journey from
the same place and expect to end up at some distant place. They
must enter a castle together - to receive a great gift. Jake is a
so-called enlightened person, Ed is not.
“Jake, the enlightened traveler, encounters many obstacles

along the way. In each seeming obstacle he strives to uncover the
lesson that will reveal to him a spiritual truth. His journey is long
and arduous, his delay great, though he bears it with joy.
“Ed, the unenlightened traveler, encounters few obstacles

and delays, but always yells and curses as he meets each
obstacle with his bravado - his goal always in mind, no obstacle to
dissuade him. He arrives at the destination on time, and

impatiently awaits the arrival of his companion - for the two must
enter together in order to receive the gift.
“Two days later Jake arrives, a virtually new being from the
one who began the journey three days prior, greeted by Ed, his
companion, with jeers and shouts of anger and dismay; Jake is
undaunted, for Ed has no way to gauge his journey and the
lessons he learned. Together, they enter the castle, where a
young guard ushers them into a room. The king approaches both.
“Ed, the unenlightened, awaits a strong reproach for the

obvious lateness. He is already verbalizing his excuses.
“Both Jake and Ed stand before the king - Ed full of anger

and anxiety at the thought of not receiving the gift that has been
promised. Jake looks up at the king and humbly states: ‘I am truly
sorry for the delay, my lord. Many things needed tending and tried
to hamper my journey. I apologize for any inconvenience I may
have caused you. This is why we were both late. I accept the
burden totally.’
“Ed begins his complaining: ‘Yeah, that’s right. We would

have been here on time had it not been for him.’ He continued his
verbal attack, but the king pays him no attention.
“Approaching Jake, the enlightened one, the king grasps him

by the shoulders, embracing him as an old friend, and all at once
ignoring his unenlightened fellow traveler. Smiling, the king guides
him into this private chamber, laughing and talking all the way.
“Ed could hear the king say, ‘Tell me of your journey, and
what you’ve learned...’ Furious and dumbfounded, Ed turns to a
guard standing near him.
“’What the...’, he begins, brusquely interrupted by the guard

who begins, ‘Jake has the courage to live life fully, embracing
each experience just in the moment - gaining the wisdom hidden
deep within the lesson each experience has to offer...’
“Ed storms out of the castle uttering, ‘Ah! There is no justice.

It’s who you know that counts. Jake is just lucky. I’m doomed to a
life of mediocrity, pain and...’
“’How right you are,’ utters the guard, ‘because this is what
you believe and accept as reality for you.’
* * *
“Has this little parable taught you anything?” Seffia asked
me. I shook my head in the affirmative and spoke a little.
“Well, it seems to me that maybe I should pay more attention

to each moment I am living; not putting undue attention on the
future or the past. I think it seems that the one guy, Ed, was very
judgmental. He couldn’t see any value in the experiences he had,
and was unable to see the realizations his friend, Jake, had along
his individual journey.
“Sometimes I find I can learn so much if I listen to the

journeys of others. Often I am able to hear what they recognize
they have learned, and then I learn more. Sometimes I may be
able to point out something they missed, and then we both learn
something new from the experience.
“It’s really great, because there are so many times when

there are experiences I cannot have, that people can relate to me,
and I can learn the essence of the lessons and then pass on the
wisdom to others. I often contemplate on what others tell me, if it

strikes a cord of truth within me.” I felt myself rambling on and just
stopped.
I was so rapped up in my little speech, I barely recognized

my three friends laughing as I was speaking. “Yes,” Seffia began.
“I see you have a great depth of wisdom already. Of course, I
already knew this, but it is you, the individual, that must recognize
what is within you. It is of little value for someone else to always
point out the lessons you should have learned from any particular
experience.”
I shook my head in agreement, pondering on that point. “You

know,” I said, “I believe that is really true. I think that most of the
things I’ve learned on my own, through my own labors, have had
more meaning to me. When things are pointed out by others, it
loses something, and I don’t really gain the experience. I don’t
really earn the wisdom.”
“All of PLURBY is for experience. We are all working out our

karma and may sometimes exhibit strange engrams, or
facsimiles, here in the outer physical arena of life.” She continued.
“We should never judge the outer actions, for we rarely know the
inner action behind it.
“If I see someone slap another across the face, what

assumptions could I make? Well, I could say they had an
argument, or one of the two got angry, or any number of things.
On the other hand, perhaps they were just acting out a part for a
play to present before others. Since I cannot know with certainty, I
cannot make an accurate assessment of the situation.
“And why would I want to anyway? The only thing that

matters is how I, personally, react to any particular situation. That
old philosophical statement about, ‘if a tree falls in the forest and
no one is there to hear it, does it make a sound?’ is quite
preposterous. First of all, who really cares? And second of all, if
I’m not there, then does it really affect me? And if it does affect
me, does it matter if it makes a sound or not?
“It’s a rather moot point, something you can personally

contemplate on. The point I want to make, and I know I’m
preaching a little, is that you cannot judge anyone, for you then
limit the situation. That is, once you label a situation, or judge it,
you put a boundary on it, and the situation has little more to offer
you.
“On the other hand, if you become always the active

observer, never judging, then life will embrace you, and each
situation you observe, or participate in, will offer you many fruits. If
you pick the fruits off a tree before they are ripe, because you are
impatient, then you end up with something that is not usable. On
the other hand, if you have patience, and await the right moment,
you may avail yourself of the true, finished bounty the tree has to
offer you.
“It’s difficult to say when a moment is right to close the

vortex. By this I mean, whenever there is a situation in your life,
especially one you want insight on, or information on, such as
writing a book, or composing a song, you go through some
beginning stages, after you have set some kind of goal, of
gathering information for the project.
“In the case of a book, you might set a period say three
months ahead. And on some day that you might arbitrarily select,
you will begin writing the book from all the material you have
gathered. You may close the door so no further insights come into
your awareness, or you may keep the door open as you write.
“This vortex I speak of is like an opening into the inner

worlds. If is a tunnel, if you will visualize that, through which
passes all kinds of insights. If you close the tunnel, or the vortex,
nothing further can pass through to you. You must work with what
you have received up to this point.
“Now, you don’t always have to keep the vortex open

indefinitely, but, unfortunately, some people close the vortex of
their lives very early, generally in the late teens in your period.
They may close it completely, or just partially, but in any event,
few people keep it open enough to allow new insights to enter
their consciousness.
“People become closed-minded, as the saying does. They

begin to relive the patterns they have learned, over and over and
over and over, until they know nothing else but these self-limiting
patterns. It’s possible to re-open the vortex. This is a gift of AHO;
that we can always reverse any process.”
* * *
“I’m going to tell you a little story,” began Dromba, “to
illustrate a few points on this subject that you may gain from the
parable.” He began his story:
“Once upon a time, about 9C garn ago, in the misty past of

our civilization, there lived a king who became imprisoned by the
world around him. His kingdom was small. All he could see was
what it consisted of. Everyday he would walk around his kingdom
- it’s length and breadth. Every night he returned. He was content
that the people in his kingdom were happy.
“They were all doing what they loved to do. They thought of
him as a wonderful, loving and compassionate king. Yet
something deep within the king made him uneasy. Something he
never discussed with anyone.
“Although most citizens in the kingdom were conscious of

the need to abide by common rules, some citizens broke these
rules, and the punishment for breaking these laws was to be
temporarily banished beyond the protective walls of the kingdom.
Once banished, a person could return to the kingdom if they so
chose. They had to go outside the kingdom and battle the forces
of nature, which did not fall under the protective custody of the
king’s domain.
“No one had ever returned from this journey. The king often
wondered why. Still the punishment was upheld as being just.
Anyone who broke laws of the king were banished from the
kingdom.
“One day, the king was surveying the boundaries of his

territory. He began to think about this situation - why no one had
returned. How cruel it must be for him to knowingly banish people
who must obviously have met with certain death; a logical
conclusion to make since none had ever returned from
banishment.
“Lost in contemplation, the king had not realized it was

growing dark - so dark, in fact, he was unable to find his way back
to the palace. Frightened, he sat on a stone, wondering what
would become of him. Suddenly, he heard noises he had never
heard before - sounds of the night. He had never been this far
away from the palace, and rarely went outside at night.
“He became frightened, yet there was a stillness within him.

He instinctively knew no danger would befall him. Sitting a
moment, he wondered what to do next; but that choice was made
by others.
“Suddenly, a handful of men approached the king. They had

torches that pierced through the darkness. The king was unable
to see a clear definition of their faces as one of the men began to
speak. ‘Good King Radicus. We are five of the men you have
banished from your kingdom. Have you never wondered why no
one has ever returned from banishment?’
“Radicus replied: ‘Yes, I’ve often wondered. I was certain

you were killed outside the boundaries of the kingdom. And I
wondered about the cruelties of this punishment. It was not meant
for you to die. Only for you to be denied the pleasures of the
kingdom temporarily, then return repentant for your acts against
the king.’
“The five men laughed loudly. The king asked: ‘What are you
laughing about?” One of the men replied: ‘There are finer jewels
than you can ever imagine awaiting discovery beyond the walls of
your kingdom. You are stuck in the old ways. Your consciousness
has not grown. You are not receptive that there can be anything
beyond the boundaries of your own preconceived world.’
“The king was confused. ‘I did not know there was anything
of value beyond the walls of my kingdom. The collective teachings
of our culture do not make mention of any value outside the walls
except the vastness of the unformed.’
“The young men laughed again. One replied: ‘That’s true, the
unformed does lie beyond the walls of the kingdom. However,
there are many challenges, and wonders you might like to see
that have kept us from coming back into the protective walls of
your kingdom.’
“The king became more inquisitive. ‘Yes, I should like to go

on such a journey. Will you take me?’ The five men nodded in
agreement. ‘Of course! It would be our pleasure to serve you
again, your Majesty, outside the kingdom walls.’
“Radicus eagerly began his journey with these five men,

never returning to his old kingdom and the old ways which he had
so easily cast aside for the new life of joy and wonderment he
was about to begin.
“The people within the kingdom were slightly confused at the

mysterious disappearance of their king, though they remained
undaunted to their old ways. A new king arose who kept up the
old ways. The kingdom was once more secure, the people happy.
“In the ensuing days and years, the king witnessed new
vistas he could hardly have imagined in his dreams. Wanting to
go back to tell those in his kingdom, the five men told him this was
not possible. ‘But why?’ asked the king sincerely.
“’It is because those who are stuck in the old ways remain
there until an inner stirring occurs, and they have the strong
desire to seek truth. Your words would fall on deaf ears, you
would be thought of as a heathen to the well-treasured ways of
the ritualized culture you once ruled over. It is better your
disappearance remain a mystery to your kingdom, and that YOU,
alone, experience the wonderment of all that life has to offer anew
in each moment. Those that will follow behind you will come of
their own free will and desire - there is no need to gather a flock
around you.’”
* * *
Dromba’s voice fell silent, signaling the end of the story. I
knew he would ask me what I had learned from it, so I already
began a short, silent inner contemplation so I could say
something that didn’t sound silly.
“Well!” he turned to me, his eyes boring through me. “Have

you learned anything from this little story?”
“Why, YES!” I began. “It was quite a nice story. I actually

pictured myself as King Radicus. Anyway, it seems this king ruled
over a kingdom that was very content, as long as nothing
occurred to shake their little world. All obeyed the laws as set
down by the king, and rarely did anything new happen.
“Day-by-day, it seems, things went along. The same rituals

were performed everyday. I surmise much the same as happens
in my waking world - I do relatively the same things every day.
The same routine is played from the moment I wake up till I go to
sleep, five days a week, and then the weekend has another
routine. But basically, one week seems to be much the same as
the next.
“The king, I suppose, began to grow uncomfortable with his

routine lifestyle, and the regularity with which his kingdom
operated; much the same uncomfortableness I am experiencing
in my own little universe.
“One day, he was lost in thought and wandered way out near
the boundaries of the known kingdom, symbolic of reaching the
boundaries of his own consciousness. He was unable to return to
the palace before nightfall, at which time he would not be able to
find his way back. Taking a moment to contemplate his fate,
several men whom he had banished from the kingdom for

breaking the rules he had laid down, greeted him.
“I picture the king wondering if these men would surely kill

him for having banished them from the safety and regularity of the
kingdom. However, such was not the result of this seeming
chance meeting. These men told the king that the reason they
had not returned to live within the boundaries of the kingdom was
because they had found a better life.
“That beyond the self-imposed boundaries of the kingdom,

the boundaries that were supported by the thought patterns of all
the citizens of the kingdom, lay the true riches the land had to
offer - unique personal insights through individual experience.
They discovered that the so-called safety and regularity which the
kingdom provided was but an illusion, and prevented true inner
growth from occurring.
“The king became most intrigued by what these men had

discovered, and because of his own inner desire to find out what
life was all about. He eagerly accepted their offer to join them in
this journey to self realization.”
“Ah,” uttered my three friends in unison. “There is much

wisdom surfacing from deep within your being. It is good. You are
able to see beyond the obvious words of simple parables.
Perhaps we shall find another way to strengthen your intuitive
abilities.”
“You see,” began Dromba. “Each person must reach the

point in eternity when they say: ‘enough, already. What is life all
about?’ It is only at that point, a true miracle happens. This may
happen outwardly, as when a person has a traumatic experience
and feels a need to find the answer. Or it may occur inwardly, in

the silent depth of their being.
“But however, and whenever this event takes place, in that

moment, all the powers of the universe begin to fulfill the request
to follow the path of truth. Many people may not be consciously
aware of this inner request for many years, or even many
lifetimes. And during this period their lives may become almost
unbearable to live.
“They may exhibit anger, and lash out at people. Or, if they
have religious beliefs, curse God for forsaking them, and putting
them through a hellish experience. Whatever occurs in a persons’
life is only that which is the result of something they alone have
set in motion. The individual is always the original cause-seed of
every event in their universe.
“One way to begin to lessen the pain involved in growth is to

surrender to the MAHAVANA, the Inner Master.”
“Yes,” I said. “didn’t I read that somewhere?” I pondered a

moment. “Yes, it was in the YOURN. A dream I had recently, in
which I heard about this surrender. It bothered me very much,
because I have always regarded surrender as a weakness, like
when someone surrenders in defeat.”
“That is quite understandable,” he continued. “The definition

of the word in your period means a giving up or submission.
Those words certainly do not give any validity to the true power of
he act of surrender. For through this one single act alone you gain
all the riches of the Universes of AHO.
“It is through the INNER surrender that you begin to move

along the path to AHO; the path toward total awareness and
freedom. Upon recognizing the MAHAVANA in your life, the one

known as the True Inner Master, you surrender all of your inner
problems, aberrations, and the like. It is not the outer that you
give up.
“You would be foolish to just give up all material possessions

to anyone, for it is necessary to have them to live in this physical
world. It is through the act of surrender, which occurs a little every
day, you begin to become detached from your physical
possessions, your emotions, and your mental baggage.
“The true Light and Sound of AHO enter your being and it is
only THEN that your life changes. You begin to clearly see the
veil of illusion you have been living under for so many millions of
lifetimes. You thirst after the love of AHO, and by the act of
surrender, on a daily or even moment-to-moment basis, your
whole being becomes attuned to AHO - it becomes infused with
the Holy Light and Sound, which is the true essence of AHO.
“I see you are a bit overwhelmed by these words I have

spoken. Perhaps you need some duration to contemplate on
these points, before we continue to enlighten you of the glories of
AHO.”
“Yes,” I said. “I feel what you are telling me is truth, but I am

unable to comprehend it all right now. Some of it is so foreign to
my outer ears, yet the inner ears know it is truth. I‘m not aware
that I’ve ever asked you to stop giving me knowledge, but it
sounds like a good idea at this point. I don’t want to forget what
you have told me, so maybe we should stop.”
And with that, Dromba stopped speaking. Seffia interjected:

“Of course, Dromba. Sometimes you go on and on, really! Who
can follow you! Maybe we should carry a soap box around with us
so you can talk on street corners!”
We all laughed. I knew she was just making light of the

situation. Humor, I found, interjected at just the right moment
could often make the mind more receptive to the message coming
through. In that moment of laughter a great gift of the universe
was passed to me, and I was receptive to it.
* * *
I began to become a little tired; the visit this day had been
very intense. I felt myself slipping back to physical consciousness,
and my inner body being almost pulled across the veil of illusion
between our worlds. I waved my hands as the vision of my three
friends began to dim, and in the flash of an eye I was fully awake
in my physical body, old Rex at my side.
I reached over to pet him, and sensed he knew of my

experience. A great love poured out from within my being, and
tears filled my eyes. I was receiving the Gifts of AHO from across
the boundaries of time and space. I wondered if I were ready to
bring this knowledge to the world, and if the world would laugh at
me.
It reminded me of a movie I once saw called: OH, GOD, in

which a simple man of no particular spiritual faith was chosen to
give out the message of spirituality and creativity to the world.
Everywhere he went, people laughed as he old them he spoke to
God. That God had visited him in person, and told him to give out
this message.
In the end, his outer life was quite a mess, but God was
happy that the message had gotten out and that at least a handful
of people were receptive to it. Although I liked the movie, it always

makes me feel that the man was unbalanced in the way he went
about presenting the message he was given. Therefore, being a
somewhat cautious person, I tend to consider some things I do
before going out and doing them.
I wondered what adventures lay in store for me yet to

experience in the wonderful land of PLURBY - a place I was truly
happy. I found my fingers busy at the typewriter recording all that I
had experienced this day, so that perhaps someday, I might
gather all this into a book and actually publish it. “Wouldn’t that be
wonderful” I thought. And then, how silly. Who would publish such
a book?
* * *
I lay back in the chair reproaching myself. I heard the words
as they passed through the veil between our two universes: “Have
you already forgotten all you have learned about goal setting and
keeping silent about your work?”
The thought was so impressed on my mind I fell silent, intent

on guarding my every word and thought, for I knew there was
work for me to do; that others were awaiting the record of my
journeys, that they could be enlightened, not so that I would
personally be venerated, but so that the flame of truth could be lit
inside them, to burn through eternity to light their way as they
began the journey of eternity, the journey of self-discovery back to
AHO.
* * *
CHAPTER NINE
ABSOLUTE JOY
“Creation is an eternal process, yet all things already

exist, somewhere in the worlds of AHO. The experiences
you seek and the goals you set to achieve them are but
grand illusions set up by Behlub, to keep your mind
occupied and focused away from the true goal of life.
“There are many tools to be found throughout all the

universes in existence. You must seek out those that are
akin to your personal nature and learn to work with these
tools. In any moment there is eternity, and the key to
unlock the door to all truth.
“States of being: love, happiness, humility, joy - these

are what you should seek; not the material end of some
self-serving goal. It is the process of attainment that
provides the keys you seek. Do each thing in life with a
sense of joy and detachment. Bask always in the Light of
AHO; be ever conscious of His Love, which may come to
you through His Eternal Sound.
“Listen closely - for that Sound is only your own inner

voice speaking to you; guiding you onward; leading you
down the pathway home. Do not weary, though the
journey becomes long. Keep the vision always in your
consciousness. Be balanced in all situations. Give only
love to all - even those who try to hurt you and cause you
pain.
“Remember, I, AHO, am always with you, though you

may not always be aware of My Presence, I am always
aware of yours. We are part of the same fabric. I have
imbued you with individuality, yet you have all my
attributes within your being. Seek out these qualities, and
live only the highest ideals in life.”
* * *
Contemplation, today, had many truths to reveal to me. I
should have known that when I consciously asked for insight it
would come to me. The YOURN has many truths to offer, and
each individual will become aware of just what they need at the
particular moment they have chosen to focus on the Truth of the
YOURN.
It wasn’t a particularly exciting day. In fact, I didn’t really do

anything special, in my outer world. But I sensed things
happening inside me, almost a preparation for things to come. I
didn’t want to focus too much on this, because it was quite
unclear to me just what feelings were coming through. And
besides, I was trying to give this living-in-the-moment thing a good
try.
After all, it certainly couldn’t be any worse than the way I had
already been living my life. I wasn’t satisfied with life - I felt there
was something missing - something very important. As if life were
offering me pearls of great price, and all I saw were worthless
stones.
“Yes,” I heard the voice of Dromba state. “This is very true

what you say. It is good that you have come to this realization on
your own. Ego does not like to hear things that seem like an
attack on itself. But when you learn something from the inside, it
becomes a part of you, and the ego has no choice but to accept it
- at least in principle.
“Of course, the ego will always find a way to criticize and
degrade and ultimately sabotage any efforts the greater self tries
to make. This is only temporary, though. The ego has no other
choice. It seeks to live and have its identity preserved and does
not like anything to infringe on its supreme domain.
“You might wish to work on finding ways to trick the ego.

That is, to use the ego for what it is best at, while not offending it.
Funny to think that a part of yourself would actually work against
another part of yourself, when if the two opposing parts joined
forces, the rewards would be more than the little self could have
ever conceived were possible.”
* * *
I pondered on these words imparted to me by my dear
friend, Dromba. I hadn’t yet arisen from sleep, this early morning,
yet his words came across the thinning boundary between our
worlds as clearly as if he were standing next to me. I opened my
eyes, and sure enough, I, too, was fully awake and present in the
same space as my friend.
But this was a place I didn’t recognize. “This is the world

between worlds. It is the place often spoken of as the Etheric
plane. It is akin to a boundary between the lower and higher
worlds. It is the last veil to be whisked away before entering the
true worlds of AHO.
“Can you feel the refinement here? It is much different than

what you are used to. This is a place you can always come to. It
is the final world of illusion, just below the worlds of true reality.
Yet you would have a difficult time discovering the illusions here
without a trained guide. For the vibrations here are so much more
sublime than in your physical waking state, you feel you have truly
arrived at heaven!
“This is far from the truth. Heaven, itself, is really just a

concocted illusion, as is that other place known as hell. If we take
these two words and think of them as concepts, or states of
being, rather than as places in eternity, perhaps they take on a
different slant altogether.
“You can make your waking state a living hell, or heaven on

Earth. It is completely your choice. You make your own states - all
by yourself. No one helps you, or causes you to do anything you
don’t want to do. You may fight this truth, but nevertheless, it
remains the same.
“Once you accept this as truth you can begin to consciously

change your worlds. Not through manipulation by any sense of
the word. Rather, you begin to become aware of the various
states of emotion or mental thought that can exist, and you work
with these to change your inner. As your inner worlds begin to
come more into alignment with your true desire, that of returning
to the worlds of AHO, all of life around you begins to come into
agreement, or alignment, with your new-found states of
consciousness.
“It is by your personal request, and only this, that you are
availed the privileges of visiting lands not of the physical realm.
These lands are not so foreign to man - he has just forgotten over
the centuries. Many are aware of what lies beneath the surface of
the physical worlds, and many more are becoming aware of these
inner worlds every moment.
“Painters, dancers, writers, and creative artists of all kinds

tap into these worlds quite often. It is the land of inspiration,
where imagination is the key that unlocks the door. You have so
often questioned why you are here in this physical world; why you
have come ‘back’ to this world living a life you don’t particularly
like.
“There is no ideal life. Service to AHO is all there can be, for
in service to IT only, can you be granted even the tiniest glimpse
of the wonders that exist in the inner worlds. Often, though, we
can travel in these worlds and bring things back to the outer
physical world to use in our lives. These things can be qualities
we wish to manifest such as love, joy, happiness. There can also
be the opposites such as hatred, anger, jealousy.
“We also have the ability to discover many hidden secrets in

these worlds. For in the inner worlds you will find all the inventions
ever to be created, already in existence! All the books ever to be
written, paintings to be painted, songs to be written. All things
already exist, somewhere.
“Why, then, would we want to return to the physical at all?

Well, there is much benefit to living in the physical world of
awareness. It is a place that often is very difficult at times. Things
take a long time, by that measurement, to occur. For example - if
you are consciously aware of being in the mental realm, and you
have a thought - instantly, or almost so, the thought manifests in
form.
“Then, in another instant you can wipe that manifestation, or

hologram, away, and have another thought-form, or hologram,
replace it. You can go on for eternity creating hologram after
hologram. This is also true in the emotional area, where feelings
can be manifested and experienced one after the other.
“This is also true of existence in the causal area, where you

could conceivably spend eternity reliving past experiences, or
future ones, if you use the measure of time. What then of the
physical?
“The inner worlds are very different than the outer in many
ways, and yet not so different in others. Time, for example, is
much more prolonged in the inner worlds. How often have you
woken up a few minutes before the alarm and then decided to roll
over for those extra few minutes. You enter into the dream world,
where you are having the most pleasant experience, which on this
particular occasion you wish to complete.
“You complete the dream and roll back over only to find what
you thought was just a mere five minutes in the dream world was
actually over two hours in the physical world. You are late for
work! Blame it on the inner worlds? Not on your life! You must
learn to be aware of all the realms that exist within you and live in
balance, becoming aware of your total being in each moment.
“We call this the 360 degree viewpoint. You begin to develop
this in stages, and ultimately are aware of everything within your
universe. It’s an awesome feeling. There is great power in this,
and even greater responsibility, for the more you know, the more
you realize you are a law unto yourself. There is no one to blame
for anything that occurs in your universe. You are your own first
cause-seed for all that happens.
“Back to the physical, again. Why bother to come here? Just

as time is a much more compelling illusion here, because events
must generally be perceived in a linear fashion, the pace of life is
much more intense. In one lifetime you have the ability to reach
the highest in consciousness and fulfill your ultimate destiny, or at
least part of it.
“Even though you often feel you are walking in mud, and that
the consciousnesses you often interact with are thick, heavy, and
difficult to deal with, you should understand that you will deal in
this heaviness until you become detached from it, and have
learned all the lessons you need in that area. Only then can you
begin to live the physical life you feel you deserve.
“Not completely, though. There is no ideal life in the physical.

No amount of money, material possessions or physical love can
ever take the place of the true Love of AHO. You have already
heard this before, but it bears restating. When you have had
enough of the illusion of the lower worlds, and soul becomes
awakened, even just a little bit, you cry out for freedom.
“In that moment you are tuned in to the creative current and
things begin to change in your inner worlds at a fantastic rate.
You are not aware of this, sometimes for several lifetimes - that’s
how long it may take to filter through from the higher worlds into
the physical. But eventually it approaches the physical, and as
that occurs, you begin to become aware of those special Spiritual

Beings who are here to assist you.
“There is only one special being, though, of whom we are all

truly humble servants. This being we call the MAHAVANA. In your
waking world there is another name for this being, though both
worlds recognize Him as the Inner Master, who is also the Outer
Living Master. It is This Being you seek, and who will come into
your life. For when soul is ready to meet the Master, no force on
Earth can prevent it.
“So I say to you, be aware of the many facets of your being.

Do not be disheartened because the ideas you have received and
invested so many thousands of hours and thousands of dollars in
have not materialized in the physical. They may likely yet manifest
through you, or not. Perhaps someone else is also working on
these same things. Sometimes, several people tune in to the
same thing on the inner, and it becomes almost a crap shoot as to
who will get it out first, in the physical.
“This is why your world has patents - they offer some kind of
protection. But there is no protection in the inner worlds, in one
sense. The museum of inventions is open to all; as is the Astral
Library, where you may find the source manuscripts of all books
ever to be written in the lower worlds. Perhaps you have already
found those manuscripts that may be tagged with your name on it!
There is no universal patent!
“Do you recall your journeys to these areas?”
* * *
A long pause in this overwhelming discourse allowed me a
moment to reflect. Yes! I did remember going to the inner
museum and the library as well. In fact, I remembered the

technique I once did to go to the library and find the shelf that had
the books on it that I had written.
I also remembered the creative techniques I did to being me

into conscious awareness of being in the game section of the
museum that housed all the inventions and other creations of the
lower worlds. I saw the games I thought I was to bring into the
physical. Not much about the other ideas. They were more
business concepts. I wondered why I had tuned in to them at all.
I do remember, quite clearly, that the impressions I received

on The Eternal Game of Freedom did not seem to come from this
same museum. Rather, it seemed that I was actually in a place
where the game was being used in the present moment. That
place I later came to know as PLURBY.
“Yes, as a matter of fact, I DO remember! Thanks for

bringing this up to me. But it still raises the questions I’ve been
asking for several years now. And that is - why have I been
availed the opportunity to perceive these books I may write, and
these games I thought I would get out to the world, and these new
business concepts? And yet, nothing seems to have materialized
at all. I don’t mind saying it’s very frustrating.
“How can you tell me I should write about all these wonderful
subjects, and yet, I have nothing to prove that these goal-setting
and creative techniques work? I mean, who is going to believe
me? Why would someone follow these things, when I really
cannot prove it to others?”
“On the other hand,” he began again, “you are correct. What
you are going through is similar to what all the great creators have
gone through. It is a period of doubting. You must have absolute
faith and belief that what you have received as truth is, in fact,
truth. It doesn’t matter what others think or say or feel. All that
matters is what YOU think, say, feel and do!
“It is up to you whether the things you have perceived will

manifest on the outer. You may not want to hear this, but I tell you
this is truth. Many people may have perceived the same game
idea as you. And one of them may actually get the game out
before you are able to help it be birthed. This should not dissuade
you from the truths that have already been revealed to you.
“At the very least, if you were able to perceive one game you
could perceive a dozen, or a hundred. But what is your true
reason for wanting to manifest these things in the outer? Is it
really to show others the triumphantness of the creative current,
or is it to make money? To glorify your ego so you can sit back
say, ‘look what I did’!
“When you set your feet upon the Path of AHO, your life
takes on a very different slant. Things may not occur in your life
as you perceived they would. You may, in fact, follow to the letter
ever single step of the goal-setting technique, and all the inner
guidance you received, and yet you did not reach the end result
you had expected.
“It’s as if you added two plus two and the answer came up
five, and you have no idea how this occurred. Or maybe a better
example is - you have deposited money in a bank on a regular
basis. One day you go in and even though you know you have
money in this particular bank, either no one pays you any
attention, or they are unable to locate your account records.
“This little example should give you some great thoughts to

contemplate. At the very least, you can see that the outer world is
trying to make you doubt what you know to be truth, simply

because your ego wants to prove that there is money in the bank.
So, you waste a lot of thought energy in worrying about why they
were unable, or unwilling, to tell you about your money.
“Taken from the perspective of goal-setting, you set a goal,

or you perceived something from the inner that you worked on in
both the inner and outer worlds. You did everything you felt and
thought was necessary to bring the thing into physical
manifestation, yet you can see no visible sign that any progress
has been made in the outer.
“This is where that special trust must come in. You have set
your course along a different road than most. Patience is a big
key, and yet you cannot be attached to the goals you have set, or
to the creations you expected would be birthed from the inner
realization you have received. It is your own individual journey
that is important - the process of attainment, not the finished
product.
“It’s a hard thing to say, because I know you want some

measure of success in your physical world. But I tell you if only
one person should read these writings and be uplifted, you will
have been more than successful in your writing endeavor. I dare
say if you sit back from the typewriter even at this moment, you
will know that the process of the writing thus far has caused inner
growth within you that you could not have planned.
“I cannot give you the prediction of your own future that you
seek. No one can do this. For whatever I say may or may not
come to be reality in your life. Only you can decide that. But you
must also be aware that because of the high goals you have set
for this life, that is, really the only goal or focus in this life, of
reaching Total Awareness of self and of AHO, that all things you
do are filtered through this veil, or strainer, I should say.
“This being the case, no matter how hard you try to achieve
something in the lower worlds, if it is not in harmony with your true
inner desire, as already stated, they will not manifest. And all the
energy and effort you expend in praying and beseeching and
begging falls on deaf ears.
“I don’t mean to sound too harsh here, and make your life
seem worthless and bleak. Quite the contrary. Life must be lived.
You should have fun. I say to you one other thing - a secret, if you
will. Although I cannot give you the road your life will take, or
reveal to you all that will occur for you, I will say that if you convert
much of your wasted energy into faith and trust, you will be
amazed at what occurs in your life.
“Even those goals that seem so important to you will seem

as child’s play compared to the riches of AHO that lie in store for
you, if you will only follow the inner promptings you perceive.
Tune in to your inner worlds. Become aware of the presence and
gentle guiding hand of the MAHAVANA in your life.
“For now, why don’t you just get ready for work, and when
you come home later, since this is the last day of work in this
week, you shall return to PLURBY, and we’ll have some real fun,
as well as learn many new insights that you can use in your daily
life, and pass on to others, if appropriate.
“I leave you with this one thought: Do not doubt your inner - it
will not fail you. The MAHAVANA, the Inner Master, is with you
always. Become aware of how the Holy Light and Sound of AHO
manifest in your life, and you will find the keys you seek. This is
all for now. Oh, and have a good day, if that is what you want!?
* * *
As the vision of my friend, Dromba, faded out, I could see
the glimmer of his childlike smile. It was a carefree smile, and it
made me laugh. Here this being had so much wisdom to offer and
yet he walked around as if he hadn’t a care in the world. I was
beginning to develop a special liking for him. He was a truly
compassionate being, not just a cold person who had something
to say and that was it.
I felt he would surely be of great assistance in my life.

Perhaps here were at least three friends I had found who would
be friends for life. Friends with whom I could share insights, and
good times. Friends who would one day be more real to me than
anything in my physical waking world. For now, though, I had to
go through the usual motions of the daily routine.
As I arose from bed, life felt much different than it had only
the day before; in fact, only a short while before. There was a new
lightness, an almost carefree attitude about living. A feeling that I
didn’t have to worry about anything. That all I had to do was tune
in to the inner, do what was required, trust in the MAHAVANA,
and all would be well. That is, of course, if I followed through with
the necessary requirements of the moment!
Ah! I could hardly wait to get to work today. What new

adventures lay in store for me!
* * *
Life has started to take on a new feeling for me. I sense
many inner changes that I cannot put my finger on, yet I see the
outer results of much of my inner actions. It’s quite interesting. I

try to work on improving, if that is the correct word, my inner
thoughts and feelings about situations that occur in my life.
Then I try to pay close attention to what occurs around me -

what I can perceive, to see if I can locate those things that
happen because I personally did something to cause something
to happen. It’s not always good things that happen, but I’m finding
a greater joy in living every moment, seeking to find the seed of
truth and wisdom hidden in each experience.
Work was still work, but with a different twist on it. Today
was Friday, the last day of the work week. I was really beat when
I came home, so I lay down to do a short contemplative exercise -
one of the ones I had learned from my friend in PLURBY. I felt
tonight might be a busy night for me, as far as writing went, and I
wanted to be as prepared as possible.
I was hoping to spend much of the evening in conscious

awareness in PLURBY, with my friends. I was not to be
disappointed.
* * *
“Everything has some value, some worth - if not apparent
then hidden to your view.” I heard the almost musical voice of my
friend, Yerba, the present King of PLURBY. “As we’ve already
discussed, everything that happens - every situation or
occurrence that you perceive, either consciously or
subconsciously, has value to you, because each occurrence
contains within it the seeds of great awareness leading to
development and expansion of consciousness.
“In reality, all already is - you merely have to shift your

attention ever-so-slightly to become aware of the greatness that
already exists. You are the perfected - the totally conscious - of
your inner world.
“Your true essence is that hologram we talked about. It is

that Divine Spark that is individual and unique, yet at the same
moment has encrypted within it the whole from whence it came.
Balance and wholeness are our natural states - anything that
moves us from there needs attention. It is something we are being
prompted to look at because it both causes an unbalance within
us and can leapfrog us to new heights, if we can uncover the
lesson and learn from it.
“We are not perfected beings in the lower worlds. The

physical scenario can never be perfect - never be problem-free. If
you are not a little uncomfortable, you are not growing. A state of
stasis, inaction, when nothing ‘seems’ to be ‘happening’, or
‘occurring’, can be a momentary restpoint in eternity, or it can be
a trap - the illusion of boredom and inertia.
“Restpoints are fine - they allow us to gain perspective and

momentum so we can move through the next period of growth,
which is right there, because when you have finished one
experience, or situation, you are ready for two more, is an ancient
axiom that reveals great truth. Unfoldment is the never-ending
process to ultimate consciousness - if ever there can be such a
state.
“There really can be no final, ultimate level of consciousness

because there is always a plus factor - always another step to
take, always another way to look at something to gain yet more
wisdom. As an individualized unit, if you feel you have reached
your limit in some particular area - let go - there is always more

for you.
“Can you really ever experience too much love? No! Though
if you ‘feel’ yourself reaching an overflow state or condition, you
must realize you are blocked in some area - you have some old
baggage occupying a space within you that would better be filled
with love, or some other quality that you are dealing with.
“Release your attachment to that baggage, whether you are

conscious of what it is or not, so that you can continue to accept
the unhampered and unrestricted ever-increasing flow of love into
and through your being.
“Daily re-affirm to yourself you are a unique and valuable

being in eternity and ask, in advance, of the Universal Forces, to
release any baggage - problems, attitudes, material things,
attachments, people - that may be blocking your further growth
and unfoldment.
“Someone reading this may ask, ‘what does all this have to
do with ME? How can all this talk about love and things I can’t
relate to really help me? I need help NOW, in this moment. I need
money to pay for my way through life - to pay for my food, my
housing, my transportation, my clothing, my very existence
depends on it.’
“To this individual I say, ‘Indeed you are correct, though only
from one perspective. You must come to realize and come to
know, within the deepest parts of your being, that true security, if
there is such a thing, and true freedom can only exist within us,
not in the outer world we recognize as being external to our own
private worlds.
“I do not ignore the point that money may be needed, or that

there are needs to be met for those who are living in the physical
world. I merely state that even the most entrenched person who is
surrounded and almost smothered by materiality, can begin to
see some Light in their lives if they will only begin to change their
viewpoint - just a little everyday.
“That’s the key, really: doing a little bit everyday is what will
help you along the way. You cannot truly know the far-reaching
‘end-result’, if ever there could be such a state, of the tiniest little
action you do in this moment. That’s all it takes - doing the best
you can in each moment, focusing your attention in the moment,
just in that action you are doing, without worrying or being
concerned about tomorrow.
“You must put your faith and trust in both yourself and a
higher power, which we here in PLURBY recognize as AHO - The
Almighty High One, Who represents, to us, the all-pervasive,
ever-existent, all-powerful creative current that flows through and
around us. It is the very essence from which our beings are
created, and by which our worlds are created, sustained and
maintained.
“To the person who is convinced they are ‘just making it’ I
say, ‘trust that there IS a better way. Trust that you will at least
survive, and that if you put your faith, trust and action into the
things we teach and live, moment-by-moment, here in PLURBY,
step-by-step, almost imperceptibly at first, you will begin to move
in another direction, out of the poverty you feel so overwhelms
your life.’
“No one need live in poverty. Though this does not mean all
will live in extravagant wealth - with an unlimited supply of money
flowing into your bank account, affording you the luxury of ‘buying’
all that you seek. To truly ‘have’ something, you must earn it. This
‘earning’ takes place in the inner worlds, not so much in the outer
worlds.
“As you begin to trust this inner force, and work with it,
day-by-day, moment-to-moment, you will notice your life
beginning to take a different outlook, or perspective. That is all we
are trying to impart to you. We have offered The Eternal Game of
Freedom, as just one small key, or piece in a very large and
complex puzzle.
“This puzzle does not have to be so large, nor complex. If

you begin to view things with a different perspective, with a
different viewpoint, realizing that all things that are, exist for your
own unfoldment. I would not deny that some people control what
appears to be an unbalanced amount of money. It seems that
there is an unequal distribution of money, and the power that
ultimately results from this money.
“Often, those with large sums of money need to buy their

experiences, and their wisdom, while those of lesser means have
the greater opportunity of true self-discovery; they learn to use the
tools that are offered to experience inner freedom and inner
security.
“If you have little and someone takes it from you, how great
is your loss? If you have much, and someone takes it from you,
how great is your loss? In each case, though a matter of degree,
the one with less, in a material sense, can often recoup that, and
more, if they have learned to develop and use the tools that are
available for getting along in this world.
“Come, I have spoken at great length. It is time to refresh

ourselves here in his food court, with some delights you have
never encountered anywhere in all of your travels. For there are

many things you will see and hear this evening in your visit to
PLURBY. Hold on and be patient. For even though you may feel
overloaded and unable to assimilate all you will encounter, it will
be stored within you, and come to re-appear in your
consciousness as needed. No experience is ever lost.”
* * *
And with that, Yerba stopped speaking. There was a very
long silence, yet it was full of sounds. I could hear them all. It was
wonderful. I closed my eyes for just a moment, only to awaken in
what appeared to be an amusement park, or an area where a
travelling carnival had stopped for a few days.
So it was true, the sounds I heard were coming from here!

The four of us entered the park area, and into the amusement
section. No one seemed to pay us much attention - they were all
too involved in having fun! That is something I have a very difficult
time doing. Just relaxing, and rec-reating, I call it.
There was a small hotdog stand to the right, and we walked

over and each ordered one with everything on it. I knew they
weren’t made of meat, but they sure tasted like it. Amazing! We
each ate all the things we wanted to in this seemingly fantasy
park. I say that because it seemed almost whatever I imagined
came to be in reality.
“Yes,” said Seffia. “This is a very special park. Not

particularly large, not particularly famous, either. It is visited by
people from all over the land. It is a sort of fantasy park, where we
can come and just have fun. Rides and puppet shows and all
kinds of things occur here. In fact, virtually whatever you would
like to do can occur here.
“Is there anything special you’d like to imagine and have

happen for you here?”
“Well,” I began, a little sheepish at the thought of seeing my

creations manifest in front of me. “At the moment, I’m too
intrigued by it all, and my mind is still on achieving some material
success in my life. I don’t want to spoil the fantasy with that stuff.”
“You can, if you want!” she stated. “In this space you can
have virtually anything you want. This is the magical land of
physical manifestation. See,” she said, holding her hand out in
front of me, a lovely blue rose in it. “I have just imagined this
beautiful rose and here it is. And now it isn’t. But I have not
destroyed it, only disassembled its atoms, and sent them back to
the primal substance from whence they came.
“And here,” she said again, holding her hand out. “A

diamond as large as a baseball! And it’s really a diamond! Go
ahead; feel it!” I reached out to take hold of the beautiful
gemstone and was shocked at its reality. It was, in fact, a real
diamond. I cannot imagine its weight, or its material worth in my
own world.
“It’s not important to place material value on your creations.

This cannot be the measure of your success. I tell you that if you
trust in the MAHAVANA, and pay attention to what you are being
guided to do, your life will flow like an unimpeded river. The
waters of life will flow through your being, and you will have
abundance at your disposal such as you never even dreamed
was possible.
“Come, let us just walk through the park a bit.” I saw people
going on rides, some acting out fantasies in little plays, children
running and laughing. Nothing really out of the ordinary, like a

three headed man, or a pink elephant, but I DID see the
childlikeness that exists within each of us exhibited here, in a
totally uninhibited way.
These were people in recreation - fun time. They were

re-charging their batteries so that they could re-create more and
more, manifesting and unmanifesting things and ideas from the
ever-abundant supply of universal creative substance. It was
wonderful. I just watched; and wondered if this were possible to
have happen in my own waking state.
“Well,” asked Seffia, staring deeply into my eyes. “What do

you think about that?” I just looked deeply into her eyes and
laughed. I felt all of eternity passing through my being. I felt
re-born!
* * *
There was a state of sadness, or deep confusion, that
seemed to surface form deep within my being. I didn’t know
where it was coming from, or why it was manifesting at this
moment. I sat in my favorite easy chair and went into a
contemplation, focusing on my journeys to PLURBY over the last
several months. At least, those visits I had remembered.
I now knew I had been travelling to some place for many

years, and likely it was PLURBY that I had been coming to. The
more I learned, the more I wanted to learn! The more I knew, the
more I knew there was to know. My thirst for knowledge was
seemingly insatiable, yet with all I had already learned, I
wondered what good any of it was.
There wasn’t any doubt in my mind that I did want to know

the secrets of AHO, and the higher worlds, and just what my
purpose for existing was. But at the same time I wanted to know
how to live successfully in my own physical waking world, day by
day, moment to moment.
I wondered about so many things. I wondered about why I

was here. And about all the people I met who passed through my
life in a seemingly endless conveyor belt style.
“You are unnecessarily burdened,” I heard from friend,

Dromba, say, “in trying to analyze life so much. Truly it is so that
whatever we believe, as an individual, to be truth, THAT becomes
truth for us. It is not the position or responsibility of any other
person to point out to another what is truth, or where a person
may have made mistakes, or has incorrect information, should
that be the case.
“Each person must decide for themselves what truth is, and
what their own individual reality shall consist of. Only when one
has stepped out of the path of the grind, of the average person,
and truly has a strong inner desire to know AHO can the veil of
illusion begin to dissolve. It is in that moment truth begins to
surface as crystal clear in the individual’s life.
“On occasion, such as in your case, when a person has a

desire to know truth, and wants assistance, beings, such as
myself, and King Yerba, High Priestess Seffia, and a host of other
highly developed Masters, may avail you the knowledge you
seek. Sometimes we may tell you directly what it is you should
have perceived, or if you have perceived something incorrectly,
we may offer you the correct interpretation, or simply another
viewpoint.
“Each person we meet has something to offer us, for each

person may serve as an outer manifestation of something that
exists within us. Occasionally, we meet people that are familiar to
us, yet we don’t always know why. A look, a stance, a word, a
smile - all can bring to conscious awareness the facsimile-engram
of the relationship this person has to us. It may be an event we
have already experienced or one yet to come. What’s the
difference?
“We can play with words and say I did this tomorrow, or I will
do this yesterday, although not grammatically or logically correct
as a description of the WHEN of an event, we must be aware that
all exists NOW, therefore, it does not matter WHERE we do
something or how we refer to it.
“If I re-arrange the events or pieces of my life into a different

sequence does my life come out the same? We cannot know with
complete certainty, until we act out the parts. We can always
change the pieces and the parts and, of course, the results as
well.
“Mostly, we’re dealing in the area of the mind here, where

thoughts prevail, for thoughts and feelings can be rearranged at
will, and with great ease. It’s in the physical area of materiality
that we come into difficulties. But much of this is due to our
concept of physical reality. If we work at changing our physical
reality, you’ll be amazed at how different things can really be!
“We don’t do this by pure physical or mental manipulation or

by use of the will alone. Rather, with the cultivation and skillful use
of imagination, all things are possible.
“If you wake up and put your socks on over your shoes, in
the physical, this seems silly, illogical and impractical. If this
occurred in a dream, you would likely say it was silly, as well, but
you could do it in the dream world with ease.
“Regardless of which level of vibration, or realm, we function

in: physical, emotional, causal, mental - all actions are merely
symbols, holograms, facsimiles, that represent something. What
these symbols, or holograms, represent, is purely a matter of
personal interpretation and there is no real set of universal
guidelines as to what each symbol means.
“You have a dream that you are thirsty and you don’t recall
the dream, but you wake up at four AM to drink some water. This
fulfills the action, in the physical, that occurred in a realm you
don’t recall - the dream world.
“The symbol, also known as a hologram or facsimile - the

need to quench thirst was fulfilled on a level other than that from
which it originated. You drank the water - an action, that acted out
the symbol, or hologram. Do you pay attention to your actions?
“They are merely representations of inner holograms, or

facsimiles, and occurrences trying to come through and be
spotlighted, or recognized, to teach us something. In the act of
drinking I may bring to conscious mind - I drank water at four AM.
I am thirsty. What do I thirst for? Oh, truth and knowledge. The
simple hologram - thirsty, came through into the physical, and the
physical action of drinking water brought to conscious mind what
the hologram meant.
“As you begin to understand the symbols, or

facsimile-holograms, behind even your most mundane tasks, you
will see unfolding before your very eyes, the keys to life you seek.
“You are hungry, so you eat food. Are you appeased? Was it
not, perhaps, a higher appetite you needed to satiate?
“We all seek love - some through sexual relations, others

through many other ways. We need love on all levels, yet, is it
not, perhaps the love of AHO that we need, as we seek for love in
the lower worlds?
“All things are a reflection or echo of AHO, the Almighty High

One. Therefore, each action we do, on any level, is representative
of more than just that simple action.
“Look behind your actions for the real motivations. When you
are able to get your ego out of the way and lift the veils of
illusions, your perception of what IS will be ever-closer to truth. It
is a worthy task to see through and beyond the many veils of life
that cloud our view, and without the hindrance of the ego censor.
“Look for truth in the little things of life - the laugh of a child,
the sweet fragrance of a flower, the joyful song of a bird, the deep
eyes of your lover. It is here we may find truth - it is alive and
available to experience in each experience, in each moment, for it
is at the base of all actions.
“Seek truth and you shall have the glories of AHO bestowed
upon you. This, truly, is what you seek - the LOVE of AHO.
Nothing else matters! You should know, however, that living, as
you would say, ‘successfully’ in any of the realms of existence is
living successfully in ALL realms, whatever that term
‘successfully’ means to you.
“All of life is interwoven - you cannot truly separate one

moment from another. Therefore, when you are living successfully
in your physical waking state, you are living successfully, in the
same moment, in the highest worlds of AHO. There is no

separation here, and any separation you create is merely an
illusion set up by Behlub to further confuse you.
“In truth, there is only one reality, and it matters little which
realm you are consciously aware of in any given moment in your
existence, for in each moment, you have the potential to unlock
the door to awareness of eternity.”
* * *
I had a few moments to reflect on the many words my friend,
Dromba, was telling me this day. He seemed almost like he had,
what a dear friend of mine once called, ‘Spiritual Diarrhea’. I
laughed to myself, trying to be careful not to put out the
impression of insulting my friend. His words were truly of value to
me.
I was just amazed at how much truth he was willing to impart

to me. I wasn’t always clear as to why. After all, I just thought I
was so average. How could I begin to deliver these words to the
people who were awaiting them? He paid virtually no attention to
me. He continued his dialogue.
“When you are with people, look behind the conversation -

hear the words - the sound of the words. Look beyond the words
for the symbols they evoke within you. Then again, look deeper
behind the symbols for the truth. Listen for the rhythm, cadence
and harmony of the words. Don’t always be so attentive to each
word, rather, pay attention to the whole. Listen for the sound
behind each word.
“They symbols evoked by the sound are holograms -

fragments of a greater truth. These may be visual, audible, or
sensual - or all three. It is the hologram evoked by the symbol

which is prodded by the words, that is the true key to help unlock
the door too your own inner being.
“Look around you - life is full of symbols. What holograms do

they cause to be spotlighted on the stage of your mind? Take just
a moment to reflect on this: Envision, in your inner worlds, a
stage. The stage is empty, except for what you place on it.
“Envision you are sitting in the audience as the director, and

you are also the writer, sitting next to the director, in the audience.
You are also behind the scenes, making sure the costumes are
just perfect. You are also the stage manager, and the cue reader.
In addition, you are, above all, each actor that comes onto the
stage.
“Quite a task, isn’t it! But it’s true. You are all of these things.
You are the architect and builder of your own life. You must seek
the tools to assist you, and also to become aware that there is a
better way, if you like to use the word better. And that is the way
of surrender to the MAHAVANA, the Inner Master.
“Through this art of surrender, you still play all those roles of
putting on the production of your life, only now you have some
special assistance - some help that may prove to be absolutely
priceless. Try this little visual in your daily life. Envision one day
that you are playing all of these roles. Be attentive to all that
occurs in your life, envisioning yourself directing, re-writing,
staging, and acting out all the roles, even the roles of those you
have already labeled as people who are external to you.
“Now, try to go through another day having started off by

surrendering your little self to the MAHAVANA, the Inner Master.
You will still be playing all these different roles throughout the day,
but see how different everything is! You should sense a great
ease about life. Things will just flow along. Not that they will be
prefect, but as obstacles come up, you handle them with grace,
and compassion, whereas before, the ego would handle them
with power and control, instead of love and joy.”
I had to admit, it was a technique I hadn’t thought of before.

A reality that I was, truly, the creator of my own life. I wrote the
script, directed it, designed it and played all the parts, regardless
of whomever came into the play and was recognized as being
external to myself. All I had to do was be attentive to what I had
created, and if I didn’t like it, I could change it: the scenes, the
actors, the actions, the words.
He continued his discoursing: “Each word is a symbol, a

representation - a potential key to open the door. Choose your
words carefully. Be economical and precise. Allow your words to
flow through you - don’t block them. It is your intention that is
often of paramount importance. The flow of the words. The pairing
and often tripletting of words. Listen to the sound as you speak, or
as you listen to others. Do the words reflect in hologram-symbols,
what you perceive behind the words?
“People give off strong symbols as they speak, for language

has its beginning in the symbol. Before there were words there
were gestures and symbols in the mind. Symbols are visual and
come largely from the emotional plane. They can also come from
the causal or mental worlds. A hologram, being what it is, is a
fragment of the highest. It is almost a piece of God that has
slipped through the window of heaven and almost breached the
veil of illusion.
“Since all holograms are but a Divine Spark of eternity and

symbols reflect holograms and words are evoked by symbols, you
can see that the very words we use, and their corresponding
sounds - are, themselves, bits of God.
“In a sense, we each, too, are really just holograms - bits that
contain and retain the essence of the whole. How is it, then, we
seem to have slipped so far from the highest virtues of God?
Actually, all forms and phases of life represent God - however
thinly disguised.
“The drug abuser, rapist, murderer, terrorist - all want the

same as the writer, artist, dancer, musician - love! There is but a
hairbreadth of difference between a king and a cutthroat. The thief
may steal with a knife, the king with a pen!
“Both have lying dormant within them the ability, at any

moment, to become the other. They are both holograms and have
all the qualities of each other in them. Why is one a wise king and
the other a heathen cutthroat? We each need many experiences
throughout eternity to sharpen our spiritual wits.
“While we could sit in judgement of both the king or the

cutthroat this is not important. They have their own experiences to
live through and yet they are also merely players - mockups, to
illustrate some point for the viewer. What point? That depends on
you - the viewer.
“It is true that no one can harm you unless you allow them to.
You draw unto yourself that which you need for your own spiritual
growth and unfoldment. When you are balanced - detached - and
working from a state of wholeness, you are all things. Your field of
perception extends to all.
“Would you willingly thrust a knife deep into your arm, or

another’s’ heart? Would you strangle the life of another by your
own hands - thoughts, actions or words? If you do, you strangle

yourself. How often we sabotage ourselves by judging another, or
offering our opinions.
“What you do to others you do to yourself! Remember that

old, old phrase from your early years of school? ‘When you cheat,
you cheat yourself!’ How much wisdom you have gained
throughout the years to see the truth behind this statement. You
have come a long way in understanding, my son, though there is
still much for you to learn.
“Do not shatter the symbols of another for this is like taking a
sledge hammer and breaking away at the foundation. Seek to
strengthen, not weaken, a foundation. Each being who weakens
becomes even weaker and ultimately assists in the total
corruption and collapse of the society in which they live.
“While this is cynical in nature, it need not happen

dramatically and can exhibit more gentle ebbs and flows than the
traditional highs and lows. Seek for balance and to strengthen
foundations. Each who walks the High Path of AHO contributes a
constructive energy to the society in which they live. The more
who follow the High Path, seek to build strong moral character
and spiritual fiber, the more who contribute to a strong collective
foundation upon which may be created wonders you can scarcely
perceive even as yet.
“There are things waiting to be manifested in your world -

when the collective consciousness is ready to receive them. How
can the collective become ready unless all of the parts, or a
certain critical number, at least, strive only for the highest - only
the best, the truly spiritual?
“Life in the lower worlds will never be ideal. World peace, as

some profess, is an ideal whose attainment is not possible. Still,
do not become disillusioned over this and say all is lost. Finer joys
exist than the illusion of world peace. Through a world balance
and harmony, miracles can happen - but only in the moment - not
eternally.
“Nothing in the lower worlds lasts forever. All is transient,

temporary. Life is like a play - one scene and its physical scenery
give way to the next and the next and so on throughout eternity.
Ideally, all the physical pieces are re-used over and over again
making use of the spiritual laws of conservation and economy.
“What will happen on the stage of your life? What images

and symbols will you put out to the world at large?”
I pondered on this point a while, though I was really more

intent on just paying attention and drinking all these words in so
that I could record them for study at a later point, and so that
others might be availed that same opportunity.
“Not only are your words important! So, too, are your
thoughts, feelings, actions and intentions. All are factors that are
exhibited in the lower worlds. Try, at least, to emulate the perfect
qualities that already exist within you. They aren’t in some far off
place - unattainable, out-of-reach. They reside deep within you -
look at your own cycles, harmony, balance, images, symbols and
holograms. Therein lies your key to the universe!”
* * *
“Do not be in a hurry to reach your goals. Unfoldment is not
a race - the winner he who gets there first. There is nowhere to go
- all is here in the present. You merely have to unfold into the
recognition of what already is.
“Your goal is eternal consciousness or Total Awareness.

This is best accomplished slowly - savoring each experience so
as to gain the most each moment has to offer. Unlike a race
where there are winners and losers, the path to Total Awareness
knows only winners - in the end; and even THAT would not be
totally accurate for there is no end - only an ongoing individual
unfoldment into deeper and more subtle levels of awareness of
consciousness. There is always a plus factor.
“Have you noticed in nature most flowers that unfold quickly

have a short lifespan, whiles those that unfold more slowly,
generally spread their bounty of beauty and fragrance much
longer! So it is with the seeker of truth. A solid foundation is not
built in an instant though a faulty foundation can crumble to the
ground faster than it took to build it.
“Build your foundation slowly, bit by bit, and you will see the
joys of AHO unfolding in every moment - in every experience.
Look for the seed of truth in each moment - in each experience,
for truly, it is there, waiting for you to discover it.”
* * *
It had already been quite a day here in PLURBY. I was
eager to have experiences with the Eternal Game of Freedom
again, because this is what first brought me to this land, and it
was a tool I wanted to know more about. It seemed that no matter
how much one learned through the experience, there was always
more to learn. Funny how a simple game could really be so
complex. It was a lot like life.
* * *
We were walking down the street and I could tell we were in
the City of CENTRIA standing just outside the King’s Palace
wherein was the Royal PLURBY Game Room. I was eager to be
back in this room, for there was something special about its aura.
Experiencing the game here is like no other place in the universe,
or so I thought.
“There you go again,” began Seffia, “judging things! Your

experience here is greater because this is where you first
experienced the game, and you are holding on to a certain
attachment to the idea that this is the best place to experience the
game. If this is what you believe, fine. Though it may keep you
from having some really wonderful experiences, elsewhere,
simply because you have closed your mind. You have limited its
definition of the best.”
I smiled as her words bore deeply into my consciousness. I

knew she was right, and was only trying to break me of my
ritualistic behaviors and rigidly set patterns. I was thankful to her.
She smiled back at me and winked! I felt so fortunate to have
such friends who would show me what I needed, and wanted, to
know. How long would I be so fortunate to have their friendship
before passing on into other realms?
* * *
We entered The Royal PLURBY Game Room. It was as
breathtaking now as it was that first time. The purple/red/blue
walls with those life-like paintings. The dozen tables, each with a
single marble field. The Royal PLURBY Game Field sitting in its
place atop a platform in the front of the room.
I noticed a special gong off to the right, and the Royal

PLURBY Game Room Keeper standing by it. The many sets of
crystals were in the front of the room, neatly placed on the table
for selection.
There were a number of people already in the room seated

at tables experiencing the game. They paid little attention to our
entry. I think about 8 tables were full. We took our place at a table
near the wall to the right of the platform, near the Game Room
Keeper. I so wanted to talk with him some day.
Before we had begun our routine I heard a great commotion

as the doors to the game room swung open. The Game Room
Keeper ran to the doors to help someone enter the room. It was a
very old man. I had never seen anyone this old, though I could
only tell he was old by the slowness of his gait and the smallness
of his body.
He appeared healthy, but old, you know what I mean? I must

have a prejudice about old people, because I sort of sneered as
he entered. I mean, who was this guy to come in and interrupt MY
experience?
The man was assisted to the table just next to ours. As he

entered the room, everyone in the room stopped their experience
and stood up, as if to pay reverence to someone truly great. I
stood up as well, not knowing why. I had no idea who this man
was. Seffia whispered to me: “This is our oldest living citizen.
“He is just over fifteen garn!” Um, I thought. That makes him
about 180 years old! Wow! That WAS incredible. “He served as
King for many years, until he was well over ten garn, far longer
than any other, until he passed it on to the next king.”
I sat a moment in quiet reflection. Let’s see, if he served until

just about 5 garn ago, and then passed the Kingship on to the
next King - Oh, my God! I was shocked. A cold sweat came over
my body as the truth of who this man was came to my
consciousness.
This was Yerba’s father! A tear came to my eyes. I felt truly

small in the presence of such a great being. Yerba looked at me
and smiled. He took me by the hand and walked me over to
where his father was sitting. The old man looked up and smiled at
his son. “Hello, Father!”
“Why Yerba,” his words were slow in coming. A man who

might have little to say, but much to offer. “How are you? Is that
Dromba and Seffia I see? Seffia, come over here you little lamb.”
She approached the man and hugged him around the neck. This
was not an uncommon greeting here, but I sensed the bond
between these two was far deeper than that of casual friends.
“Dromba, come here. Let me say hello.” They greeted each

other in the traditional PLURBY handshaking greeting, though this
was much more intimate than usual. They grabbed each other full
up the arm and placed their other hands on the other side of the
forearm - a gesture of great admiration, warmth and love.
Yerba smiled as he greeted his father. Sitting next to him he

was talking quite softly. “Father,” he began. “There is someone
very special I’d like you to meet!”
“A young lass I hope!” The old man laughed as he said those

words. Everyone in the room laughed, for all had stopped what
they were doing to listen to this man.
“No, father. And stop that. You don’t have time for such
things.”
“Well, you never know. After all, love keeps you young!”
Everyone laughed.
“Father, this is a young man who has come to us from the

other side of the veil. He has come to learn of our secrets.
Perhaps you can teach him something.”
“Oh, from the other side, you say. How marvelous.” He

looked me straight in the eyes. I felt his piercing stare cut right
through me, and knew there was nothing I could say to this man
that would be new to him. He already knew all about me.
“This,” Yerba said, introducing me, “is David. And this is my

father, Foo-Jen, the oldest and most revered citizen of PLURBY.
He served as king before passing the Kingship on to me.”
“So tell me young man,” Foo-Jen began, “are you enjoying

your visits here to PLURBY?” I chuckled to myself as I saw a
childlike smirk come across his face. I knew there were really no
words I could utter that would reveal anything to this man, other
than, perhaps, my ignorance, or the level of my intelligence or
stupidity.
“Come on now, don’t be shy!”
“Well, yes. I’ve learned a lot of things since coming here.

Yerba, Dromba and Seffia have taught me so many things, and I
know there is so much more to learn. We’ve spent a lot of time
together, and they’ve shown me all around PLURBY, and I’ve met
so many different people. It’s really fantastic!”
I had to catch myself before I went on. Foo-Jen started

laughing as my words just came out like I was unable to control
myself. “Oh, that’s wonderful my son. I’m glad you are having a
good time. You are right, there is so much to learn here. I’m sure
in your further visits your three friends will show you even MORE
wonders.”
I certainly hoped that would be the case. “For now, though,

why don’t you join me in The Eternal Game of Freedom!”
I knew it was not only a great experience to play the game

with an elder, but also a very high honor to be personally asked to
have such an experience. I was humbled by his offer, and started
to cry inside. Foo-Jen placed his right arm around my shoulders
and patted me on the back. I felt the warmth of his love flow
throughout my body.
“Why yes, I think that would be a great idea. And how about
my three friends as well?” I remembered the game
accommodated a maximum of five seekers, and with my three
friends, Foo-Jen and myself, that made five.
We all moved to the table Foo-Jen was sitting at. By this time
all the other seekers in the room had regained their own
experiences. I knew this would be a very rare experience. I
sensed something very special here in the presence of not only
Yerba, Dromba and Seffia, but also of Foo-Jen.
He called over to the Royal PLURBY Game Room Keeper.

The young man walked quickly to his side. I didn’t hear what he
said to the boy, but in a flash, the young man returned with a table
that had special crystals on them. “These are the most prized
gems in all of PLURBY,” Foo-Jen spoke. “I thought you might like
to experience the game with these.”
Foo-Jen picked up a red one and held it first up to the light

so he could look at it, and then placed it to his Tisra Til, holding it
there for just a moment. He smiled and nodded as if here were in
communication with the prized gem. Indeed he was!
“Aren’t they just beautiful! The finest gems in all the lands
that exist. Just a single set of twelve has been assembled. Not
that there aren’t others in existence, but those are better left to the
wilds, to propagate in the Plane of Wasu, for use by Molly. Gee,
she does such fine work. I haven’t seen her in ages!
“Anyway, let’s take out one of each of these twelve, and we

can all select the one we need to experience with.” Foo-Jen took
one gem of each of the twelve and placed it in the center of the
field. We all sat a moment, silently, and chanted the Sacred and
Holy AHO. I felt transported in this brief instant, to a realm beyond
that of time and space. A realm that was NO place.
* * *
I was alone, no one else to be found. No thing existed except
myself in this place. And yet it was not a place, it was just eternity.
I felt alone yet not so. I felt empty, yet full. I felt naive, yet wise. I
felt anxious, yet at peace. This was the world of AHO!
The brief chant ended and, without opening my eyes, I

reached out to select the gem crystal I would use in the game. I
laughed as I reached out because I knew no one else had
selected. They were all waiting for me. My sensitiveness had
developed to quite a high level and I was able to perceive things
beyond the mind.
Opening my eyes, I was not surprised that I had selected the

red gem, that stone known here, as in my own waking world, as
Ruby. I reached over to select the sixteen rubies I would be using
in this experience, and the others selected their test as well. We
setup the field in the correct configuration sequence for five
seekers, the maximum, at challenge level three, the most intense.
I was a little apprehensive about this experience. I didn’t

know what might come to it. After all, the combination of five
seekers, challenge level three, my three companions, Foo-Jen,
the most revered citizen in all of PLURBY, and usage of the Royal
PLURBY Gemstones was almost more than I could handle.
I felt the cool hand of Foo-Jen on my forearm. “Don’t be

concerned. It’s like child’s play. You know, The Eternal Game of
Freedom is only the game of eternity, the game of life, played on
a smaller field, in a somewhat controlled setting. When you
experience the game with those who love you, those who are
supportive of you, and who want for others what they want for
themselves, then the experience becomes something very
special.
“Perhaps one day this game will actually get out to your
world, so that others may experience its gift. It doesn’t really
matter whether it does or whether it doesn’t. All that matters, on
the one hand, is that YOU have experienced the game, and that
you can always have this experience, on the inner or the outer.
You are always welcome to come here, to PLURBY, to
experience the game in any of our game rooms.
“However, it would be nice if you could get the game out in

the physical so that others, who may not have a highly developed
imagination, may experience the game at a level they can
understand. This does not mean to imply they are any less
because their imagination is not yet highly developed. Those who

experience the game in the physical can request to begin to
develop the imaginative faculties so that they can begin to
experience the inner worlds.
“Anyone, though, can come here to PLURBY, and

experience anything we have to offer, whether it be this game, or
our lifestyle, our inventions, or anything they wish to experience.
PLURBY is just one of many worlds that exist across the veil of
time and illusion. PLURBY is just one perspective of the creative
manifestation of AHO in the lower worlds.
“You, yourself, know this. And when the time comes in the
present moment for you to talk of these things we have shown
you here, remember that all life exists in the moment. There really
is no future, no past. Only the present is what is, and all things
eventually become the present.
“When you focus on the past you lose the moment. When
you focus on the future you are not aware of what is happening in
the now, and you lose the value of the present moment. Since
you have the capability to experience all things, why worry about
separating into past, present and future?
“Do you remember PARC, the PLURBY Archive Receptacle

Center?” I shook my head in the affirmative. “This is one of many
thousands of places in the lower worlds to come to and find
records of things. Recorded here in these libraries are the
countless experiences that exist in the lower worlds, manifested
by individual beings.
“If you choose to delve into these experiences, you must

look only for the seed of truth within the experience, not the
interpretation by the one who has had the experience. Only
YOUR experience is what is important, and how you can relate it

to others, if that is your choice.”
Foo-Jen’s words fell silent. I placed the last of my sixteen

rubies to my Tisra-Til after holding it in my hand for a brief
moment. I gazed deeply into the crystal as its holographic images
and wisdom were impressed on my mind through the door of the
Third eye. Removing it and placing this last of my sixteen truly
Royal PLURBY Gemstones used in the Eternal Game of Freedom
this day, I found myself outside the palace with my three friends:
Yerba, Dromba and Seffia.
I turned to Yerba smiling: “I didn’t even get to thank your

father. Will you thank him for me the next time you see him?”
“He knows you are grateful, and in the knowing, the words
are unnecessary.”
I uttered a silent thank you to Foo-Jen, just the same. His

words whispered in my ears, “No, thank YOU, my son. The
experience was most rewarding, even for an old man like myself.
Be happy in your life. Live life fully. Enjoy each moment. Perhaps
we shall meet again and you can recount to me the journeys you
have had. For now, go with your three friends. They have much to
show you.”
YERBA was already talking as I came back to awareness of

the present moment. The sound of Foo-Jen’s voice faded, but the
impression of his words remained. I would follow his advice, or
rather, what he offered me as guidance.
* * *
Nighttime had already fallen in the land of PLURBY, and I

knew this meant the Nightly Exhibition was not far off. “Would you
like to attend this evening?” I heard Seffia ask me.
“Yes, of course I would. That would be really great.”
“Good, how about in GROTZ? There’s a young man who will

be the evening’s facilitator for the first time. It should be a nice
experience. Perhaps you can pick up some pointers for when
YOU begin to speak in public?”
What! I thought to myself. Speak in public!
“Why of course!” she replied to my unspoken statement.

“You know it’s something you enjoy. Why not learn as much as
you can about speaking in public, so when you finally have the
opportunity you can make the most of it!”
I nodded in agreement. Of course, why not! Just enjoy every

experience life has to offer.
* * *
“Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. My name is Bartaj.
This is my first time officiating as facilitator of the Nightly
Exhibition. I would first like to thank you all for this great
opportunity. I’m a native of GROTZ. I’m one garn and six years.
I’ve been studying music and crystal healing for the last half garn,
and this year I’ll be going to Lanyor Institute for training as a
healing practitioner, specializing in sound hologram healing.
“We have a really exciting show for you this evening. Of

course, I’m sure ever nightly facilitator says that, though there are
some really exceptional performances this evening.
“First I have a few announcements. Since this is the sixth

night of the week, this is one of our major nightly exhibitions.
Tomorrow being the seven day, I’d like to announce two major
functions that will be happening around PLURBY. One is in the
city of TOFURA. They are sponsoring a fruit festival, and they
have invited the entire island of PLURBY to come and enjoy the
bountiful crop they are in the process of harvesting. They tell me
there are some new products they have been developing that will
be unveiled tomorrow, so I invite you all to come to this event. I’ve
been to TOFURA many times, and I can tell you from personal
experience, some of the fruits and vegetables they have
propagated are truly amazing. This event is from one-to-five
tomorrow afternoon.
“Here in our own city of GROTZ, of course, we have a

crystal session between nine-and-eleven, for those of you that are
available at that hour in the morning.
“This evening I’d like to welcome a very special guest not

only to the city of GROTZ, but to our island of PLURBY as well. I
don’t think he even knows I‘m going to acknowledge his
presence. He’s a visitor from planet Earth during the latter
twentieth century, as they recognize time. He is an ardent seeker
of the High Path of AHO. He has been coming to PLURBY to
study for about the last two years; although he has had conscious
awareness of this only during the last several months.
“I’d like you all to welcome him to PLURBY and certainly to

GROTZ, this evening, as he experiences one of our more
important events. So, could we just have a brief round of
applause for David. Welcome to GROTZ, my fellow seeker.”
* * *
I was overwhelmed by the clapping. The sense of love and

support I felt was beyond anything I had ever experienced and
tears of joy filled my eyes and ran down my cheeks. I was both
embarrassed and humbled in the same instant.
“Before we begin our performances this evening, we’d like to

start with a special creative exercise. This is a visualization
exercise which came to me during my personal contemplation
session today. I call it: View from on High. This is about three
minutes.”
I heard his words as he led us all though this wonderful

Creative Visualization Technique.
“Imagine yourself sitting atop Mount PRIMAD, in the little

Temple there. As you sit in contemplation this moment, you chant
the Holy AHO. A Master enters where you are sitting and hands
you a crystal. You take it from him with open hands. He smiles at
you saying, ‘This is yours. Take it, that it may show you truth.’ The
Master leaves the room and you take the crystal, placing it to your
Tisra Til. Chant a few moments, coming into harmony with the
crystal you have just received as a gift from the MAHAVANA!”
I did as all the others, and much to my amazement, when I

awakened, I found I had a small, clear crystal in my hand! I
stealthily looked around to find that everyone else also had a
small, clear crystal in their hands. As the technique ended,
everyone applauded loudly.
“Thank you fellow PLURBIANS. The gifts you have received

come to you from Molly, who thanks you all for your continued
support and asks that you take full advantage of these special
crystals.”
I was a little surprised at how these small stones had just

seemed to manifest out of the ethers into physical beingness. But,
then, I should have been at all amazed at the wonders that
occurred here in PLURBY.
“Our first performance this evening is most unusual, and

certainly no stranger to the stages throughout PLURBY. This is
the GROTZ Children’s’ Choir. It will take a few minutes for them to
get assembled here, since there are about 200 of them. I’d like to
give you some history of the group.
“This is one of the oldest ongoing choir groups in all of

PLURBY. It is open to children up to and including the first garn.
After that they must progress into the junior choir. The conductor
is Kaiaie, and she has been working with children for the last
seven garn. She began her mission as a teacher and then went
into teaching music full time to children. I see they’re almost ready
to begin. Let’s have a warm welcome for the GROTZ Children’s
Choir.”
There was more applause as the choir began to sing. I

closed my eyes to tune in to what they were performing. It was a
rolling chant of AHO. With these two hundred specially trained
voices, the sound was quite enchanting. Generally, I had either
chanted alone, or in a small group. Even in a large group, sitting
in the audience was much different than hearing the Chant of
AHO coming to you.
I knew I was not alone in my reverie for after about five

minutes of this wonderful melody, I heard the audience tune in
and begin the Chant of AHO as well. The feeling was electric! I
was travelling in the inner worlds along the sea of creativity,
following the Light and Sound of AHO back home.
I wanted to remain in this state forever. As I chanted, I found

myself awakening in consciousness back in my own, comfortable
easy chair. I opened my eyes to find that I was truly in my own
room. A sadness filled my being. I wanted to stay longer in
PLURBY. In fact, forever!
“This cannot be,” I heard the words of Dromba as they

crossed over the veil into my mind. “You can come to PLURBY
whenever you like, but must return to your own world, for such is
the will of AHO. We are born into the realm we must serve in,
even though we are free to travel elsewhere.
“Write of this experience, and do not be disheartened, for

you will have many more journeys to PLURBY before your
mission is completed, if ever than can occur.”
I hoped that was so, for my trips to PLURBY were really the
only things keeping me going during the day. Life still seemed
kind of dull and dreary in the physical, even though there was
brightness to it, now. Each experience I had in the physical
seemed more significant than it had only days before. Life was
not an endless array of disjointed occurrences. I started to see a
semblance to all life. That each experience had something to offer
me, if only I would seek and find the key.
* * *
CHAPTER TEN
DIVINE TRUTH
“Divine Truth is eternal - it is one - unchangeable.

There can be no other. Each must receive truth at their
own level of consciousness. Truth cannot be divided, nor
altered in any way, yet man tries to do just this. Each will
perceive what they can at their own individual level; no two
people seeing things the same way.
“Truth is offered to man. It shines like a beacon from

AHO in the High Worlds, and penetrates the veil of
illusion. It permeates all that exists. Every atom contains
the essence of truth, but the mind of man sees it not. For
his ego has made him blind.
“Release the ego, that truth may enter your

consciousness. Lift up your eyes and see the reality of
truth, for there is really nothing else that matters in
existence except this. Seek always the highest path, that
is the way of truth. That is the Path of AHO.
“Do not let the illusions of life delay you in your

journey of self-discovery. The Light of AHO will shine
through eternity, light the way so the unwary seeker may
see clearly the obstacles that lay in their path along the
road to AHO.
“The Sound is the center of all in existence. IT

emanates from the very Heart of AHO and tunes in to the
heart of man. It draws man back to ITself, that they may
become as one, though not so, for in reality, the individual
remains this always, only gaining more truth and wisdom,
finally attaining the state of true and ultimate freedom!”
* * *
I was weary this day. My inner worlds had shown me
exciting visions, yet my outer world often grew more dismal every
moment. The spark within me grew weaker with each passing
day. I was confused. Perhaps I was getting too much information!
Maybe I wasn’t the right one to get all this stuff and pass it on to
others.
The strong, steady, reassuring voice of my friend, Yerba,

was as clear to me as if he were standing next to me in the room.
Indeed, I opened my eyes, as I lay in bed, to see the shining
countenance of my dear friend standing not three feet from the
edge of my bed. The room was pitch black, save his shining
essence.
“Truth is what the individual believes it to be. The strength of

that belief colors their viewpoints and guides their life. Truth not
experienced firsthand is hearsay and the individual takes on the
facsimiles and beliefs and statements of another who, likewise,

may or may not have experienced truth, firsthand. So you see
how a false belief system can start and be propagated from one
to another and so on for perhaps thousands of centuries, until
some individuals in the society decide to break this behavioral
and belief pattern.
“Most of what people in your time believe to be true does not

come to them from firsthand experience. In fact, most peoples’
sensors are so clouded by many lifetimes of untruth that has been
accepted as truth, they are unable to perceive truth in most
instances, even if it is presented to them as truth.
“Until one begins to wipe clean the mirror of reflection, and

cleanse the mental receptors, little, if any, truth, will penetrate to
the core of the individual being.
“There are many techniques to cleanse the being of impurity

so that clear, unclouded vision can occur.
“One must be absolutely totally honest with oneself. This is

essential, regardless of any outward action they may partake in,
or justifications given for such seeming contrary actions.
“We may, at times, do things that are contrary to our own

truth - to that which we know to be true, for reasons we may not
ever be aware of. If this action does not impede the path of
unfoldment then there is no reason to be concerned about the
actions.”
* * *
“There are those among you who are very articulate and
manipulative with words. Beware of these types, for they can lull
your mind into a belief system purely of their own creation and
propagation. Think for yourself! More aptly - intuit for yourself.
“Seek your own insights into areas of concern. There are few
authorities other than your own being. There is a deeper, special
part of each individual that knows all. It lies beneath and beyond
the mind. It uses the mind, yet is not of the mind. Without it, the
mind would be nothing - yet without the mind, IT too, would be
less than ITself in ITs attempt at expression in the physical realm.
“This IT we speak of so abstractly is that creative essence

that lies deep within us. It is at the core of our very being. We
would be virtually nothing without IT, for IT is our very lifeblood.
Some recognize IT as the creative center - others as a hidden
and mysterious Divine Essence. Never deny the source of your
true being though all life will try to dissuade you, cloud your vision
and steer you away.
“For that which you truly are, in your most secret and Divine
Center is none other than SOUL!
* * *
I was so overwhelmed by this new information I was hearing,
yet I knew somehow deep within, that what Yerba was saying was
so absolutely true. How could I have not known and accepted all
this before?
Was I just stupid, or ignorant? Yerba knew my doubts, and I

felt comfortable enough to allow him to pervade my being. “NO”,
he began, “You aren’t stupid or ignorant either. Stubborn, I’d say.”
He laughed. I laughed as well and in that moment a million years
of darkness seemed to be lit up in an instant and dispelled by the
Light. I knew the purpose of it all! I knew everything and then it

was gone - and I once again felt I knew nothing.
* * *
“You must develop the ability to hold the truths you discover
within your being, and in your consciousness, in a gentle way. In
this way it becomes a part of you and does not slip from your
gentle grasp. Come - you have much to learn.”
* * *
I slipped easily through the thin veil of time that separated
our worlds. I felt sure that one day this veil would not exist for me.
I remembered how it had been very difficult for me to pass
through it, once upon a time. Now, I passed through it as if going
from one room to the other.
“Others will come for the knowledge they can get here - now
that they know of us. It is important for you to be fully aware of
what you learn here and to recount these journeys to others. You
should also be learning much yourself, though there is a greater
mission for you to perform - and that is to write and to teach of the
wonders of AHO.”
Sometimes I wondered if I was really the seeker - or if I was

just being sought! My wise friend paid little attention to my
question, which was not verbalized. He had information to impart
to me this day, and that was it. I had to listen. Well, really, I
wanted to listen. It was a great joy to be here in PLURBY, even
though my regular routines were completely turned topsy-turvy.
“You cannot know with any degree of certainty, what lies

deep within the heart or mind of another. It is as much a mystery
to you as if your own inner beingness. Life can be no more nor
less than it is in the present moment. Why seek to know your past
or future?”
I wondered why he was talking so much about the past and

the future. I didn’t recall having asked about it.
“Ah,” he said, “but you have, my friend. Repeatedly, thoughts

course through your mind as to why you are living in the physical
arena at all. And so much doubt passes through your mind it’s a
wonder you can function at all, for the sabotage done by the ego
is amazing. One of your problems is where you focus your
attention.
“Focus always in the moment - for the moment is all you

really have. If focus is in the past, you do not allow yourself to live
in the present. If you focus always on the future, trying to make
your life become something other than what it presently is, you
miss the lessons and unfoldment that could be yours in the
present moment - the very things that might lead you closer to
your desired future, had you merely made a request, focused on it
and released it to BECOME in its own time-frame.
“Tension often keeps you from attaining the very things you
so ardently desire. Merely release your desires into the Eternal
Spiritual Current, and let it be. If it is for your unfoldment, it will
likely appear in your universe and you will recognize it.
“Do not second-guess AHO, for IT knows what you want and
what you need. It is truly a delicate balance. You need to be
goaded along, having an awareness that your ego still has some
control over your life until you reach the point in your unfoldment
where you realize goal-setting is a waste of time.
“Wishing, hoping, praying, pleading, beseeching - are all

tricks of Behlub, the master of illusion, manifested through the
ego to put artificial blocks in your way.
“As you unfold and your awareness becomes greater you

merge more and more with AHO - aligning yourself to the highest.
Ultimately you come to trust so implicitly in AHO, a love bond so
strong is created, you have no need to wish for anything - all is
already given you - that which you need for inner spiritual
nourishment is already there for you.
“And what of the outer? These needs, too, are fulfilled totally,
by AHO - even to the last detail of everything in your life. Have
you not seen how each time we have sat down to eat, you have
been served the exact items your body needed to function at its
peak? Have you noticed how these foods have also satisfied your
visual, sensory and ego desires as well?
“Why would you ever go back to an archaic lifestyle where

competition reigns? What good is amassing a lot of money?
Haven’t you seen that the pursuit of money is at the root of about
95% of your society’s problems? And money and power also have
caused problems and imbalances in all areas of your planet,
touched by so-called civilized man.
“Better sometimes to remain ‘uncivilized’ and closer to AHO.

The simple things in life are generally the ones of lasting value.
What is more simple than love between two people?
“Watch a young child interacting with their puppy - isn’t this

an expression of love? How simple life was when we were
children. That is how we must once again be in our approach to

AHO. ‘Be yea as little children before you can enter into the Heart
of AHO!’ Rather a familiar sounding quote!”
* * *
There was silence all around as Yerba stopped talking. I
could hear the wind as it rustled through the trees, and children
laughing as they played in some distant park. Birds were singing
their song all around us. I felt calm in this place, yet very much
alive. It was peaceful here and I felt re-energized.
“This is the City of Vahanira,” I heard my good friend,

Dromba say. “This is the second of our three inner cities you will
visit. The name comes from the word Vahan which literally means
missionary. If you look you will find a similar word used in your
world. In this city are to be found our greatest centers of learning
public speaking, or oration. Also teaching, and communication
through movement.
“People come from all over the land to learn here, and even
to attend the various lectures given throughout the days and
weeks. Often, they run several week-long courses in how to
speak in public. It is a real art form, you know. I suspect this is a
place you will come to often, as your inner awareness directs you
to learn the fine art of being a great orator. It’s a lot more than just
standing on stage.
“Even the great men of your time receive instruction in how

to speak effectively in public. That’s one of the benefits of having
our Nightly Exhibitions; it gives all of us a chance to practice and
refine our public speaking skills. I, too, have come here many
times to work on my presentation skills, since, as you know, I can
sometimes be rather dry.”
I heard the laughter of Yerba and also Seffia as he made his

last comment. “I’ll tell you,” Seffia’s voice was so calming this day,
“this is a great skill to learn. People don’t want to come to hear a
lecture or any kind of presentation and be preached to. They may
come to learn something, or to pass the time, but overall they
want to be entertained.
“Even if someone leaves a lecture hall or Nightly Exhibition

with some new insight awakened in them, mentally they want to
remember how well-entertained they were. That’s why Vahanira
has invested so many centuries of effort in developing public
speaking, or oration, into its highest form.
“You’ll find throughout your own cities of antiquity, those you

have records on, dating back to Ancient Greece, that the art of
oration was highly prized. It’s not always the words that are
received, but the way they are delivered, and the true intention
behind the words.
“Come to this city when you want to learn these skills in their
highly refined way. But I warn you, it’s not child’s play. This is a
city where you will work the hardest. For when you have a
message you want to give out to people, if your intentions are
honorable, you will receive all the assistance in the universe to
help you become a great orator, and learning this skill can be very
difficult for some, because it requires you to examine the depths
of your being, and to look at yourself in a totally honest way.
“Few want to do this. Most people, and I’m generalizing here,

want to see themselves as they believe themselves to be, not as
they really are, or as others may see them. Yet if we are sensitive
and pay attention to the signals we receive back from others,
therein are the keys we need to alert us to the areas that need
work within us.
“It’s not always that we have any particular imperfections,

more that when we step into the arena of public speaking,
presenting things to the public in a personal way, such as
lecturing, or even acting on the stage, we need to develop a
rapport with our audience, and even though we have a message
to deliver, we must always be aware of how the audience is
reacting to us.
“For even in PLURBY, people are still people. No matter how

highly spiritual a group may be, you will always sense judgement.
Something you say will affect one person one way, and another in
another way. Be aware for the subtle messages you receive back
from your audience. In Vahanira you will learn to address the
universal consciousness of the group, and not the individuals.
“In this way, you are attentive to the individual, but you
address your message to the higher self. And in this way, through
the techniques you learn here, your message comes across as
personal to each individual, and yet reaches the universal
essence of each being, as well as the personal essence, at the
same time. This is a truly difficult artform to perfect, but with
diligent attention to it, you can do this.
“When you become what is considered to be a great orator,

you will be able to tune into the needs of any particular audience
when you stand on stage. Although you have a particular
message to get out, you must go beyond your ego and tune into
the needs of others. You must at once be aware of the needs of
the thousands of individuals in the audience, as well as what the
group consciousness that evening needs as well.
“Addressing your holograms to the universal proves to

reward you with great personal satisfaction. You cannot reach
everyone every time. You will reach a few. And really if you affect
only one person, you have been successful. If one person walks
away from your presentation with more awareness than when
they arrived there, you have done your job.
“But even this should not be the gauge as to whether you

have been a success or not. Only you, the individual, can judge
your success. And in fact, you shouldn’t even judge yourself. You
should only become aware of what the moment requires, and do
that. Nothing more, nothing less. Don’t think of the past, or the
future. Just BE in the moment, and be aware of what the moment
requires of you, and then do that.”
This was a most inspiring bit of information I was receiving

this day, and I was a little overwhelmed. I guess I just thought that
talking to a group was like talking to a large circle of friends. I
didn’t realize there was so much more to the dynamics of it. So
much to learn. I’ll say, the more I learned here, the more I knew
there was to learn. It seemed endless.
“Don’t be dismayed,” she continued, hugging me as she

began. “There is always another step to take. If it were not so,
your unfoldment would halt, and you would become discouraged.
In this way, knowing there is always more for you, life takes on a
new direction. You have a new joy in living, a ‘joie de vivre’, as
your French language so aptly says it.
“This city, Vahanira, is guided over by the Goddess

Sapphira. Yes, again, a word that seems familiar to you. Sapphira
from what became sapphire in your world. It is a dark stone, very
mysterious, holding great power. Not much talked about,
Sapphira holds the truths to impart to you in many areas. You
may be in her presence as you wish. She can teach you great
things, but not on this trip!”
* * *
My three companions and I walked onward through the City
of Vahanira. It was not like other cities I had been in. The
landscape was much the same as anywhere else, except in the
ancient city of GROTZ. But there was something very distinct
about the energy here. This was a very expressive city, and every
atom seemed to be imbued with that essence. I felt like I wanted
to dance, and sing and do all kinds of things to be expressive.
In fact, I felt as if I wanted to do things I wouldn’t have

dreamed of doing in my own waking world. I am, mostly, a very
introvertive type of person, and although I have a number of close
friends, and seem to be outgoing, I’m really very shy. I’ve spoken
to groups before, but never thought of what was necessary to
perfect this socalled artform, for that is, indeed, what it is.
* * *
We stopped by a little alcove along the road where there
were several places to sit. Entering the area, we all sat down for a
bit. I looked at my three friends and smiled. They smiled back at
me as if expecting me to speak. “You know,” I began, laughing to
myself, because of course they knew, “the other day I had a very
profound experience with the Eternal Game of Freedom in my
waking state.”
“Yes!” said Seffia, goading me on. “Tell us about it.”

“Well, a girl who is in one of my spiritual study classes asked

if she could see the game, since I had talked so much about it,
and about my journeys here to PLURBY, and about the book I’m
writing. So we finally were able to arrange an evening when we
could both get together. I drove down to see her, and she had
also invited another female friend of hers. The two were
somewhat aware of the value of crystals, and I thought it would be
nice to experience the game with people who might at least be
supportive of my efforts.
“After we had dinner and played with the kids, we talked a

bit. I guess my enthusiasm must have come out really strong, and
I talked for quite some time. After a while I took out the game that
you’ve all helped me to develop in the physical world. While
getting it ready for experience, I talked about it. They were all very
excited, but I had no idea of the depth of personal realizations I
would experience in this sitting.
“We set up the field as the guidelines suggest, and started at

the first challenge level. We selected the sets of stones according
to the way you’ve shown me, and set them up on the field for
three seekers. During and after the first session of experience, we
talked. So many things were going on my inner worlds, it’s almost
impossible to discuss them.
“The game, even in my physical waking state, was virtually

as powerful as it had been the many times we’ve experienced
together here in PLURBY! That was quite a surprise to me, since I
figured the game would lose a lot in the bringing of it across the
veil between our two universes.
“As we set up the field for a second session, we decided to

experience the game at challenge level three. It was during this
part of the evening I began to get glimpses of eternity, and the
universality of all life. Not unbalanced thoughts, but more holistic

thoughts about life in general.
“The three of us discussed the experience, and my two

friends related to me during the evening how the game was
affecting them. They were most profoundly affected, as well. And
all I can say is that your three presences were definitely felt by
me. I also believe there were others present.
“I began to see the game is much more than just a game! It

is most assuredly a window to another dimension of awareness. I
cannot say what experiences others will have in the game, but I
do know there are many things that can happen to those who
come to the game with an open heart and mind. Even if one does
not fully believe in the power of the game, with repeated play the
game will help one to open up to that creative center within us all.”
My three friends smiled and laughed joyfully. Dromba began:

“I see you have begun to take a big step forward in your journey
of life. And you have discovered a very big key in this experience.
That is that the game, like life, mirrors back to you what you need
to see.
“If you are receptive, you can receive the gift of awareness. If
you aren’t receptive, the gift will pass you by, and you will have to
wait until it comes around again. At that point, hopefully, you will
have unfolded sufficiently in your awareness to be able to
understand the gift that is presented to you.
“The journey of life can be a very long one. It may start out
slowly, but it will pick up momentum as you become more aware
of what is going on around you. As we’ve said so many times
before, in each experience lies the seed of unfoldment. The more
aware you become, the more subtle are the particular

awarenesses in each experience.
“The Eternal Game of Freedom is one tool that can aid you
in your journey of unfoldment. Even though you may have very
profound experiences while actually experiencing the game
directly, realize the experience transcends the game, both while
you are directly in it, and after you have left the physical presence
of the field.
“The awarenesses that begin to unfold within you as you are

experiencing the game, will continue through the moments that
follow and will ever-expand until you will one day barely recognize
yourself, you will be so transformed. This is what life is all about -
being consciously aware of your own unfoldment.
“When you reincarnate into a new life in the lower realms, a

curtain is drawn over your mind and you have no conscious recall
of anything behind the present lifescene. In addition, as you
unfold in this present life, you begin to grow into a being that is so
totally different moment-to-moment, you almost don’t remember
what you were like only weeks or days before.
“As you change, or rather, as you become more yourself,

others will notice this change; some consciously others on a very
subconscious level. The circle of people you associate with will
also begin to change, gradually at first, then it will pick up speed.
Those you see as friends in the outer will begin to reflect for you
the new states of consciousness you are growing into and
passing through, for these states are never static - they are
dynamic and ever-changing.
“You go through periods of growth, at times quite intense,

and then you have periods of rest. These so-called restpoints are
a necessary balancing point. While you don’t generally have

much growth during a restpoint, you can make the most of this
period by becoming aware of your new insights, into your
beingness.”
* * *
Dromba stopped talking and we all just sat back to take in
the cool breeze blowing by. Though was much love in this silence,
and much depth; it was a silence of profound truths. No words in
the physical needed to be spoken, for all that was necessary for
me to know was already known by me; at that moment in eternity,
at least.
I was thankful to my friends for all the truths they had

imparted to me. I almost wished I was able to be with them
forever, yet I sensed a strength deep within me that was
beginning to finally come to the surface. A strength that signaled
to me that I was starting to come into my own - starting to grow
into a true individual, able to make my way along the journey with
inner strength and fortitude as my assistant.
Not that I would travel the journey alone, without those inner
guides, so necessary for help along the way, but with a new
confidence and vitality. I was thankful for all they had taught me,
and especially for the techniques they showed me that allowed
me to look for my own, personal tools, and to use them.
* * *
Seffia broke the long silence with her soft, sweet voice. “You
know, it is necessary that you begin to work on your own personal
universe. You must be conscious of the changes that are
necessary, and aware of what needs to be done to accomplish

those changes, and then to carry out with action the guidance you
receive in the inner.
“One thing I’d like to give you is a little technique we use in

our schools. It’s really simple, but quite valuable. It is for those
who may have difficulty in speaking public. This is how it goes:
“This first part is always done: when you are the leader of a
group, have everyone close their eyes and one by one call out
each name and ask each individual what they see in their inner
vision. This helps to keep the imagination open, or to help re-open
it if the individual believes it to be closed, or nonexistent.
“The other part of the technique which can be done

separately, is to have one person stand in front of the group, have
them close their eyes, or have everyone in the room close their
eyes, then have the person speak, from their heart, with their
eyes closed. In this way they don’t have to see the reactions of
the audience, and this may allay some of their fear.
“I know it’s a really simple technique, and may even seem

silly at first, but if you make use of it, you will soon discover it is a
very powerful technique. If you aren’t able to use it in a group, you
can use it with just a few people, or totally in your imagination.
You must begin to discover the importance of the imagination as
a tool for personal growth and unfoldment.
“When you are depressed, or when you want to gain some

insight on some problem or situation, and you don’t have anyone
else to work with in the physical, sit by yourself, and visualize, in
your third eye, or your Tisra Til, that spot between the eyebrows,
what it is you want to gain insight on.
“You may envision yourself in a theatre on stage, or you may

see the problem on stage. From the audience, imagine how you
would work out this problem, and as you do this watch what
occurs on the stage in front of you. Before your very eyes, in the
inner, you will begin to actually see the insights you seek
materializing right there.
“These insights are actually holograms from the inner worlds

that are manifesting to you in some form so you can learn from
them. They may appear as a visual hologram, or as a feeling, or a
sound, or colour, or just an impression that you can’t really put
your finger on. In what ever way insights come to you, don’t
discount them.
“It is in the little things that you gain the most insight. Look
everywhere for insight. Take nothing for granted, for AHO plants
the seed in everything. Each time you become aware of
something within you your intuitive powers become strengthened.
This is one thing you seek to accomplish, not so you can pride
yourself on having psychic abilities, but so you can begin to
perceive things on a much finer level, and in a way that is much
more efficient and pure.
“The intuitive faculties allow you to perceive things in a

clearer way without the ego and without the outer illusions
clouding your vision. Accept what comes to you in this way,
without mentally analyzing it, for once the mind steps in, the
intuition is shut off completely.
“Let’s just walk around a while so you can rest yourself. I see
we have given you much food for contemplation this day.”
She sopped speaking and the three of us got up slowly and

walked down the road. It was peaceful here, especially with the
assistance of my three friends. But even in the waking state, I

didn’t try to force my intuition to work for me, I just tried to relax
and be aware of what was coming through.
* * *
As we walked, Dromba began to speak: “Here’s a little
technique you might find useful in trying to break some of your old
molds. It’s a very simple technique. We call it: The Matrix
Boomerang Visualization Technique! Quite a mouthful, isn’t it?”
I shook my head in both laughter and confusion. “Sounds

very complicated. How does it work?”
“As with most creative exercises, sit in a comfortable

position, whatever that may be for you. In a chair, on the floor, or
whatever position is most conducive to relaxation for you. Take a
few deep breaths just to relax a moment. Focus on the Tisra Til,
that spot we’ve already made known to you as the Third Eye,
located between the eyebrows.
“You know, many people who follow orthodox religious

paths, or who just don’t believe in anything that seems foreign,
may take offense at this term: Tisra Til. Actually, even very
religious people who are creative recognize the wisdom of this
term. It is the seat from which we gain many insights. The Tisra
Til is the body’s doorway into the inner worlds of imagination and
creativity.
“Getting back to the technique: after you relax a few

moments, if you like, you may chant the Holy AHO, or any word
that has deep religious, spiritual or creative significance for you.
Then, after another few moments, look at the blank screen of the
Tisra Til and envision some being who has deep significance to
you.
“This could be a religious or spiritual being you recognize as

special, or someone you love and trust deeply. Mockup a matrix
of this being, until you have a clear vision of the person in your
inner field of vision. Now, after you have this clear vision, imagine
yourself approaching this being, in the inner body, and then
becoming one with them and then immediately passing through
them to jettison yourself into the inner worlds.
“It’s a bit tricky the first few times you use this, but with
practice you can get the hang of it. Use this technique to jump
ahead in consciousness, if only momentarily. With regular use,
you will become adjusted to the inner worlds and be able to
maintain a higher state of consciousness for longer periods of
duration.
“Again, you mockup a hologram of someone who is dear to

you. It could be a spiritual leader or religious figurehead, or
someone you perceive to be a person you would like to emulate
such as a virtuoso or Master in some field. Don’t limit this to just
religious figures.
“The more frequently you do this technique, the more

sensitive you will become to just which being you should mockup
in your inner field of vision. This may likely change as you use the
technique more and more. The boomerang may be somewhat
elusive, since you don’t really need to come back the same way
you went out.”
* * *
I must admit I was rather surprised by this technique. I hadn’t

really ever thought of it. But it sounded like it might be an
interesting one to try, anyway.
“No experience holds the ultimate key,” I heard the voice of

Yerba saying. “Each experience has a part, but not the ultimate.
Each key can move you further along the path.”
I needed to ask something that had bothered me for quite

some time. “Yerba,” I began. “if I’m not aware of something that
exists in my universe, or sphere or perception, can it exist as a
lack in my life?”
He seemed confused, and I wondered if my words were

confusing. I knew he was aware of what I wanted to say, but it
didn’t come out quite right.
“In time,” he said, “you will begin to refine your speech and
your words will not only have truth and power behind them, but
they will have a crystal clear clarity so necessary for accurate
communication in your world. Would you like to try it again?”
I felt like I was practicing to make a speech to someone

where each word was to be chosen precisely. “Why, yes!” I
replied. “I think I should like to try. If something exists in my
universe, and I am not aware of it, what effect does it have on
me?”
“Well, that’s a little better. Your question really leads into the
thoughts on awareness in general. As you begin to open up your
consciousness, you begin to be aware of more things. These
things, call them holograms, if you will, have always been there,
you were just not aware of them.
“They may or may not have had an effect on you, but since
you were not previously aware of them, you could not be sure if
they had any effect on you at all. Often this is the case. There are
things existing within your personal universe that have an effect
on us, but of which we have no conscious awareness.
“This makes it difficult to find the cause-seed of some

particular problem or situation that is occurring within your
universe. You are aware of the result, but not the exact cause.
For example, you are physically ill, but you have no conscious
awareness of the cause-seed of the illness, or rather, the
hologram that has caused you to experience a state of dis-ease.
“You may be experiencing a state of low economics at some

point, and you just cannot seem to find the reason, or the
cause-seed for this situation being so overwhelmingly present in
your life. Generally, you would be prone to blame someone or
something else: the job market, the economy, the government, or
anything else you could grab a hold of.
“In reality everything that exists in your personal universe is

there for you to view because it is necessary for you to view it,
and because the cause-seed for it also exists within you. You
must begin to find these cause-seeds if you are to begin to
eradicate them.
“This seeking causes can become a lifetime, or almost

eternal, chase. It might be better to just relax and surrender the
problems to your inner, to AHO, through the MAHAVANA. In this
way, it is not necessary for you to discover the actual individual
cause-seed for each experience in your life, but you can gain the
essence of the lesson that is necessary for you to move on in
your unfoldment.
“You will remain where you are until you have passed the
necessary tests by discovering the truth in each situation that is
important at that moment. In another moment there may be some
other truth for you to discover in a similar situation, but for this
moment, BE fully in this moment and discover what is truth in this
moment for you, not for some future moment, or some past
moment - only in the NOW!
“When you begin an action in the outer, or when you

recognize you are doing some action in the outer, you should
become aware that it has already been taking place in the inner
realms - so the outer manifested actions, which are merely
mirrors of what is already happening in the inner, causes you to
come more into harmony with the action you are performing. Do
you see?”
“Well,” I said, “I’m a little confused, to be honest with you.

Are you saying that if I pay attention to my outer this will give me
the clue as to what’s going on in the inner worlds? And as I
become more aware of the inner worlds, it’s possible to have the
outer world reflect back to me much faster what is occurring in the
inner?”
“Yes, quite that. The outer world does not make the inner.
The inner worlds are reflected into the outer so you can see what
is happening in the inner worlds, if you aren’t already directly
aware of it. As you begin to become more sensitive to the inner
worlds, you can perceive directly what is occurring there, and may
or may not see these inner realizations reflected on the outer.
“This is where a great deal of faith and trust must come into
play. It doesn’t necessarily mean that you should live totally in the
inner worlds. Quite the contrary. You just begin to work more in
harmony with the laws of the lower worlds. You become aware of
the inner worlds and how they reflect into the outer.
“We all see things differently. Since all things are just a
series of moving molecules, nothing is ever the same. Painting is
a good way to prove this point out. If you take a bowl of fruit and
place it in the front of a room and ask a dozen people to put their
impressions on paper, using charcoal or any other medium, you
will find that each person is certain they have perceived the bowl
of fruit and that they have accurately reproduced it on paper.
“Then, placing the twelve pictures in front of the room so

each can see all of them, you will find that the twelve impressions
are quite different. In fact, it would be highly unlikely that any two
would be even slightly similar. This proves out that we all perceive
things differently.
“It’s a little more difficult to prove this example in writing, but

as we mentioned to you before, everyone needs a different way to
understand things. Many people will likely read your words and
have their inner flames ignited. Some people will not be drawn to
read your words at all, or will find them lifeless and without
personal inspiration. Do not be depressed or deceived by any
negativity that will come your way.
“Keep on with your mission in life, whatever you perceive

that mission to be. Keep in touch with your inner worlds, for it is
there you will find the signals to direct you through life. We each
must become aware of the creative center that exists within us,
and then invest some period of time each day to tap into this
center. Seek the cryptic kernels of truth that hold the keys to
wisdom and freedom.
“For a time, when you step on the path to Total Awareness

and personal unfoldment, it may be difficult for you to know the
difference between an original facsimile or one that is borrowed.
This does not matter, because as you invest increasingly more
effort into personal self-discovery, you will know, without any
doubt, what is real and what is not. Don’t let anyone try to tell you
the difference - only YOU can know this for yourself.”
* * *
We had walked a long way down the road, and it seemed
like we had reached the end of the city. There was, of course,
another park. We walked just a short distance in and took seats in
a little grove of what seemed to be pear trees. They smelled
lovely, but I didn’t have time to relish in the fragrance.
“Pay attention,” Seffia said in a strong, but joking voice. I

turned to see her face as she smiled and laughed at me. It was
merely a ploy to loosen me up to begin to pay close attention and
to be able to grasp what she was about to say.
“You are right,” she began. “There is much to tell you, and at
times it may seem almost overwhelming. But do not worry. Keep
coming here, pay attention, write about your experiences, and you
will begin to see what you have learned here. Your eyes will be
opened.
“Listening is the greater part of speaking, and even as I

speak these words to you, I, myself, am growing. Extend yourself
- constantly go beyond your own pre-conceived limitations. Be
always ready to take the next step. Became aware of the
collective consciousness. You extend into all - your universe is
endless.
“When we share our collective experiences we multiply our

own awareness and speed up our spiritual growth. We must have
the concept that life goes on and events will take place because
of the shared consciousness of all the beings of this world. We
are all adventurers travelling along the road of life. Do not think -
do not judge. When truth happens - we know it!!!
“We each have our own Chamber of Horrors, from whose

depths we may learn many things. Always work in silence; this is
of great importance. Sometimes a word of truth will link you, the
seeker, with the first cause of that truth, and you will become a
part of it. A word of truth can cut like a diamond on glass, into a
persons’ safe, protected areas. Expressing words of truth involves
greater responsibility.
“Within the questions you ask lie the seeds we recognize as

the answer. We have within us the answer to all we could ever
ask. The question merely allows us to focus on a point of
awareness within us.
“You will find the higher you go in your unfoldment, or rather,

the deeper you unfold into the heart of AHO, that as you progress
the wavering latitude and the variance tolerable becomes less
and less, until you reach wholeness, and once again become
aware of your total awareness and total responsibility.
“The greater your awareness, the greater your responsibility.

Like it or not, this is truth. You cannot step out to follow the High
Path of AHO and be availed the high truths of the universe
without incurring the responsibility that goes along with the new
found awareness.
“If you want to be the president of a company, you must be

willing to accept all the responsibility that goes with the position,
for good or bad. If you do not, then you will be an ineffective

leader and you will not have passed the test to serve in this
capacity.
“So, too, in the spiritual realms. What good would it be for

you to have the consciousness of one who has reached some
high level, if you are unable to remain grounded in the physical
realm, or if you are unable to handle the power that undoubtedly
goes along with the new truths you have discovered?
“You would do yourself greater harm to step into a position

for which you may not be qualified, than to have patience and
remain where you are, gaining all you can in each moment. Then,
when the gift of unfoldment arrives, you are ready to embrace it
and to remain balanced in its presence, for each state of
consciousness we step into is like a new suit of clothes.”
* * *
My mind was filled with much doubt, which often kept me
from knowing truth. Seffia sensed this inner conflict as she began
to speak. “Doubt recycles itself in your inner worlds. In fact, all
things recycle within you. If something comes into your universe it
will recycle itself until it is finished with you.
“Learn to walk through it. Look at it. Examine it. Become fully
aware of it to become self-mastered. Look at things as a class
you attend. Become excited about new experiences that occur in
your universe, even those that seem difficult - in fact, especially
the difficult ones, for they often have the most to teach you.
“Move things around until they become something - if there

are many tidbits in your universe. That is, if you are going through
a period of confusion, wade through the confusion until you see
the clarity of what is there. It’s like cleaning your own armor. Your
inner is, generally speaking, the more feminine nature of your
being.
“This is an area you need to explore and delve into more

deeply. Go further into it. Don’t get uptight, or let the ego get its
way. Just jump into it! Stand up to your illusions, don’t let them
deter you from your path, or frighten you along the way.
“Move in tune with nature. Go with the flow, so to say. If an

experience comes your way, embrace it and live it to the fullest,
knowing each experience has something to teach you. The
feminine nature is of the right hemisphere of the brain. Use this
more often. Don’t give things mental concepts, don’t label things.
Each experience is only an experience of the side of life from
which you are perceiving it.
“Just let things be what they are. You’ll always go through

more experiences. Though it’s not always YOU, but you have to
go through it anyway. Hold the experience - don’t react! Be
neutral. Don’t be pulled by either the negative or positive poles.
We get stronger each time we remain in balance. Go for Mastery
in each situation.
“Walk by people who cause you to become unbalanced.

Become invisible to them. Learn the creative art of expressing
your inner truth even in the face of obstacles. To become
invisible, have no emotions, no thoughts and no reactions. In this
way you become imperceptible to others.
“Keep your attention focused in the moment. Here is where

you want to GET! Ask - What do I need to do now? What do you
want me to do now? You ask this of your own inner self, or
address this to the one you recognize as the MAHAVANA, or to

AHO.
“Keep your attention on the creative. Don’t get caught in the

traps that are always laid out for you. The river of negativity will
get stronger the higher you go in your unfoldment. Pay attention
to your attitude and to where your attention is centered. Always
have the right attitude and the right focus of attention.
“Keep your attention centered in the moment and you will

find out in the process what is truth for you in any particular
moment. Think of the future from the perspective of the moment,
only. Do what you can right now, in this moment. Every place you
ARE is where you want to BE!
“Each class you take is difficult in the beginning until you are
halfway through and then you can see the final exam. Pass the
final exam and move on. This is Life! It’s all a test - a learning
experience. If you don’t see it you don’t know it! Become
conscious of everything.
“Every moment is more than one lifetime. All exists in the

moment simultaneously. It’s all there all the time - we just can’t
always see it. Consciousness allows us to see. BE CONSCIOUS!
The more people who are conscious - the more intense is the
experience they all go through because of the number who are
conscious.
“This is why PLURBY may appear to be, on the surface, just

a nice, little country place to live. But in actuality, because of the
intensity of our lives and the degree of our collective
consciousnesses, life here is anything BUT simple and carefree.
Although we manifest this appearance, our inner lives are quite
rich in experience, and often very intense and sometimes even

painful.
“Be not the effect of something, yet pay attention and see it.
Get above the experience and you will get it! Got it?”
* * *
I was really confused now. My three friends laughed at me.
This was the first time I remembered Seffia speaking so deeply to
me about such important issues. I preferred not to ask any
questions in this moment. I knew I could always ask them later,
but I didn’t want to sound dumb or ask anything that should have
been apparent to me. I thought I would just contemplate on these
words and get back to her at a later time.
“Here’s a little poem I heard the other night that you might
enjoy. Actually, the words were set to a song, but I prefer to just
recite the words:
There’s a voice in the distance,

That beckons me to roam.
And I hear its sound,

Whirling all around,
It’s come to take me home.
So I sit and I listen,

To hear its lovely sound.
It is just for me,

It is just for you,
It leads us homeward bound.
It’s the key to the doorway,

It’s the answer to your prayers.
It is right here now,

I will show you how,
Let’s sit and chant AHO.
As she spoke these words, I closed my eyes and pictured a

young boy standing in front of a large gathering. He was singing
these words, and as I envisioned this scene, I found myself aware
of being in the presence of a very high Spiritual Master. I don’t
know what made me think this, consciously; maybe it was just an
inner impression I knew to be truth.
“Service is the ultimate act of Soul.” I heard a female voice

say from out of the mist. I couldn’t see her, but I felt her presence
nevertheless.
I felt Seffia by my side. Her voice whispered in my ear, “This

is the Master Karima. You are fortunate, for she does not often
summon anyone to her presence. Not that she is so high and
mighty, but her emission in eternity requires her to be ever at the
bidding of the MAHAVANA, to do as is required. Listen to her
words, they are sacred.”
* * *
“Thank you, my child. I hope I can live up to your reverence
for me.” I felt a strength from this Master they called Karima. Her
voice was soothing, but more in a detached way, not like the
loving soothing voice of a friend or someone who was close to
me. Her words were strength. I tried to set my mind aside to
perceive what she would impart to me.
“Detachment is a great key to living in the lower worlds. It is

not easily accomplished. Everyone has a different viewpoint on
detachment, and everyone will tell you they have the secret to
accomplish it, but none can give you this key. It is something only
YOU can discover from within yourself.
“What is detachment? Perhaps we should discuss what its

opposite is first, and then you may gain some insight into
detachment. When we descended from the High Realms of AHO,
it became necessary for us to take on certain bodies that did not
exist in the High Worlds. We needed a mental body with which to
perceive thoughts.
“Then the emotional body to perceive emotions and feelings,

and, of course, the physical body to exist fully in the lowest realm,
and really be aware, though direct perception, of the physical
world. It was also necessary to have a causal body, one that
could house all the records of all of our individual experiences in
the lower worlds.
“When we speak about detachment, the mind immediately

throws up a wall because the ego resents being informed it is at
all attached to anything, when in fact, its very existence is based
solely on attachment. It is by attachment to things, and
recognition of this, that the ego knows it is alive and that it has
existence. Take away attachments, and you kill the ego - or so it
believes.
“This is one of the reasons attachment to things is such a

hard thing to break. It is a habit, it is an illusion, it is a necessary
evil for a while, and it is the very things the ego will not give up.
Take a favorite toy away from a child and see how attached he is
to it. This does not last for eternity, for the child outgrows his
childish attachments to things such as toys, blankets, and other

assorted items.
“But this attachment of childhood is replaced by adult

attachments that are far more sinister. If we could be as detached
to things throughout our entire lives as easily as the child moves
his attention from one thing to another, we would be able to lift
ourselves higher up into the worlds of AHO.
“Behlub would not permit this, for attachment is one of his

finer traps, along with vanity. There are others, but vanity and
attachment are often the most difficult. There are many faces of
both vanity and attachment, such as pride, and etc. There is only
one way to be rid of these two vices, if you want to call them that.
“This way is to surrender our inner lives totally to the

MAHAVANA. For the MAHAVANA has the ability to uplift us into
the Higher Realms. Not by His Grace alone, or because He has
sympathy for us. But because He has compassion, and realizes
the strength of the veils cast over our eyes by Behlub.
“So, back to attachment. Attachment to what? You will find

that you are attached to things you never even dreamed of. To
people, ideals, materials items. The Path of AHO does not require
you to get rid of all material possessions, friends and ideals, and
be left empty as a glass without water.
“The Path of AHO is to learn to live in all the worlds that

exist, not getting caught in the traps of Behlub, and living in
harmony with all life. To become detached from everything in life
is often a slow, difficult process, but you can accomplish this on a
moment-to-moment basis by becoming aware of what you are
attached to, and asking to be assisted, in the inner, to becoming
more detached.
“You do not become detached in the outer first by throwing

away everything you own. This would only cause the ego to
become more attached to what it already has a grasp of. Instead,
by a slow and gradual change in the inner worlds, ego becomes
accustomed to not being attached to things, because it becomes
joyful in living in the moment. In the moment is all eternity and all
the joy life has to offer.”
* * *
Her words stopped suddenly, and just as suddenly I found
myself back in my own room, in the physical, just coming out of
my contemplative state. I wondered if this had been real, or just a
fantasy. The words came into my ears loudly and clearly: “You
believe what you want to believe. No one can convince you
otherwise. Truth is for you alone. Go now and live life!”
I got up from my favorite chair, eager to reflect on the words

so that I could gain the wisdom from seeing the words on paper,
and hoping others might also be inspired from my inner journeys.
* * *
CHAPTER ELEVEN
ETERNAL LOVE
“Love is the keystone upon which all else in eternity is

supported. Not the love you know as human love, but a
much different form of love. It is manifested in many ways
- some know it as compassion, others as detachment or
good-will toward all beings.
“It is a love that becomes part of you. You are already

this love, deep within your being. You only need to go
within to discover its essence. Divine Love is all that I have
to give you, and all that you have to give ME in return.
“Divine Love is the thread that attaches soul to Its

creator, AHO, the Almighty High One. This thread we
speak of is so fine it is almost imperceptible. So strong it
cannot be broken. It is the very thread of life; the thread
you can use to find your way back home, your way back to
AHO, your creator.
“Focus your attention always on this Divine Love, for

nothing else matters. Power is its opposite, and a grand
illusion created by Behlub to test your faith in AHO and the

MAHAVANA. Seek the High Path through love. For love is
the way of the High Path.”
* * *
I awoke from a brief contemplation with these simple words
as read in the YOURN, yet I was filled with a profound sense of
truth and love; a warmth all around me as though I had been
embraced by AHO ITself! I sat in my favorite chair a few minutes,
lost in this blissful state, unable to focus on anything mental,
physical or emotional.
All eternity had been revealed to me. All the secrets of the
universe I was seeking had been shown to me and were
embodied in one single word: LOVE. But how could this be, I
wondered? It seemed so simple, yet so complex and profound at
the same time. Obviously this love was not the love I was so
familiar with all my life.
The love I knew was one of the human emotional kind; the
kind that your heart breaks over; the kind of love I had come to
know was used all too often to manipulate others into doing what
people wanted them to do. This could not be the same love I had
experienced through the YOURN. I needed more insight!
No sooner had I created the hologram of desire for more

insight and I was standing in my favorite place: PLURBY! Another
park of no particular name. It seemed unimportant, even though I
usually like to know where I am.
Dromba was waiting for me. I sat next to him on the marble
bench which overlooked a huge fountain spraying water high up
into the air. The sound of the water falling back into the fountain
was soothing to my ears. I needed to relax more. Life had

suddenly become very intense for me, and I seemed unable to
relax and be receptive.
“Seek truth, wisdom and freedom. Don’t limit your spiritual

growth and unfoldment by setting hard and fast goals. Keep your
desires on a simple and creative basis. You have the choice to
become as involved in any particular lower world that you want to,
though seeking the middle path of humility by surrender to the
MAHAVANA often proves to be the shortest route to total
awareness.
“Often, those seeking the highest are prevented from

experiencing material success. You must learn to surrender your
self in thought, feeling and action and then you get what you
need. Work with the Law of Harmony, not the Laws of Creation.
The Law of Harmony will bring the right things to you, and you will
be amazed at the opportunities you see unfolding before your
eyes.
“Sometimes you will put in the required effort and things will
seem to backfire on you. This is using the Law of Opposites,
whether you know it or not. Always focus on the Law of Harmony
and keep your attention on your goal of Self-mastery, not on the
illusion of karma, and the many other illusions setup by Behlub to
prevent you from progressing.
“Wisdom comes first and then the creativity of what you

want. Spirit will always protect you because IT knows what is best
for your unfoldment. Be aware of the rhythmic patterns of life and
be in harmony with the cycles and patterns that are there. Allow
your inner to guide you every moment.
“Laugh. Be cheerful. Exhibit goodwill and service to others.

Since everything is orchestrated by the inner, it might be wise to
put all your eggs in one basket, so to speak, and just trust. We
are given a free hand also, but this is based on the tools we are
aware we have at our disposal.
“Who you are as Soul and what your mission is in eternity

determines your experiences. Understanding the Law of Harmony
is a key factor in being able to successfully use the appropriate
dynamics in the right application in your daily life.
“All of your so-called problems can be resolved. Ask for truth,

and the wisdom to understand the Law of Harmony and the
insight will come, if the desire to know is sincere. Harmony is
related to surrender to AHO - an inner knowing that things will
work out. Then you must pay attention to the answers you
receive.
“Have faith and trust and then surrender your problems to

the Inner. Then have the knowingness that things will work out.
Truth, wisdom and freedom of Spirit will work for you and provide
for you that which you need. Be in Harmony with AHO. As you
practice these principles on a daily basis, you come into a greater
affinity with the creative current and you begin to do things in
accordance with universal ways.
“You find yourself in the ultimate states of awareness, yet

still you retain your individuality. You may lose your desire due to
this higher level of consciousness. A state of purification can be
attained when you surrender your desires to the MAHAVANA, the
Inner Master.
“Since Spirit determines what happens in your life, become

aware of the ways to tap into what is known as passive dynamics.
Allow things to have activity through you and then observe the
truth from within. Spirit will illuminate, purify and uplift you - this is
why you must pay close attention to what occurs.
“You must come into harmony with all life! All things work
out. If you perceive things not working out, look for the harmony
or disharmony that may be present. There may be a better way to
do something that you are not presently consciously aware of. Be
faithful to your inner guidance for a period of time to prove it out.
Your inner guidance will not fail you!
“The inner worlds have their own timetable when manifesting

in the outer. Life consists of vibrations. When you are existing in
harmony all the notes come into balance and you are living in a
moment of wholeness. Surrender all your inner situations to the
MAHAVANA so you can begin to unfold into the highest levels of
consciousness.
“Become aware of moments when vanity and attachment are

guiding you rather than a state of balance and love. You can
surrender all your goals and attachments and other baggage to
the inner. Then you have greater freedom to just BE who you
really are! You do not need to have pain or discontent about what
you think or feel you need.
“Give your all to the inner Light and Sound of AHO and you
will have what you need. Love is the ultimate energy of all life.
Wisdom is the key to understanding. Freedom is the doorway to
total awareness.”
* * *
My friend, Dromba, ended his little dialogue, and I just sat
there, frozen, speechless. What could I possibly say in response
to his words! I sat there with my friend, eyes closed, experiencing
his vibrations in the most sacred parts of my being. I felt a special

closeness with him.
Only a moment passed before I sensed the presence of my

two other friends: Yerba and Seffia. They smiled at me and
greeted me in their traditional styles: He clasping my forearm after
placing his hand over his heart center; she hugging me and
kissing me on the cheek. Could life be any more than it was in this
moment?
“Ah,” she said, “I can tell Dromba has been telling you all
kinds of wonderful things. Perhaps I should also tell you things
you may find of some value in your life.”
I shrugged my shoulder in agreement and smiled. I was

eager to learn more, even though my head was already more
than full of so much information.
She began to speak: “Get back to your inner and generate

enthusiasm, for this is the best place to start. Be wary of who you
talk to and what you say. Practice the art of KAMIT - the Law of
Silence, for the more you do the more it will manifest and come
forward.
“You need to learn more in a higher way, not just from the
mental plane, and you do not have to reveal the insights you
receive to anyone. When you work from the inner, things work
faster and with greater ease than in the outer physical world.
Begin to withdraw the strings you have put out to others in the
physical world.
“Go to the Inner always; it is your first place for insight. And
again, don’t tell others what you are doing. When you do, you are
mentally destroying what you might have otherwise created.
Respect your ideas more and more, for they have value. You
don’t need to give out your inner insights so others can throw
them onto the universal trash heap.
“Be careful of where you send your energy. Build you

imagery with the MAHAVANA and you begin to work in harmony
with the universe. Things begin to work out rather smoothly for
you. As your awareness expands you will get an Inner Vision of
who to tell things to.
“Create a symbol of the excitement and don’t tell anyone

what you are doing, just be joyful inside and send out the symbol,
or hologram. Keep to yourself. Control your mouth and stop your
mental suicide, for by guarding the release of your energy you will
reduce your failure rate. If you feel you want to express
something, you can write a letter to the MAHAVANA, or any of the
Spiritual Masters.
“You don’t have to mail this letter to anyone, because just

the act of writing it impresses your vision on the inner worlds, and
you receive the necessary insights you seek. You might also
envision writing the letter, with a question, and placing it in the
YOURN. You will receive your insights in this way.
“Humility must come first. You actually begin to live in an

Inner Monastery. A sacred relationship and trust exists between
you and your own inner worlds. The only things that begin to have
meaning for you are those things you cannot see in the outer.
“You should live and breathe the Light and Sound of AHO in
every moment, and realize your outer actions are virtually
inconsequential. Everything of true value is hidden deep within
the inner worlds. As you step into this level of awareness you
realize you no longer operate from just the human state of

consciousness.
“Your awareness extends into the limited and the greater at

the same time. While part of you functions in the outer world
doing the often mundane tasks of physical existence, the greater
part of you is functioning in the inner worlds of AHO. You are
always these two states of consciousness, even if you are not
aware of it.
“Soul tries to get you to know that you are driving two
vehicles at the same time. Become aware of this and don’t shift
your gears, or rather, your attention, from the Higher. Recognize
the two states and begin to balance them out. Spontaneity is a
great trait to have, as is randomity.
“As you begin to increase your awareness of the inner, you

begin to act more spontaneously. You begin to take the moment
for what it is, rather than what you THINK it is. This is the perfect
moment always! Lean on the inner flow, not the ego, for the more
you rely on the inner, the greater is the flow from the inner.
“If you rely on the outer, you will always have problems, and
usually ones you cannot ever solve. It’s like living in a constant
maze. Behlub will have you running around like a chicken with its
head cut off, not knowing if you are coming or going. Trust and
focus on the inner as your center of balance.
“Lean on your inner. There are many beings to help you in

your quest. The MAHAVANA, of course, and the many Inner and
Outer Spiritual Masters are always eager to assist you, if you are
sincere in your desire for insight and unfoldment. Every morning
declare yourself a willing vehicle for AHO, and you will begin to
see all the forces of the universe are at your beck and call.
“Be open to what comes through to you. You must surrender

to the inner. This is one of the hardest things to do, yet it is
probably the prime key. When you surrender, the flow begins.
Just surrender to the inner and lean on Spirit. By leaning on Spirit
you begin to create a strong bond of trust with your own inner
worlds, and your outer actions become spontaneous, without
mental intervention.
“Don’t cut yourself off from the creative flow of life. Scarcity
in your outer life may be an indication of how little you have
surrendered, while abundance in your universe may indicate the
opposite - usually, but not always. When you reach a high enough
state you realize that even as one being, you have at your
command all the power needed to take care of the whole world!
“As you become more aware of being the creator of your

own universe, you also become aware of being a Co-Worker with
AHO. A lack of understanding prevents you from being this
Co-Worker. Shift your attention to be in this state! Believe you are
on stage - let go. Perform! Let IT flow through you.
“You know it; now show it! Know you are a perfect vehicle.
Don’t question it. Accept that you are perfect and IT is. The flow of
creation is flowing through you as you lean on the inner and trust
IT. Since we are all unique you don’t really know what flow will
come through you until you unfold into this vehicle of love.
“We, as an individual, are a great creation of AHO. We work

on our vehicle every moment. Most people have a tremendous
potential already working for them. Don’t let ego jump in and
criticize. This blocks the flow. Don’t get caught up in your
weaknesses. Human nature likes to point out weaknesses. Don’t
allow yourself to be blocked in this way.
“Allow even a small amount of goodness to fill your

consciousness, and as you do, that little drop of goodness will
begin to grow within you and fill your whole being. You must focus
on your own positive. Offer this to the inner and build on it. Don’t
build a gap by focusing on the negative. Flow always with the
goodness that exists for you.
“As you do this the creative flow within you become stronger
and stronger. It doesn’t matter in which area you are functioning
as a job. Remove the negatives. Have no guilt. Build on the
positives. Surrender to the inner. Create a daily diet of working to
understand these laws. Allow yourself to understand just what the
creative current is all about bout.
“You cannot go two weeks without doing some form of

creative visualization to tune in to your inner worlds. You must do
them on a regular daily basis or the ego will start to play with your
reality. It’s an adjustment in your life to begin this process and to
stick to it on a regular basis.
“Each new level we expand into requires an adjustment.

Don’t get hung up on being afraid and get locked into a time zone.
Just do what is required of you. There is always illusion and
unfamiliarity until you enter into the High Worlds of AHO, where
you true home lies.
“Ego always wants to grab onto something that is familiar to

it because it fears the unknown. Soul, on the other hand, thrives
on the newness of reality. Lose your attachment to fear. You are
always in a foreign country until you reside in the High Worlds of
AHO. The lower worlds consist solely of dimensional illusion.
“Envision yourself going to a travel agent. You are a Traveler

of the Inner Worlds. You are a day-to-day traveler in foreign
lands. Insecurities will come up. Lean on your inner. You may
travel anywhere you want in any level of any world that exists. Be
bold and adventuresome. Go where your inner guides you!”
* * *
The essence of her vibration was still pulsing through my
being even though she had stopped talking. I had nothing to say
to her words. They were truth, and I accepted them as such. I
knew they were properly implanted in my being, and there was no
need to mentally tear them apart. I sat in silent contemplation,
wondering what else would fill my consciousness this day in
PLURBY!
* * *
The four of us were standing outside a very odd looking
building, even for PLURBY, where I had seen so many different
architectural marvels. It appeared as a small temple, like a
mosque I had seen from ages past. It didn’t seem able to fit more
than two or three people at most. Funny how things can often be
deceptive.
I stood at the entrance, after having ascended only a half

dozen steps. I embraced the crystal I had taken from the silver
chalice sitting to my right. It was a lovely, clear crystal - I had
impressions that perhaps its clarity would allow me, also, to have
clarity of visual perception.
I approached the doorway, and as I inched forward, the door

seemed to disappear, and I found myself already inside the
temple. I was without my three travelling companions. A young
boy, of perhaps one garn and six, was standing near me. He
smiled, as he took my hand to guide my way.
“Hurry,” he said. “The Masters Fauncha and Plu-Sarca are

waiting. Today is an important day.” I laughed to myself. It was
almost as if I were expected to be here, yet I had no recall that I
had an appointment anywhere in particular.
As we walked down the hallway I saw the inside of the

building was immense. But how could this be? I wondered. From
the ‘outside’ it couldn’t have been more than twenty feet across,
and not much deeper than that. Yet, here, inside, its vastness was
awesome. I couldn’t even count the rooms.
I didn’t see any other beings here, except myself, and this
boy, who was guiding me. I didn’t get his name. It seemed
unimportant to him to be identified. “Here,” he said, pointing to a
white, marble door. “This is the place. Have a great experience.
I’ll be back to pick you up in the later present.”
I nodded my thanks, with a confused look on my face at the

strange words he used - later present. How odd! The door I faced
slid open, and I walked inside. There, sitting on large, white
cushions, in the center of the room, was a short man, with a
beard. He introduced himself.
“Ah, come in, my young friend. I’ve been waiting for you. My
name is Plu-Sarca, and this,” he said, waving his right hand to the
side, “is Fauncha.” A most strikingly beautiful woman appeared
from behind a curtain. Not as if she were hiding, more as if she
had been in contemplation, getting ready for something.
As she approached me, I could feel her essence strongly,

though she was still about ten feet from my body. “Isn’t she
lovely!” he asked.
“Why, yes!” I replied. “More than that, though. It’s as if, well, I
can’t quite put it into words. It’s as if I’ve known her through
eternity. But how can that be?”
“Come, sit with us,” she said, gracefully siting down on the
stack of thick, white pillows, which were the custom here. No
chairs were present. “This is the Temple of Bildoon. We’re going
to show you a few things. It’s the place of holograms and
facsimiles, a subject you’d like to know more about.”
I had to admit, it was a fascinating subject, one that I needed

more information on, because I had this strong desire to change
my life. I didn’t quite like my outer physical life and thought I might
be able to consciously change it by the use of visuals, such as
hologram-facsimiles, or symbols.
“Yes,” he began, “you are indeed correct. Life can be as you

want it to be, but you must have a clear vision of what it is you
want. When I say clear, I mean CRYSTAL clear, no pun intended.
Your vision does not have to always be exacting to the most
minute detail, although sometimes this may help. And you should
rarely decide how this reality is to manifest - or where.
“You see, you can mockup in your mind any

facsimile-hologram, or image, also referred to as a symbol, that
you want. You can attempt to create an original one, or you can
tap into the trillions of facsimile-holograms that already exist. For
in reality, there isn’t anything new that can be created in the lower
worlds. You can only re-arrange things.
“You will be able to use the mind for this, but it is the
imagination that is the real key to this undertaking. Imagination is
the key that unlocks the door. It is the single most important gift
bestowed upon us by AHO, the Almighty High One. It is the only
link we have to allow us to go beyond our little selves, and even
conceive of the journey back to AHO.
“Eventually, after many, many millions of lifetimes, Soul, in

its countless sojourns, begins to awaken in consciousness. There
is no telling with certainty when or what specifically triggers this
awakening. It is different in each individual being. But at some
point, it occurs. It is as if all the dross is lifted and Soul begins to
crawl out from underneath a rock, to see that there is light all
around it. That the veils that have prevented it from seeing are all
illusions.
“Some illusions are self-made, others are cast on us by

Behlub, the master of illusion and disguise. But do not judge him
harshly. If it were not for Behlub, few of us would learn to use the
priceless tool of imagination, and discover the valuable keys it
holds for us. It is he, Behlub, that is our greatest test. Even as we
begin to consciously unfold, we still appreciate his testing us, that
we may become stronger in our use of the tools we have within.”
Fauncha had a smile on her face, as if she were off

somewhere else; as if a part of her were experiencing some
Divine scene. Her eyes opened. The Light of AHO shone through
them, and I felt uplifted by her gaze. She began, “This is a special
temple. Though it appears small in physical size, this is its true
deception, for its inner depth is much greater.
“And so it is with the individual. At first you may look at

yourself, perhaps in a mirror, or a photograph, and all you see is
this physical body. You cannot see the emotions, the thoughts, or
the billions of facsimiles you carry within you of all the

experiences you have had, or will have again.
“So deceptive. You do not, at first, recognize the depth of

your being. This is a place you come to so that you may again
become aware of who and what you are. It’s simple, really. We
are all part of AHO. A Divine Spark of the ultimate. Created in
eternity, we exist always. Mental concepts fail us in trying to
comprehend these words. Let’s try another method.
We sat there, just the three of us. I wondered why I was so

fortunate to have two Masters assisting me. In fact, I wondered
why I had even been availed so much of the information I had
already been availed of in my journeys to PLURBY.
“Do not be concerned,” said Plu-Sarca. “Your ego will play

tricks on you. In one sense you are a very special being, in
another, you are just like any other being, as we all are. No one
being is any greater than another, and no matter how much of
truth is revealed to you, remember, you are at once as lowly as
the snake that slithers on the ground, or the regal bird that soars
high over all, able to see the larger view; the 360 degree
viewpoint we seek.
“We are all merely vehicles for AHO’s Divine Mission. That
mission is that each single being shall develop to its highest, and
be cleansed, before returning to the High Worlds of AHO. There
are thousands of tools available to assist us on our journey, and
those who have become the adepts, the Masters, if you will, are
merely greater servants to carry out the will of Aho. This is only
because they have consciously developed to a point where they
can serve at a more enlightened level.
“Each will serve at the level they are able to. You will serve
at the level you are best suited to. Your journeys to PLURBY, and
the many thousands of other places in your inner worlds, will
allow you to partake of truths you had not been consciously aware
of in your present life. And then you will bring as much of this truth
back to your waking state, and write about it, that others may be
enlightened.
“So you see, you are a vehicle for AHO, as well. The
greatness that is within you must shine through you, like light
through a clear crystal. You must consciously work on being an
ever purer vehicle to fulfill your individual mission in the scheme
of all eternity.
“You can be what you want to be. It is truly up to you. But do

not be deceived into thinking the physical arena is all there is, or
that you will always be able to manipulate the physical world
around you. You may not always be able to accomplish this. It is
largely because of the lifescript you have within you, and the
thought patterns you have been developing for many lifetimes.
“You must truly change your inner, before you can make any
lasting changes in your outer worlds. What good is it to have
something manifest in your outer physical world, something you
may have put years of energy and effort into, caring little for the
inner development necessary to sustain it, and then, after living in
that created reality for a short while, to have it all swept away
because the inner foundation needed to sustain it was weak, or
not even there at all?
“What a waste. Let’s see if we can help you, that you may
understand some of the simple secrets behind life.”
“There exist many millions of devices,” Fauncha began,

“throughout the many worlds that exist, to help you expand your
awareness. Many of them are indeed good devices. We, here,
prefer the more natural, unaided methods. We simply use the
inner bodies to tap into that which is always present.
“By developing the sensitivities of the inner bodies to be

perceptive, you will always have your tools with you, and you can
use them in the flash of an instant, rather than waiting to use
some external device, whether it exists in the physical or
elsewhere.
“Likely, many devices will yet be brought down into the

physical to aid the untrained in expanding their awareness, and
these devices will appear to do miraculous things. It is as the
magician performing his magic. It’s so simple, the illusion so
dispelled when you know the simple secrets behind the magic.”
Yes, this is what I wanted to know. At least some of the

secrets of truth. I needed this to at least get through the day. Life
seemed so dull and dreary to me most of the time. What was
there to live for?
I leaned back, as did my two teachers. We closed our eyes,

took a few deep breaths, and Fauncha spoke: “Become aware of
that center within you that exists between and slightly behind your
two eyes. This is known by many names. Some call it the Tisra
Til, others the Third Eye. It is also know as the Gateway, or
Doorway to Eternity.
“Situated in this area is a real gland known as the pineal

gland. It is a relic that seems almost unused in billions of beings in
the physical worlds. In the earlier animal lifeforms this pineal
gland was able to directly perceive sunlight, and activate itself.
There was a fleshy covering that was slightly transparent, sitting

atop the head. This allowed light to enter and stimulate the pineal
gland.
“In man, we must find other ways to stimulate this Third Eye
indirectly, through the use of imagination. So, let’s breathe a few
more times, and focus our attention in this area. Blank out the
field, so nothing is there. It is a blank screen.”
I breathed deeply and felt truly relaxed. I knew being in the

presence of these two Spiritual Masters was a great honor, and
that they could really help me in my journey. I relaxed further, my
attention placed on the Tisra Til, the place between the eyebrows.
Then I heard the slow chanting of the Sacred AHO. It’s only
the three letters representing that being known as the Almighty
High One, yet it is a highly-charged word when chanted aloud or
silently. But all this is just a metaphor. There is a one such that
exists in every realm, including the physical and it is up to each
individual to seek out the true living masters of their times - both
the inner and outer masters. For these will lead one along the true
path back to AHO.
AAAYYY-H-OOOOOOOO, AAAYYY-H-OOOOOOOO, we
began to chant. I felt myself drifting, as if travelling somewhere,
yet I knew it was just my consciousness being expanded. It was
pleasant. I felt no fear being in the presence of These Beings.
Scenes flashed before my mind, millions of images. Holograms!
“This is the river of life,” the Master Plu-Sarca began. “These

scenes, retained on cards, are images - dead images, until you
focus on them. They are the facsimiles, or copies, of all
experiences you have ever had, or may ever have. They exist in
eternity - not in the past, not in the future.”
The stream rushed by my mind. The billions of pictures

became a blur to me. “Quick!” he said. “Reach out and grab one.”
I mentally reached out and grabbed one. I held it before my
mental eyes and viewed it. I was drawn into the experience. In
this scene I was living in a teepee like structure, near a river. I
was the chief of a small tribe of people, who were very similar to
the Native American Indians of yesteryear.
The scene became real to me. I could smell the fresh, clean
morning air. I relished the hugs of my endearing wife and two
children. Life was good here. I felt at home. My small tribe
functioned as a unit, almost like an extended family. We
respected each other. I ruled, not with an iron hand, rather, with
the gentle guidings of the inner worlds - those I recognized in that
life as the unseen spirit guides.
Then, in the same instant as I was enjoying this experience,

another scene came into view. It was of the decimation of my
tribe, and all the hundreds of similar groups by a civilization that
was much different - much more coarse. They were not as
attuned to the higher worlds as we were, and thought that all life
existed only in the physical outer worlds; that all life was to be
used to fulfill the wants and desires of the creature comforts.
The beautiful scene drifted out of view and I became aware

of the world in which I presently am more aware of in the physical.
How dreary it seemed. There was a harshness about it; a
heaviness in action; a vibrational level that was so thick you could
almost cut it with a knife. I didn’t like this too much, it was too
familiar to me, almost more real than the previous hologram I had
viewed.
“NO!” I shouted. “Take this away. I don’t like it anymore. I

hate living in the area I am so aware of. I don’t like my life. It
sucks.” I started to cry. It was painful. I felt embarrassed at saying
the word sucks, but that’s what came out. In fact, there were other
words as well. Then, truth was uttered from the mouths of my
friends. It was painful.
“This is the life in which you are presently most aware of. No
one has put you in these circumstances except yourself. No one
has created this reality, except you, by your very own individual
actions. Who do you think, then, has the ability to change this
scene you so dislike?”
I had to laugh. Who else! Only me. I was gripped with fear,
and pain, and discomfort, as thousands of scenes flashed before
my consciousness displaying in full detail all that had come
before, and some of what would come in the so-called future, that
caused my present set of circumstances, or rather, that supported
the present life I was most aware of.
* * *
“I had no idea,” I began, “that not only the past but the future
as well, can all be part of why I am living in the present
experience.”
“Yes,” said Fauncha, in her kind voice. “Only YOU are

responsible for your life. No one else! Though there are others
you may recognize as beings exterior to yourself, who exhibit
some of the finer qualities of your own being. It is these beings
you allow yourself to be aligned with, and they are able to help
you re-learn that which you have forgotten.
“To separate events and re-view the past and future so that
the present makes sense. To allow you to again find the tools that
are buried deep within you and to use these tools to adjust the
past and future events to make the present more what you want it
to be. But beware of the temptation to make life too easy.
“On rare occasion Behlub allows this, against even his better
judgement. For even though it is his greatest joy to see us suffer,
I’ll let you in on a little secret - Behlub really gains his most
precious joy when one he has so harshly tested is able to walk
through all the veils and tests he has created, on into the Heart of
AHO, a fully realized being.
“So you see, life is what it is because this is what it must be

for your own personal growth. And like it or not, in the end, there
is so much joy you cannot conceive it with the mind. Do not look
upon those who suffer with pity. Do not look with envy upon those
whose lives seem to be bathed in material success, for theirs may
be a difficult path as well. You cannot know what goes on in
anyone else’s inner worlds, and you cannot know what any
particular person needs for their own unfoldment.
“You don’t even know what YOU need for YOUR own
unfoldment, but as you begin to consciously unfold along the path
to AHO, you know that those entrusted with your training provide
you with the knowledge, and the tests you need in order to meet
the conditions of your mission.
“Behlub can be your greatest enemy, or your best friend. It

all depends on your point of view. You may one day even curse
those Masters who assist you, and AHO HIMself!”
“NO! that wouldn’t happen. I love those who help me!” I said
in retort.
“I say to you, truly,” began Plu-Sarca, “that there will be

moments when you will doubt all in existence. Everything will
seem as an illusion to you, and you will curse AHO, and you will
curse those beings who are working to bring you along. This is
when you have embraced the illusions of Behlub totally.
“But do not despair totally, for if your foundation is strong

enough, and your desire is strong enough and your goal is clear
enough, these temporary slips will be just that, and you will
rebound with more vigor than before. You will be strengthened by
your own weaknesses, for remember, as long as you live in the
physical worlds, you are subject to the laws of the physical
worlds.
“You cannot bend these laws too much, for it would be of no

value to you. If you want to perform magic, then become a
magician! If you want to know the truth, seek AHO and become a
Master of Life. Do not let the temporary illusions of life deter you
from your journey.
“You can have the world of materiality or you can have the
worlds of AHO. The choice is yours.”
This seemed a rather harsh choice. Either money or God!
“Well,” said Fauncha, “it’s not really that sharp a decision.

You can have some fun in the physical. You can certainly work
with the tools you learn here and bring them back with you. You
can change your physical world to make it more to your liking, to
make it less harsh, and still learn the necessary lessons.
“Let’s see if we can help you to soften the harsh

circumstances you feel you are living in. Not by comparison to
others, for you cannot know their plight in life. If you believe your
life is harsher, then it is. If you believe you can do nothing to
change it, then you can’t. However, if you believe you CAN
change the circumstances of your life, without destroying the
integrity of its foundation, then you are also right.
“Now, you must find the tools and techniques that will assist
you to live out your new-found fantasy/reality that life can be, in
any realm, what you want it to be. After all, live is what you make
it, if you don’t like it change it!!!”
With those words, the session continued. I saw wonders of

the High Worlds that transcended my mental conception. I could
not grasp much of what I saw and knew as truth in this journey. In
the flash of an eye all the secrets of all the universes in existence
had been revealed to me. But who can comprehend this truth
when the mind is unwilling to change? I knew I would have to
return here again and again to reinforce the little bit I was able to
take back with me through the veil of the mind.
* * *
As we ended our contemplation this day, I had a big grin on
my face. I knew this was an important event in my life, and I knew
that I could come back to this Temple at any time. “No, my friend.
I must correct you,” said Fauncha. “It is not THIS temple you must
return to, it is your own inner temple, that which you carry with
you at all times, that you return to - at any moment in your eternal
life.”
The Master Plu-Sarca spoke: “Every human being is like a

seed; we all have the ultimate potential within us. Whether we
recognize this and nurture it within us, is totally up to the
individual. On occasion, one comes along who is able to develop
the seed within to great heights. This is the one who becomes the
Living Master of the times.
“You have known many masters throughout the ages. These

beings have developed to a very high level. Even one such being
who is so developed can enlighten countless others by their mere
presence. This happens rarely. There is one such being among
you, NOW! Seek this Being, for He is the key to your own
doorway to greater awareness.
“When one soul reaches into the Heart of AHO, a chain

reaction is started, that allows others to reach to these great
heights with more ease, though the journey is always fraught with
great difficulties. One spiritualized atom can affect the entire
universe.
“This chain reaction is very similar to what happens in

nuclear reactors, or even our very sun. One atom reaches this
high, explosive point, and others were so touched they became
totally absorbed in this level of energy. Imagine how it would be to
exist in a world where all beings function at this high level, all the
time!
“It is not so difficult as it may seem. As one reaches this

level, and others follow, the group can assist itself to move ever
onward into the Heart of AHO. That is the vision we try to keep
alive every moment here in PLURBY.
“There are many such beings who come into the physical,
now and again. It is a level of awareness that is of the highest that
can exist in the physical. As one being wears this crown of sacred
spiritual power and steps aside, there are others who are always
in training to continue in this level of consciousness, to keep it
alive, always!
“There is ALWAYS one supreme being above all else, who is

the responsible one; the one who is in charge. While there may
be more than one being who can climb into this arena of
functioning, only one can be the supreme being, He who serves
as both the Living Inner and Outer Master of the times.
“Seek out this Being, for only HE can show you the true way
back to AHO. He will not fail you. In time, we will all move into this
level of consciousness. Be patient, for it will happen. Enjoy the
lessons you learn in every moment of eternity. Do not try to rush
your unfoldment, or to try to fulfill the requirements of your
mission in a day.
“Your foundation is built slowly, so that it becomes solid. The

more solid the foundation, the greater are the things it can
support. It is the job of Behlub to prevent this foundation from
being built within each of us. But do not despair, for with each
destruction of your foundation, you are able to rebuild your
foundation anew, and that new foundation is stronger and easier
to build.
“Remember, too, the cycles of life in the physical world;

creation, preservation and destruction. This is always the way.
You cannot maintain your foundation, in the physical, for eternity.
Your true foundation is to be built only within the inner worlds. For
we only carry truth and love into the High Worlds of AHO;
everything else is left behind, as so much excess baggage not
necessary for the journey beyond.
“Ride the waves. Weather the storms that will surely come
into your life. Even these will surely pass and when you exit the
tunnel your insights will be sharpened. Always you are re-created
anew. You are created, maintained and destroyed, in every
moment, so that in each moment you are always new, always

fresh.
“This freshness is the newness of Soul, the childlike attitude

you must strive to keep alive within you. Do not fear, for the
MAHAVANA, the Inner Master, is always with you. Nothing can
penetrate into your core unless you allow it. You have the ability
to discriminate what you want to experience in your world. Use
this discretion to choose only that which will contribute to your
inner creative unfoldment.
“You are responsible for all you have created, or set in

motion, in the many millions of lifetimes you have existed in the
lower world. It is an awesome task to be so responsible. You can
work through all this with the help of those beings who are further
along the journey. They are awaiting your request for assistance.
“You do not have to work through the karma created by each

and every single engram you have set in motion. You may learn
your lessons in blocks, by learning and using the special
techniques that are available to you. Look within, and you will find
the answers you need to get through this life. Remember always
you are not alone. There are always those awaiting on you to
assist you in your journey.
“You are never given more than you can handle in any
moment, even though it may often appear that you are being
stretched beyond your limits. This is an illusion set up by Behlub
to prevent you from going further along the path toward AHO. You
will be stretched like a rubber band, and sometimes you will feel
that there is no more elastic left; no place to recoil to.
“The further you go in your journey, the further there is to go,

for the journey is a neverending one. It goes on into eternity; ever
deeper into the Heart of AHO.
“If you need us, we will be there as well. We will come to

you, for we are as much a servant to you, as you are to AHO, the
Divine One. Go now, into your physical, waking world. Remember
what you have learned here, and that here is all there is, no
matter where you THINK or FEEL you are, you are only here, for
there is no other place you can be.
“I’ll leave you with this great paradox of life: Everything

means something, and nothing means anything. A paradox may
be thought of as a two-edged hologram, or symbol, for the mind. It
is to be contemplated within to discover the secret keys hidden
beneath the words. But beware, do not get trapped in the paradox
itself. Use the paradox as a point from which to jump to
ever-greater heights of awareness.”
* * *
I left the temple, depositing the crystal I had placed in my
right pocket when I entered the temple. As I reached into my
pocket and took hold of it, it felt warm to my touch. I brought it to
my forehead and placed it between my eyebrows, at the Tisra Til.
I smiled as I again saw all the glories of all the universes in that
instant.
I deposited the crystal in the silver chalice to my right as I

exited the temple, and as I looked back, the temple again
appeared to be just a small, round building. But I knew differently.
I knew that what appears to be is not always so.
As the alarm sounded, and I awakened for work, I reached

over to my crystals, lying near my bed. I noticed that the clear one
was missing from the box. Almost in a panic, I felt a small

hardness under my body, as I became more aware of my physical
senses. I reached for it, and smiled as I looked deeply into the
clear, brightly-shining crystal I had in my hand.
I placed THIS crystal up to my forehead, between my

eyebrows, the place they call the Tisra Til. And here, in the
physical world, I smiled as I again saw all the glories of all the
universes in that instant. I hopped out of bed, to live life!
* * *
An eternity seemed to pass through the screen of my inner
awareness as I sat in a little alcove with my three friends. I hadn’t
heard from Yerba yet, and knew he surely must have some
wonderful things to impart to me.
“Yes,” he said in reply. “Why, how about a story, perhaps!”

Yeah, a story, I thought to myself. That would be a change. All
this heavy stuff was making me feel so insignificant and such a
failure. Perhaps a story could lighten me up a bit.
“I don’t know that this story will be of any particular

illustrative nature, but it may surface some insights for you. It’s
called: The Rock of Eternity. There is an original crystal, a Master
Crystal, if you will, that exists in a far off land. It is from this
original crystal that all others are created. It is the Master Seeder
Crystal.
“You may project through this crystal to any dimension you

choose to be in. This crystal can telepathically summon
information from other crystals. In fact, all crystals have this
ability. Pay attention to the sound of the crystals. They are
vibration. Crystals are created out of vibration, and retain this
vibration throughout their existence.
“This sound vibration is inaudible to the physical ear of man.

You can project your consciousness through the crystal. Clear
weather is the best setting for this technique. Crystals respond to
magnetic fields as well. You can use the crystal by suspending it
like a pendulum. There is much wisdom to be gained through the
use of crystals.”
I looked at my friend, Yerba, and saw that he was almost in a

trance. I wondered where this story was going. It didn’t seem
much like a story anymore. I didn’t wait long before he continued.
“There is a Sacred Rock, or crystal, that exists. It glows from

within, for it is created with the Light and Sound of AHO embodied
within it. The energy is not known to man. You cannot stand in
front of this crystal unless you are above it. This is a living rock. It
measures about eight feet by eight feet. It is not a smooth rock.
“Part of it is jagged. The core is warm, for it has its own

internal sun deep in its center. Parts of the crystal are lighted. It is
a huge crack down its center. The color of this crystal is
reddish/brownish. Some of the rock is black, and it emits a warm
amber/brown glow; the colors of autumn, near the end of the
season.
“There is a dark red glow but not like a coal ember. This is a
living rock. It emits very potent energy. You will find it in the dark,
black world beyond the reaches of the known universe. The only
light here comes from the rock and the beings who love her.
“Twelve sorcerers at a time may come to the rock. A

ceremony is performed in which a sacred word is chanted. This
words is unknown except to those so chosen to know it. Every
sorcerer who comes to the rock has a beard and wears a long
robe. Their faces are old in appearance, for they are ancient
beings who seem to have existence since the beginning of time.
“They have survived the rock. Their faces are angular and
sharp. Their beards grow down to their knees. There are no short
beards here. All the beards are white/gray. Each sorcerer appears
similar to the others. Some have lots of hair on their heads, others
do not.
“Their robes are gray/brown in color, and the robes

themselves are luminous. The eyes of each sorcerer are hard,
like the rock. Not mean, but dark, powerful eyes. Actually, both
dark and light at the same time. They are piercing eyes.
“The sorcerers move ceremoniously around the rock. It is not

known why they have come to this place of eternity. Only what is
known is that this rock is eternal - it cannot be destroyed, for it
has its roots in the High Worlds of AHO. When all the lower
worlds are destroyed this crystal will remain, and from its essence
all life will be created anew!”
Yerba completed his little story, as he called it, and opened

his eyes. He never made another comment on the words he had
spoken, just left them for me to contemplate on alone, in my own
stillness. He smiled and said, “What do you say we walk a while?”
I nodded in agreement. It seemed we had sat quite a long

while here, and I was growing edgy from it. As we walked, my
three friends fed me even more information than I needed to
know.
“You know,” began Seffia, “you cannot really appreciate a

thing unless you have it inside you. This is easy to say when it
comes to a quality, such as love. For when you know love inside,
then you can truly say you have it! But when you refer to a flower
or another person, it seems difficult to say you must have this
thing inside.
“Really you must become sensitive to this being or thing.

You must sense its essence in the deepest part of your being. As
you begin to become more adept at this technique you will find
you begin to develop a high degree of compassion for all life as
well.
“Be totally non-reactive to those things that go on around

you. Set regular periods aside to operate, as much as possible,
from that viewpoint you want to operate from. In this way you
begin to get ever-closer to your own center of balance. You must
begin to release old patterns that are limiting you.
“Be gentle in your approach to total awareness, for the more

you push something the more it moves away from you. The
harder you try to get rid of something, the more it clings to you. It
takes time, space and distance, to manifest your dream in the
physical. You can make a dream suggestion during the day and
before you go to sleep, and then when you actually are in the
sleep state, and enter the dream world, your dreams will be more
significant.
“There is something we call the WHOLENESS

POSTULATE. It’s a theory that seems to apply to life. We are
born in wholeness, at some point of balance between the inner
and outer worlds; a space in which the male and female principles
are balanced within us.
“As we grow in life we waver from this balance point, or state

of wholeness, until we exhibit more or less of one principle or the
other. That is, we are both beings; about 50/50 male and female
in quality. As we grow, be begin to step into a 45/55 balance,

which may still be considered to be in balance.
“There is always a degree of acceptable tolerance or

variance from the true 50/50 point, for none can always be in
perfect balance. But as we grow in years, generally, the balance
points slips from our grasp. We may reach an 80/20 or 90/10
state, in which we become totally polarized as male or female.
This is, generally, a severe state of imbalance.
“As we truly strive to reach an acceptable balance point,

again, whatever that balance point is for us, we begin to become
more aware of both qualities within us. Both the male and female
qualities are essential to our being, but we must be in balance
with them, not exhibiting one over the other.
“We call this the Theory of Integration or rather

Re-Integration. Sometimes those exhibiting a truly balanced state
will appear effective. Men will appear almost effeminate. Women
will appear powerful, domineering, threatening.
“These are all illusions of Behlub. The woman who appears

powerful, domineering and threatening is really in control of
herself, and is in a state of balance. The man who appears
effeminate and weak is also in a state of balance. Each has
learned to work in harmony with the wholeness that is so
necessary to live in the state of Divine Love.
“Once you have made the commitment to follow the High

Path of AHO, all the universes will assist you in fulfilling your
mission in life. One thing that may help is finding something you
truly love to do. If you can earn a living at this, so much the better.
But if the job you have provides you with the necessary funds to
exist in your world, and you don’t seem able to earn a living at
what you truly love to do, then you should remain at your present
job, doing what you love in addition to this.
“In time, with diligence, you should generally be able to find a

way to earn a living at what you love to do, that is, if what you love
to do is truly in harmony with your inner beingness. In your case,
writing, and functioning in the area of creativity is where you
belong, and where you should be earning your way though the
lower worlds.
“With diligent effort to your ideal, you will eventually move

into this area totally, and you will become your profession. You
will become that which you are, and you will gain your total
sustenance from being yourself.
“When you are writing, become aware of that which needs to

be expressed for both you and the reader. For as you write, the
process of the writing holds many insights for you, as well as for
those who are readers. Not everyone can write, or has this desire.
But when you do have this desire, do it to the best of your ability.
Truly perfect your craft.
“But on the other side is the reader. If someone reading this

feels they are not a good writer, they can put their efforts into
being a good reader. I’ll bet few people ever thought that being a
good creative READER can be just as beneficial to themselves
and the universe as being a good creative writer!
“Well, it’s true! If someone loves to read, then this can be

their creative outlet. And, as unlikely as it may seem, there may
be ways for this person who loves to read to earn a living at it.
Seek out the possible avenues, and if you put in the effort
necessary, the doors will open to allow you to earn a living at
what you are best suited for - if this is your desire!”
The words stopped flowing, and I found myself crossing the

thinning veil between our two worlds. I was actually walking
across the veil, back to where my physical body lay in repose. I
paused a moment before re-entering the world of physical
awareness to ponder whether I wanted to return. I felt a strong
hand almost pushing me back into it.
“You must not linger where you do not belong. Always be

where you should be!”
* * *
I gracefully slipped back into the physical awareness, feeling
totally exhausted from my visit to PLURBY this day. While the
physical was manifesting the tiredness from the inner worlds, my
mental and emotional bodies were still very much energized. It
wouldn’t be long before I would again write about my journey this
day, or the words I had heard, and that had been so
well-implanted in my consciousness.
How could I tell others of my journeys to this wonderful

place? How could I let others know that they could come here,
too! That this was not just my private world of fantasy. It was a
real place that anyone could come to for insight and personal
unfoldment. Ah, the weight of the world on my shoulders again!
I leaned back to take a short nap, only to find my physical

body being driven by an unknown force guiding me to the
typewriter. I knew what this meant!
* * *
CHAPTER TWELVE
THE TRUE SECRET OF PLURBY
“Life is a personal journey. No one can give you the

secrets or the truth you seek. You must discover these for
yourself. The key to life is simple, yet the mind of man has
made it a complex journey. Seek only the one who can
unlock the door to your own inner worlds; then be yourself,
for you can be none other.”
* * *
Spring passed into summer, which ended abruptly this year
with the coming of fall. Many changes began to occur in my life as
the autumn leaves signaled the coming of winter, and the end of
my present journeys to PLURBY. As I stood in the sacred room of
the Holy YOURN, it was more than the words I read that were
impressed upon my being.
It was as if I were having a personal communication with the

highest consciousness - The Almighty High One, ITself. I felt
special, and yet not so. For I knew great responsibility came along
with my mission. Not that I was better than other people. Far from
this. In fact, I often wondered why I was doing what I was doing,
and why anyone should read something I had written - especially

of my own personal experiences.
I had been coming to PLURBY for quite some time now. In

fact, I could hardly remember a time when I wasn’t able to come
to this place; yet I sat back a moment to do some heavy reflecting
on just what was happening to me. Just what is PLURBY and
what is this game I’m writing this book about?
PLURBY is a true inner reality for me - one I hope to be able

to share with other people. PLURBY is a civilization, a group of
beings who share a very common like mind, or like beingness.
That is, they are dedicated to Individual Personal Spiritual
Unfoldment, working within the group society.
This is not an ideal society, nor will it ever be. In fact, it is

probably a more difficult place to live than the time period in which
I presently am living in. It’s more difficult, perhaps, because of the
learning experiences people are going through. The tremendous
rate of their Spiritual growth causes many problems and conflicts.
Heated arguments, perhaps; people temporarily out-of-balance;
great inner turmoil.
So what IS this game I’m writing about? The Eternal Game

of Freedom, is a physical, outer mechanism, that is used to help
evoke from within the individual, cause-seeds to things they need
spotlighted to learn from. How is this accomplished? It’s
accomplished in a number of ways.
Although PLURBY is a personal experience between the

individual and the game itself, there is also significance to the
other members of the PLURBY experience. Their actions, in and
of themselves, have no bearing on anyone else in the game,
though somehow there is a mystical effect created by the group

entity.
PLURBY cannot be experienced alone, yet it is a solitary

experience. From one perspective I could say PLURBY is an
outer physical manifestation of an inner Spiritual Experience.
PLURBY-THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM, was created
eons ago according to our present time. It was re-evoked from the
inner by Yerba, the present King of PLURBY, and Dromba, the
High Priest.
PLURBY, the country, is an island I have come to believe

once existed off the coast of Atlantis. Where it exists, physically,
now, I’m not certain of. I do know it does exist! I believe it is
cloaked in a shield of invisibility to protect it from the harsh
vibrations of the physical world that exist on planet earth at this
moment.
It has persisted because of its high moral values and

Spiritual Ethics, and many people have been allowed to come to
this place, although they might not have recognized it as I have
perceived it. They may have perceived it in another way. In
another time zone, from a different point of reference.
Again I ask: what is the significance of this game? I see

young children being escorted to the doors of the Royal PLURBY
Game Room by their parents, on their twelfth birthday. The young
children are excited to enter the room, for they are re-enacting a
living, ever-changing ceremony that has existed on this land since
before anyone can remember.
Upon entering the room, they are struck with the

magnificence of it. They have been prepared for this moment;
they know the mechanics of the game they have played it
thousands of times; though this is a very significant event. For on

this twelfth birthday, they are allowed to experience, for the FIRST
time, The Eternal Game of Freedom, with Yerba, Dromba and a
Spiritual Master.
These three beings represent the three facets of each being:

physical, Spiritual and Neutral. When a person leaves this
experience, which lasts 45 minutes to an hour, they are forever
transformed and uplifted to a much higher level of consciousness,
and they realize even more the value of the physical lifetime and
the significance of their own, individual mission.
PLURBY is an experience one can always come to: with a

problem, or a situation that one needs insight on. PLURBY has
that affect. What has recently come to me, is that we can create,
or we can put out the reality of the inner experience of PLURBY.
That is, one can go experience The Eternal Game of Freedom in
the inner at any moment, and PLURBY can become an
individual’s own reality and whatever they perceive it to be.
I have my own perspective and viewpoint of what I perceive

it to be, and for those who will be exposed to this book, and
concept, who may feel you are not as creative or perceptive as I
am, you can share my vision. But that is not the end-all. You can
share my vision only to a point. Beyond which you must begin to
perceive for yourself.
PLURBY as a physical game, in the present physical

moment, mass-marketed for people, may or may not ever
become a reality. This depends on the needs of the individuals
who encounter it. It is not a panacea. More likely it may become a
novelty of a kind, but those who take it as a serious game, even
experiencing it for enjoyment, will gain the benefits they need, if
ever-so-slightly.
The door to Inner Creativity and Personal Unfoldment, will

begin to open, just a crack, through the PLURBY experience.
That’s all it hopes to accomplish. It’s not a game of divination -
foretelling the future. Nor is it a psychic game in which one can sit
down and manipulate the inner worlds. Yet it is all of these things.
The true desire of the individual to understand their very nature
can find this through PLURBY - The Eternal Game of Freedom!!!
It was just this knowing that when you believe in something,

it DOES become a reality. Whether the game itself provides the
actual mechanism or not, believing that it does often may, and
you may receive the insight, information, knowledge and wisdom
you seek through another vehicle totally, but the belief that it can
happen and the experience of PLURBY - The Eternal Game of
Freedom as the focus of that belief can cause it to happen.
I’m not trying to dupe you. I think that is extremely important

to state here. That is not the purpose of the game, or the book. It
is not the purpose of the game just to produce it and make a lot of
money. It should be a fun game. It’s a playable game. Whether it
actually provides the deep insights and the freedom I have
experienced, as I perceived from PLURBY, remains to be seen in
this time period.
For me, it is a reality. Those of you who care to share this

reality will feed into it, and the more people that feed into this
reality, the greater and more significant it becomes. In a way, it IS
a psychic experience, because it exists below the High Worlds of
AHO. But I don’t mean psychic in the traditional definition of
manipulation. I mean psychic in a creative way.
* * *
This is a Creative Visualization Technique that all people on

the planet can avail themselves of. The more people who avail
themselves of this experience, the more people will be assisted
by it. It’s not a panacea, nor is it like any particular form of
meditation. I don’t have a vision of world peace or world balance
coming out of this.
What I do have a vision of, is that the more people who

partake of this experience and lovingly contribute to it, the easier
it will be for the next person to open up their consciousness. In a
way, it’s helping to prepare the way for the next person - a healing
of a sort.
The whole PLURBY experience is merely a step along the

way. One of the true Gifts of PLURBY, is that the game, itself, is
an outer manifestation, and ultimately we find we don’t’ need the
game, we don’t need creative visualization exercises, we don’t
need anything except our own beingness.
We can, in the flash of an instant, focus on our true

beingness, Soul, and tap into the Eternal Spiritual Current. That is
the true Gift of PLURBY, realizing that all of these experiences
string us along, hone our beingness by allowing us to discover the
tools within us. We use these tools to heighten our awareness for
the single purpose of realizing who and what we really are, what
our Divine Mission is and how we may tap into that Universal
Spiritual Current in an instant, without any physical mechanism of
any kind.
Realizing what PLURBY’s ultimate mission is, we can take it

in a less serious, and less burdensome vein. PLURBY is a fun
place! There are many things going on in PLURBY. New foods,
new creations, new devices, new methods of transportation, new
creative techniques for unfolding the beingness. New methods of
healing. New fields of energy. Many different things that we may

or may not be currently aware of in this world, and even those
things that are, by writing about it in the book lends more
credence to its existence.
I believe these things exist. I believe I’ve been given the

vision of some of them on the inner. New foods; the possibility of
an amazing new rapid transit system; and a number of other
ideas. These things may be brought out though they are not the
main focus of my writing. Anyone who expresses the desire, and
is so inclined, may experience these very same things!
The main focus of this book has been not the getting out of
PLURBY - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM(tm) in the
physical to sell. If the book alone accomplishes the opening up of
the consciousness, and awareness of the creative center within
each of us, people can avail themselves of PLURBY - THE
ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM(tm) in the inner, that’s fine,
though I would like to bring it out in the physical.
It would be nice to see on the physical what I have perceive

in the inner. Whether this occurs or not, somewhere, sometime,
someone will read this and will understand what my true
motivation is for getting this out. It’s a self-discovery tool for me,
that I hope other people can avail themselves of. It’s not a trick -
I’m not trying to dupe people.
PLURBY is a very real experience to me, and it can be as

real to anyone else who chooses to have it be so. And they can
use it as a springboard to jump into the Spiritual Worlds to
develop their own inner awareness. That’s all.
* * *
“My how you DO go on,” I heard the reassuring voice of my

friend, Seffia, state. “Why do all this self-reflection? It borders on
worrying about what you have accomplished here in your visits to
PLURBY, and it makes you so doubtful of your mission. You
know, deep inside you, what you want to be, and what you want
to do. Go along under the assumption that everything you do in
life fulfills your true desire.
“Live in the NOW! The PRESENT! Just plunge into truth -

don’t lead up to it or make excuses or care if others believe it.
Just accept what your imagination shows you and don’t test it with
your ego. Live in the MOMENT! Don’t make rules or strictures.
“Recharge yourself as children do with INSPIRATION! You

may think of this word as: IN-SPIRIT-ACTION. When you write or
do any action, be IN the thing you are writing about, don’t write
ABOUT something. Any question or doubt you have is merely
yourself reflecting to yourself. Be causative, not reactive. Don’t
ever make excuses for anything. Be persistent in your mission -
failure cannot cope with persistence!
“Successful people, by whatever definition, have an

objective, a sense of direction. They know where they want to BE
and are willing to study, work and invest energy, effort and time in
order to BE there, instead of trusting to blind luck. They know that
they can go no higher than they THINK they can!
“No one makes it overnight, and in every case the ground

work was laid, the preparations were made to accept the gift
when it arrived; the dues were already paid. Often it takes years
or even lifetimes of hard work and persistence, but when the gift
arrives, all that seems inconsequential. Once you set your feet
upon the path you cannot to back or retreat. You have already
burned your bridges behind you and must forge ahead, or cease
to be who you are!
“You must envision your goal and the direction so vividly that
you can see yourself already in possession of the objective you
seek. The wise man looks into space and does not regard the
small as too little, or the great as too big; for he knows that there
is no limit to dimension!”
Her words were well received, and I wondered why I ever

bothered to waste even a moment doubting all that I had already
learned during the period of coming to PLURBY. Not just the
comments I was actually consciously aware of being HERE, but
of all the periods of in between, the periods when I had time to
reflect on what I had learned, to learn even more from personal
introspection, and by use of the techniques I had been taught.
* * *
I barely had much more than a moment to reflect on her
words before I heard the voice of my other friend, Dromba, the
High Priest of PLURBY. His words had great solace for me this
day as well.
“In reality you do not seek anything, for seeking implies you
must go somewhere to obtain some thing. You neither go
anywhere nor do you get anything. You merely unfold into greater
conscious awareness of that which already exists within your
universe.
“Since all exists within your universe, you merely need to

become aware of something to bring it into focus and even
physical reality, if that is your objective.
“This brings us into the topic of goal-setting; to us, an

antiquated yet still effective technique for consciously and actively
bringing into your personal physical universe various physical
items, or people, or situations, that were the object of your desire
- the goal.
“It’s a simple practice and artform - though why anyone

would want to consciously expend the energy to evoke something
into being in ones own personal physical universe seems almost
comical to me. ‘Seek not and you will be shown all’ is a favorite
truism of mine.
“All exists for you to experience. AHO will truly provide that
which you need for your own spiritual growth and unfoldment.
Why seek anything but AHO - why divert even a tiny bit of energy
to manifesting material things when, since all comes from AHO
anyway, and AHO always has your best and highest interest as
the main focus at every moment, AHO will surely always provide
what you NEED, though not always what you think you want.
“Give in, or SURRENDER, to this highest power and you will

be amazed at the Gifts of Spirit, the multitude of jewels that will be
yours; gifts and jewels your mind could never have conceived, or
caused to come into your personal universe by any technique in
existence.
“These are Divine Gifts bestowed upon the true BE-er of life
- the seeker and follower of the Path to Total Awareness - the
Path of AHO. For the path of AHO is really just the path of
discovery of your own inner essence - that part of you that is
individual yet Divine; and being Divine It is at one with the Highest
- AHO.
In the end you discover that although you are an individual,

that Divine Essence within you, that individual unique unit of
awareness that you are, is both yourself and AHO at the same
time. YOU ARE AHO!
“You do what you do and don’t look for recognition. All of life
is a way to communicate with yourself. You find your expression
in life as you need it. The teaching of AHO is what is important -
and this is found only in the inner.
“Life is for living and giving. If things become necessary to

awaken others to your reality, fine. You live in your own private
world looking out. See yourself discovering your self. It’s always
been there. Drop all the garbage that prevents you from seeing
who you really are. Get a glimmer of who you are, and then the
true journey really begins.
“Keep to yourself, mostly. If you give away the gift of your

personally discovered truths, when another is not ready or
interested in hearing it, it is like losing it within a void that drains
you Spiritually and physically, and there is a definite price to pay.
You cannot force others to see or believe in your own personal
reality. Truth for one may not be so for another!
“Life is a momentary detour on the road of eternity! Live each

moment to the fullest, and gain the most from each experience.
Act out of service to AHO, expecting no rewards. Do what is
necessary - what your inner guides you to do. The flower does not
bloom for you to look at it - it blooms because it has to. This is
what it must do to unfold and become itself. Often the journey,
alone, is the reward.
“You are a unique being, and on the one hand, all that
matters is your own, personal unfoldment, yet you cannot forget
that everything you do, say, think or feel affects the whole of
eternity, whether you know it or not. Here is a rather unusual
paradox to contemplate on: Life is like a room full of tuning forks!
See what these words evoke from deep within your being.”
He, too, fell silent, leaving me to ponder on his words. I

wondered if this was what it would be like coming to PLURBY,
now. Just discourses from my friends. No more fun, no more
walks, and relaxing, to just bask in the beauty that is PLURBY.
* * *
I found myself standing on the shore of a vast lake, as huge
as any lake I could have imagined in the physical world. My three
friends were by my side, and we just stood there, in silent
contemplation. Yerba broke the silence: “This is the Lake of
Silvera, named after the Goddess Silvera who reigns over this city
known as Vairagina.
“You may find similar words in the languages that exist in

your own time period; Silvera having a common thread to the
word that represents the metal known as silver. Silver is an
important element and crystal form, although not usually though
of as a crystal. It reflects back to us what we are, and if our vision
is pure enough, the clarity of the reflection can be almost flawless.
“The word Vairagina comes from a very ancient language on

the planet and it means detachment. This is the city whose beings
are masters of detachment. The whole attitude here is a way of
life. The schools teach it, and people come from all over PLURBY
to learn of this art, for it is a necessary quality to achieve on the
road to Self-mastery.”
We walked along the beach a while, my friends in silence,

allowing me to savor the words I had heard this day, and all the
things I had learned in my journeys here over the last many
months of being aware of my journeys here. I felt a kind of
loneliness in my heart, as if I would never come back to this place
again.
“Be not dismayed, my friend,” began Yerba, again. “What

you sense is accurate to a point. Your journeys here for the time
being have accomplished what you set out to do. You have come
to PLURBY for specific reasons and your journeys, this time
around, are almost at an end. While you may still come here at
any time, it is likely your mission will take you elsewhere in your
inner worlds.
“Do you see that island in the middle of the lake?” I looked
far out into the silvery lake and could see a rather small island
with green trees.
“Yes,” I replied. “I do see it.”
“Let us travel there, for something special awaits you. When

you arrive, remember where you are!”
I wondered what he meant by this statement: Remember

where you are. In the flash of an eye we were on the island,
looking back at the shoreline. The island was quite a bit larger
than it had seemed from the shore. We walked in a little bit,
through the trees to a large clearing, yet off to the side was
another grove of trees.
“This is the Garden of Wagola. It is a magical place, where

you may have many very special insights. Walk into it alone and
receive your own truths.”
* * *
I walked forward through about ten feet of trees, following
the well-worn pathway into a small, circular clearing. Around the
edges of the clearing were white marble benches that almost
completely encircled the clearing. I’d say it was about a hundred
feet across, and in the center was a small platform, like a podium
of a sort.
Walking closer to the center podium I began to feel

something very significant was about to occur. This was Holy
Ground! I could feel it. There was no doubt in my being.
As I approached the podium I saw sitting atop it a single,

large crystal stone. As I focused on the stone all the visions I had
come to PLURBY to experience were lighted up in my mind.
I remembered why I had come here, and the mission I was

charged with while here. I also remembered many of the things I
had learned here; things that were quite new to me. I approached
closer, noticing the stone was about six or eight inches in
diameter. It was glowing, as if the very light of AHO were shining
on it. Closer and closer I walked, until I could hear its Sound
emanating from deep within its own center.
Approaching within inches of the unguarded stone, I was

truck with a deep reverence. A voice within me began to speak:
“Do you remember this is what you were charged with finding
when you first came to PLURBY?” I nodded a silent
acknowledgement. “Reach out, now, and take your prize, for you
have truly earned it. You have accomplished your mission! This is
the Holy Sacred and most revered PRIMAD Crystal!”
As my hand went out to embrace the stone an even softer

voice spoke the words: “Remember where you are!” and in that
instant my hand recoiled. I smiled within myself. This is the City of
Vairagina - the city of detachment. Had I not learned that the
journey, itself, is the reward, not the material objects one could
possess!
I stepped back only a foot or so to sit on the marble bench

that was placed in front of the podium. I began to chant the Holy
AHO, the sacred letters representative of The Almighty High One.
My mission had taken me far into the depths of my being. I was
not the same as when I first began my journeys to PLURBY.
In contemplation I envisioned I was surrounded by hundreds

of beings who would be my guides in life, and as I opened my
eyes, I saw, lining the marble benches along the fringe of the
clearing, the hundreds of beings I had seen with my inner eye.
Tears began to roll down my cheeks. How could I be so special? I
who am no one in my physical life? I who have trouble holding
down a job? A failure at relationships with others?
“These are not the important things of life,” came a very

different voice than any I had ever heard. It was a female voice.
“The Goddess Silvera,” I heard the words of my friend,

Seffia, say. “Listen to her Sacred words.”
“You are not a failure in your inner or outer life, and you
should never think you are. Do not judge yourself by your outer
surroundings, for they are only a small gauge along the pathway
of life. Take all in the outer with a grain of salt, as the saying goes.
Do not internalize what you perceive on the outer, unless it serves
to confirm what you already know to be true in the inner.
“Your action here in this moment of not taking the PRIMAD

stone for your personal possession shows you have made much
progress in your life. The stone is here for the taking. It is one of
the MOST precious of all stones in PLURBY. It holds great
wisdom and great power, yet you chose to leave it where it is so
that others may come and experience its greatness. Why have
you done this?”
I reflected a moment before I spoke. “Well, I don’t know if my

words will be as sacred as any I’ve heard here in PLURBY, but
after all I had learned here in my journeys over the last several
months, it didn’t seem so important to take the physical stone. It
seemed more important to know that I could come back here for
insight any moment I wanted to, and that merely having the stone
in my physical possession would prevent others from sharing its
wisdom.
“It seemed kind of selfish, even though my life might be very

different if I took it back with me. The material things of life don’t
seem to be as important to me, now that I have discovered the
inner treasures of life. I guess that’s really all. I don’t know what
else to say, really.”
I heard the hundreds of beings in the clearing laughing in joy.

The Goddess Silvera materialized from out of the ethers. As she
walked from within the PRIMAD stone sitting in front of me, I was
awed by her beauty. She approached me and put her hands on
my shoulders. Looking me straight in the eyes she said: “You
have learned much, my child. Do not ever fear in your life, for no
matter what happens to you in this physical life, you will be taken
care of.
“This is not to say the rest of your life will be easy. I cannot
foretell your future for you, and if I could it would not be fair to
you. Life is for you to discover and live in the moment, not
focusing on some preconceived vision of what it might be, or
should be. Go forth from this moment, trusting your inner
guidance above all. Do not question yourself, or be set off
balance by those in the physical who would make you doubt your
very essence.
“You have discovered who you are. Become aware of your

own world. Write of your travels here, that others may find joy in
your words, and perhaps even come to these lands for personal
experience. Maybe our most sacred game will be produced in
your physical world, and maybe not. Perhaps you will become
famous through your writings, and even rich of coin through your
efforts, and then again, maybe not.
“No matter which way the wheel of fortune turns, remember

that you have within you always the true Gifts of PLURBY. The
inner jewels of AHO are all you can carry with you across the veil
of illusion into your own world, and the only ones you carry across
the grand veil when you leave the physical realm.”
As she stopped speaking her vision faded out, and the silver
light that had bathed me began to fade gradually. I sat in quiet
repose a moment, and when I turned around, all the beings who
had been there only moments before, had disappeared. I could
feel their essences as I walked along the path to exit the clearing,
and I knew they would remain forever in my heart - even though I
didn’t know any of their names.
* * *
My three friends: Yerba, Dromba and Seffia, were waiting for
me on the other side of the clearing on the shore of the lake. We
all held hands together, as if this would be our last meeting. In
that instant I found myself transported to a little cafe in yet another

park back in CENTRIA - the City that Never Sleeps! The cafe was
empty and it gave the four of us a chance to reflect on my
journeys here in PLURBY.
Yerba asked: “If you could bring back just three things from
PLURBY to your own world, what would they be?”
I pondered a moment, wondering what were the really

valuable things I had learned, or seen here, that would be of value
to me in my own world. “Well,” I began, “the truth that the inner
worlds are most significant and to trust my inner above all else.”
“Very good,” he said. “And what else?”
“Well, I would love to say the game, but even though I have
already been able to manifest it in the physical, I’d have to say
finding and following the High Path of Self-Discovery, whatever
that path may be in the period in which one is living.”
“A good answer,” said my friend, Dromba. “It’s true that you

already have the game in the physical, and it is a significant piece
of work. You have put much energy into it and it may yet
materialize in your time period for others to experience as well.
It’s a bit of PLURBY for those not yet aware enough to travel here
using their inner imagination. Yet through just a few sittings with
the game, it is likely the seekers in the game will also become
seekers coming to PLURBY for personal experience.”
“And a third thing,” asked Yerba, looking deeply into my

eyes.
“I really don’t know. Perhaps just the personal knowledge

that one can discover their own, personal mission, and upon
discovery of this mission will find the inner forces will begin to help
fulfill the mission, after the person has acknowledged the mission
and accepts the journey to fulfill it. I hope that’s it!”
“Well, I’d say that’s fine.”
* * *
We all sat there a while, not saying anything. A deep
sadness came over me, as if I would never see my three friends
again. During the last many months they had made my life
bearable. A new attitude in living had developed within me, even
though there were still difficult times during this period.
“Do not be sad, my friend,” said Seffia. “You may still return
here as often as you like, though your work of writing may be
coming to a close. Your book will soon be finished, and perhaps
someone will publish it so that others may learn of your
experiences and have their own.
“Just be of Service to AHO, and your own inner. Do not think

of rewards as the way to judge your success or failure in the inner
worlds. You have always had what you needed, and always will,
though not always what you think you want. Write about the
holograms of the outer worlds that you perceive in the inner.
Actually help to manifest the outer worlds from your own inner.
“As others begin to tune into the truths they can find in the
inner worlds, they, too, will assist in the upliftment of the physical
world, as they uplift themselves. It’s one being at a time. You
cannot control your outer world through manipulation, only
through inner movement as you unfold in your awareness.
“Hold to the power of commitment to your mission that you

have discovered here in PLURBY. Learn to develop discipline to
your ideal, and be flexible in your outlook on life. Imagination is
the spark of inspiration, but you must do the physical outer work
necessary to manifest even the smallest thing in the physical
worlds.
“After you have completed your writing, let go of it. Release it

to the world to live its own life. If you are attached to it, you will
stifle its growth. If it is to live, and you have done your best to
raise it as a child, it will live on its own, going through its own
cycle, affecting those whom it touches.
“Be aware, though, that some will read it and gain much from
it. Others nothing at all, and still others will attack you vehemently
for what you have written. We are all mirrors to one degree or
another. A violent reaction of others to your creation is not an
attack on you. Hold to your center. Remain in balance, always.
“Do not be over anxious to accomplish things. You have

done your best. There are no other peals of truth I can give you.
We have shared much in your journeys to PLURBY. Go now, and
do the work that is necessary to accomplish your mission. Be that
which you are - what you have always been - what you always
are! A true individual!”
* * *
We all rose up and said a parting farewell, using the
traditional PLURBY greeting of introduction as well as parting.
Through I knew I could return here at any moment, I sensed it
would be quite a while before I would come back, for there was,
indeed, much work to do in polishing up the thousands of words I
had written to recount my experiences here in this mystical land of

enlightenment.
As I turned to walk away there was no sense of crossing any

veil anymore. I walked forward into life, not leaving one world and
entering another, just crossing the street, really, from the world of
PLURBY to the world of my physical birth. I felt ready and eager
to complete my task, and live in the moment of each experience
to see what it had to offer me!
There were no regrets this day as I awakened into my

physical awareness, for I knew my three friends would always be
as close to me as my very heart. “Yes, you are indeed correct,”
came their voices across the thin veil of illusion. “Your eyes have
been opened, as well as your heart. You have grown much over
the last several months. If you need us, you will find us in your
heart.”
* * * THE END * * *
10-08-89-SUNDAY 11:12
****** INFORMATION ****** INFORMATION ****** INFORMATION ******
IF YOU WOULD LIKE INFORMATION ON:

PLURBY(tm) - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM,
Fill out the bottom portion of this page and mail it to the address below:
Keep the top half for your records.
DATE SENT: __________

ADDRESS:
TPG, c/o ANAMI LOK CREATIONS
P O Box 2018
Teaneck NJ 07666-2018
201-836-5348
The People of PLURBY thank you for your support!!!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DETACH AND SEND THIS PORTION TO THIS ADDRESS:
TPG, c/o ANAMI LOK CREATIONS
P O Box 2018
Teaneck NJ 07666
( ) YES - please send me information about:
PLURBY(tm) - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM!!!
NAME:________________________ DATE: _________
ADDRESS: ___________________________________
___________________________________
STATE: _________ ZIP: _________

PHONE (optional): AREA CODE: ______ NUMBER: ____________
THANK YOU FOR YOUR INTEREST IN:

PLURBY(tm) - THE ETERNAL GAME OF FREEDOM
NOTE: your contact information will not be given or sold to anyone.

Plurby Book 1 Complete

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Plurby Book 1 Complete

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

THE-GIFTS-OF-PLURBY-PART-ONE-THE-TIMELESS-JOURNEY-BEGINS-PAGE - 1

THE GIFTS OF PLURBY (tm)

COMPLETED: Sunday, October Twenty-Second, 1989

In service to all of humanity.

This book is lovingly dedicated with appreciation and

Also to: Lari Z; Peggy P; Lottie G; Gail G; Christine C, whose

And to Joyce W, whose assistance on the inner and outer

And to all those who also added something to inspire me to

Suzanne A; Susan A; Antoinette B, Evelyn B; Frieda B; Gloria B; Leonard

and to the literally HUNDREDS of others whose names I have

And most of all to JOE and SUZANNE -

You now stand on the shores of your own personal, greatest,

This is a book about a journey, not unique in itself, rather

This is a true account, as true as any subjective account of a

THE GIFTS OF PLURBY(tm) is the second piece of a trilogy

You are always free to accept or reject anything you read in

Originally, the reality of PLURBY came to me in the form of a

If you would also like to “EXPERIENCE” PLURBY(tm) in the

Set as an island kingdom, or “principality”, off the coast of

The name PLURBY(tm) is trademarked and copyrighted so

PLURBY(tm), as an EXPERIENCE, is a state of being that

I wish you only one thing in your PLURBY(tm) adventure -

Treat this book as both a delightful story and a deeply

EVAN CHRISTOPHER KANE

THE GIFTS OF PLURBY(tm)

CHAPTER 01) GRAND ILLUSION OF LIFE

CHAPTER 02) MYSTIC SEER OF TRUTH

CHAPTER 03) LEGEND OF THE CRYSTALS

CHAPTER 04) IN THE BEGINNING

CHAPTER 05) INNER STRUGGLE

CHAPTER 06) ASCENDING THE MOUNTAIN

CHAPTER 07) VIEW FROM THE PRECIPICE

CHAPTER 08) TOTAL SURRENDER

CHAPTER 09) ABSOLUTE JOY

CHAPTER 10) DIVINE TRUTH

CHAPTER 11) ETERNAL LOVE

CHAPTER 12) THE TRUE SECRET OF PLURBY

GRAND ILLUSION OF LIFE

“All life is a metaphor. Words are but crude

Suddenly, Brrring. The alarm sounded and I was thrust back

Travel ventures - or even how to consciously remember my

I rolled out of bed, drearily dragging myself into the bathroom

I was presently earning my living as a computer

It seems I have always been a writer, of sorts, but it was only

I have had probably 30 different jobs in my lifetime, and until

looks like a bingo card, showing no consistency of either career

I never made any money in jobs that were sales-oriented.

Maybe I shouldn’t say I “spent” time here and there, for, as I

So it was, as I prepared myself for work, this day was unlike

I spent my usual twenty minutes in the bathroom, ran

the scenic highway up and back. This allowed my mind to clear,

I never listened to the radio, because my new/old car only

My daily routine continued, being broken up only by the

About two weeks went by and some pretty weird things

Nothing in my prior studies, in this life, could have prepared

I always spend too much of my time in “fantasy land”, or

As I prepared for the sleep period, this night, Rex, my dog,

“Now, Rex, don’t worry. Everything is okay. Just relax.” My

at it, and I covered them with my hands until they became

Slowly, I opened my eyes fully, as my pupils became more

Rex had quieted down, as if he somehow recognized the

“I am Yerba. I have come to you from the Ancient Land of

“What the ______” I thought. This stuff only happens in the